[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 


:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

- -  ><>  - - - _________  - - -  <><  -



><>         ><>             <><          <><   




[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-18-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Terrified" San Francisco Tourists Shocked By Aggressive Vagrants, Discarded Needles, Dead Bodies

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/18/2018 - 09:11

San Francisco - a Democratic stronghold known for cable cars, quaint architecture and its diverse culture, has become a bastion of squalor and crime as city dwellers and visitors alike dodge aggressive, drug-addled vagrants. And it's beginning to scare the tourists... An Australian couple visiting the city were shocked by what they saw after deciding to walk back to their hotel: "Is this normal or am I in a 'bad part of town?' Just walked past numerous homeless off their faces, screaming and running all over the sidewalk near Twitter HQ and then a murder scene. Wife is scared to leave hotel now," reads a Wednesday posting by Reddit user /u/nashtendo. When another Redditor said "put on your big boy pants... scared to leave the hotel?"... The Aussie replied: It was my wife that was scared and it was partly the mass of concentrated, drug affected homeless mixed with a guy being rolled into an ambulance dead. -/u/nashtendo "We did La and Nyc on this trip too. Both felt safer," he said later in the thread, adding "Syringes were visible, people were staggering, others had wide aggressive eyes. 'Off their faces' might be an Australian thing (sorry) but I meant just visibly drug affected." Another Reddit user replied: It's pretty normal. I'm honestly hoping tourists will realize how shitty this city has become and stop coming. Maybe the loss of income will finally push the city to stop allowing the rampant drug dealing and homeless people treating the entire city like their toilet. You would think a city that deoends so heavily on tourism and conventions for the bulk of their income would put more effort into maintaining a certain standard, but there is rampant drug dealing out in the open in some of the most heavily tourist areas. The city know about it, they just don't care. -/u/SgtPeanutbutter "You see things on the streets that are just not humane," Kevin Carroll, executive director of the Hotel Council of San Francisco told The Chronicle's Heather Knight in April. "People come into hotels saying, 'What is going on out there?' They're just shocked. ... People say, 'I love your city, I love your restaurants, but I'll never come back.'" In a completely seperate thread, another Reddit user posted in the San Francisco subreddit "Why is this city so terrifying?" I’ve wanted to visit SF my entire life and I finally make it here and my goddddd it’s terrifying. Anyone have any advice for a tourist aside from “don’t be such a pussy.” -u/xnmb1 "The streets are filthy. There's trash everywhere. It's disgusting," Joe D'Alessandro, president of S.F. Travel told the Chronicle's Heather Knight in April. "I've never seen any other city like thisthe homelessness, dirty streets, drug use on the streets, smash-and-grabs." The city, which hands out up to 4.8 million syringes each year, has struggled to figure out how to keep streets clean and safe for residents, while accommodating a growing homeless population and longstanding HIV and Hepatitis C epidemics. There are roughly 16,000 residents in San Francisco with HIV, and 13,000 with Hep C. City Health Director Barbara Garcia estimated in 2016 that there were 22,000 intravenous drug users in San Francisco - around one for every 38.9 residents, while the city hands out roughly 400,000 needles per month. Of the 400,000 needles distributed monthly, San Francisco receives around 246,000 back - meaning that there are roughly 150,000 discarded needles floating around each month - or nearly 2 million per year, according to Curbed. Mayor Mark Farrell has said, repeatedly, in recent weeks that the problem of discarded syringes on city streets has become a sticking point for him, and the city promised millions of dollars to curb the problem of hazardous waste on sidewalks and streets. Meanwhile, San Francisco Chronicle’s Matier and Ross chimed in Wednesday with an uncomfortable observation: Most of the needles littering streets in downtown neighborhoods came by way of the city itself, as part of the Department of Public Health’s 25-year-old needle exchange program. -Curbed While certainly nowhere near the top of the list, crime is also a problem in San Francisco - which is higher than 92.7% of the United States according to 

:: 6--18 Springer Link :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Playing God? Synthetic biology as a theological and ethical challenge

Authors Authors and affiliations Peter Dabrock 

:: 6-13-18 Science Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists discover biomarker for flu susceptibility

Date: June 13, 2018 Source: Stanford Medicine

Summary: Researchers have found a way to predict whether someone exposed to the flu virus is likely to become ill. They used a computational approach to pinpoint a blood-based genetic biomarker to determine an individual's susceptibility to the disease. Researchers at the Stanford University School of Medicine have found a way to predict whether someone exposed to the flu virus is likely to become ill. Purvesh Khatri, PhD, associate professor of medicine and of biomedical data science, and his team used a computational approach to pinpoint a blood-based genetic biomarker to determine an individual's susceptibility to the disease. "We've been after this for about four years," Khatri said. "To our knowledge, it's the first biomarker that shows susceptibility to influenza, across multiple strains." The biomarker is a gene called KLRD1, and it essentially acts as a proxy for the presence of a special type of immune cell that may be a key to stamping out nascent flu infection. Put simply: the more of this cell type found in a person's blood, the lower their flu susceptibility. The research even hints at new avenues for pursuing a broadly applicable flu vaccine. A paper describing the work will be published online June 14 in Genome Medicine. Khatri is the senior author. Graduate student Erika Bongen is the lead author. The secret's in the cell type At the start of their study, Khatri and his group ran gene expression analyses that sifted through the collection of human genes, looking for a sign that one might be particularly important for fighting off the flu. But the sheer number of genes in a small number of samples overshadowed any potential signal, so Khatri turned to a different approach that repurposed immune cell data collected from more than 150 studies that monitored gene expression in the immune cells of more than 6,000 samples. "The idea was, instead of looking at 20,000 variables [or genes], let's bring it down to 20 -- let's only look at 20 immune cell types and see if any of these show a consistent pattern in regard to H1N1 or H3N2 flu infection, and then we'll look at genes that are related to that cell type only," Khatri said. "And that turned out to be the answer." Using a computational approach developed in his lab, Khatri and his team parsed the identity and proportion of cells present in participants of two studies -- one conducted at Harvard University, the other at Duke University -- comprising a total of 52 individuals who volunteered to sniff up live influenza in the name of science. The researchers were looking only at types of immune cells present in each individual just before they were infected with the flu. "We found that a type of immune cell called a natural killer cell was consistently low at baseline in individuals who got infected," Bongen said. Those who had a higher proportion of natural killer cells had better immune defenses and fought off illness. "So we asked, 'What are the genes that represent natural killer cells?' And there turned out to be this one gene, KLRD1, that seemed to be a good target," Bongen said. Old data, new tricks KLRD1, when expressed, manifests as a receptor on the surface of natural killer cells. KLRD1 is basically a counting chip. When the score was tallied, Khatri saw that, on the whole, those whose immune cells consisted of 10-13 percent natural killers did not succumb to the flu, whereas those whose natural killer cells fell short of 10 percent wound up ill. It's a fine line, Khatri said, but the distinction between the groups is quite clear: Everyone who had 10 percent or more natural killer cells stood strong against the infection and showed no symptoms. Khatri said his findings could help health professionals understand who's at the highest risk for flu infection. "If, for example, there's a flu epidemic going on, and Tamiflu supplies are limited, this data could help identify who should be prophylactically treated first," Khatri said. Khatri emphasizes that for now, the link between KLRD1 levels and influenza susceptibility is only an association. The next step, he said, is to find the mechanism. "It will be crucial to understand the role of natural killer cells' protection so that we can potentially leverage that in designing better flu vaccines," he said. "Since we see that natural killer cells are protective across different strains, maybe that would be a path to a universal flu vaccine." More broadly, Khatri said that this research exemplifies the power of "data repurposing." "Our work shows how you can use data that exists from previous studies to answer questions that those studies alone would not have been able to answer," Khatri said. "But by aggregating the data, we were able to find a signal across both studies and use that to discover something new." Story Source: Materials provided by Stanford Medicine. Original written by Hanae Armitage. Note: Content may be edited for style and length. 

:: 6--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American Medical Association sliding toward support of physician-assisted suicide… here come the death panels

By Dave Hodges

Will the American Medical Association soon be in favor of physician-assisted suicide? In early June, the AMA decided not to reaffirm its position against assisted suicide – a decision which has shocked many. But indeed, the AMA has gone against its own Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs, which recommended the AMA maintain its opposition of euthanasia for humans. Advocates for assisted suicide have been very successful at opening doors for euthanasia in medicine. In some states, affiliate groups have already taken a more neutral stance on this issue, paving the way for legislators to approve the legalization of doctor-assisted suicide. While proponents of euthanasia say that their cause gives patients the right to a dignified death, the issue isn’t really that cut and dry. There are substantial concerns about the potential for abuse and coercion. Inevitably, this could give rise to an untold number of citizens quietly being put to death against their will – while no one will be the wiser. Experts warn against assisted suicide Matt Vallière, the Executive Director of Patients Rights Action Fund, told Life News that he, and other advocates for patients’ rights, are very concerned about the AMA’s sudden change of heart. “The American Medical Association’s decision to not confirm their own Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs’ recommendation – namely that they maintain their opposition to assisted suicide – does not take into account that this bad public policy puts vulnerable patients at high risk for coercion, mistakes and even abuse. Although the AMA’s opposition position still stands for now, a referral back to CEJA is a lost opportunity and a failure to stand against a policy that has grave consequences for everyone, but especially persons living with illness, disabilities, or socio-economic disadvantage. Assisted suicide is not medical care,” Vallière stated. Support our mission to keep you informed: Discover the extraordinary benefits of turmeric gummy bears and organic “turmeric gold” liquid extract, both laboratory tested for heavy metals, microbiology and safety. Naturally high in potent curcuminoids. Delicious formulations. All purchases support this website (as well as your good health). See availability here. Further, he noted, the AMA’s Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs spent two years poring over research on assisted suicide before making their recommendation. The Council is an internationally respected panel of experts, and the AMA has basically ignored the panel’s statements on euthanasia in entirety, declaring that the issue needs “further study.” In their conclusion, the Council stated, “Physician-assisted suicide is fundamentally incompatible with the physician’s role as healer, would be difficult or impossible to control, and would pose serious societal risks.” The dangers of euthanasia The American College of Physicians (ACP) reaffirmed their stance against assisted suicide last year, noting that: “The power to prescribe assisted suicide carries a profound potential for misuse and abuse.” In their statement, the ACP noted that in a time when the cost of care is on everyone’s mind, the rising demand for euthanasia is alarming. And indeed it is; after all, killing off the “sick enough” would inevitably prove to be the best way to save money – how long will it take for that to become a platform? As Dr. Bernat, hailing from Dartmouth Medical School, wrote in 1997, there are several issues with assisted suicide. In addition to harming patient-professional relationships and damaging the practice of palliative care, the legalization of euthanasia will lead to more death. Dr. Bernat surmises that once physician-assisted suicides are legal, it will only be a matter of time before two things happen: Voluntary euthanasia will become legal, and soon after that, involuntary euthanasia will follow. Proponents of assisted suicide may scoff at that last contention – but look no further than the killing of a 29-year-old mentally ill woman in the Netherlands for proof that involuntary euthanasia is already reality. Can someone struggling with a mental illness make a rational choice in this situation, especially in a society that is basically telling them their life is not worth living? In the Netherlands, infants who are disabled and unable to consent to assisted suicide are regularly euthanized under what’s known as the “Groningen Protocol.” Studies have shown that staggeringly few infant euthanasia cases are reported on – even though estimates indicate 20 Netherlands babies are intentionally killed by their doctors every year. Studies from Belgium, where euthanasia is also legal, show that 30 percent of those euthanized are actually being killed without consent. Where do we draw the line? Stay updated with the latest on medical controversies at Sources for this article include: 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot?

:: 6-18-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Stories Prove It's Well Past Time To Get America Out Of The United Nations And Put A Dagger In Their Satanic Agenda

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 18, 2018

While here in the US, liberals and globalists are losing their minds over parents and children of immigrants being separated, perfectly exemplified in former NSA and CIA Director Michael Hayden's recent tweet comparing President Trump's immigration policy to that used by the Adolf Hitler and the Nazi's during the Holocaust, we'd love to ask Hayden when the last time was that he can remember an American citizen being imprisoned after carrying out a crime being allowed to bring their children with them to prison. Sharing a picture of Birkenau in Aushwitz in his tweet and captioning it "other government's separated mothers and children", as Susan Duclos reported on ANP on June 16th, the mainstream media is desperately and intentionally pushing the 'children in cages like a concentration camp' narrative in another attempt to distract the masses. Yet in this unfolding illegal immigration fiasco we get more proof that what was once called 'conspiracy theory' is indeed fact. As we reported on ANP back in 2015, an unusual number of WalMart stores across the country were going to be closed down for what were called 'plumbing problems' and while back then we speculated that such huge stores could easily be used as makeshift 'FEMA camps', as the Free Thought Project reported back on June 8th, that 'conspiracy theory' was proven as fact after Senator Jeff Merkley of Oregon was removed by cops from a Walmart in Brownsville, Texas that had been converted into a detention center. As Jeremiah Johnson reported over at SHTFPlan just days later, "how do you like it, Senator, when the 'deep state' works against you?" Reminding us in his story that "what's good for the goose is good for the gander", how many more 'conspiracy theories' that were written about during the days of Barack Obama and George Bush were also actually 'truths' that the deep state and mainstream media never wanted us to find out about? From Johnson's story: There’s an old expression: “What’s good for the goose is good for the gander.” In this case, another old expression is even better: “Turnabout is fair play.” We are all still reeling from the Obama years of “transparency,” and “change you can believe in,” that both equated to Doublethink and Doublespeak. Under Obama, everything was hidden from the American people: Benghazi, Fast and Furious, Ukraine/McCain/Nuland, and the Arab Spring. Nancy Pelosi (on the several thousand-paged Obamacare legislation): “We’ll just have to read it after its finished to know what’s in it.” Yet each and every day, President Trump makes it clear that the days of Obama and Hillary Clinton are long gone and as we see in this new story over at the Western Journal that Steve Quayle linked to on his website on Sunday, President Trump and Nikki Haley are reported planning to stick it to the UN by withdrawing from the UN Human Rights Council, an absolute joke council that has been led in the past by wholesale violators of human rights such as China, Saudi Arabia, Venezuela, Libya and Cuba. As Quayle mentioned in an SQ note he left while linking to that story, "in my opinion, the 'UN is Beelzebub's building block set' and is totally anti-American and anti-Christian" and as we've previously reported on ANP, wherever the UN goes on their 'peacekeeping missions', all hell seems to immediately follow. As the website Italian Insider reported back in October of 2017, a Swiss-based NGO protecting victims and whistleblowers of UN 'peacekeeping missions' called "Hear Their Cries" estimates there have been over 60,000 victims all around the world in a UN child rape epidemic that has gone on for well over a decade. Claiming that the UN doesn't effectively investigate nor prosecute perpetrators of child rape so UN employees act with impunity against children, the following sentence taking from their story is horrifying: While British authorities have been warning since 1999 that predatory paedophiles are targeting children’s charities in the developing world to get access to children, to date the UN has not facilitated the prosecution of any of its staff members – even though the problem is perceived by many as huge. With that statement echoing what we now see coming out of the UK with Islamic child grooming gangs being covered up and those who report upon it being imprisoned while all across Europe, women are no longer allowed to be 'free' for fear of triggering an assault, we're not the least bit surprised that Breitbart recently reported that over 1,000 Europeans have been murdered or maimed by Islamic asylum seekers since 2014. And with the globalists still using illegal immigration as a weapon of war against sovereign nations all across the planet, the awakening we've seen in European nations like Italy and Hungary recently show that there is hope with Hungary's Prime Minister Viktor Orban claiming “The replacement of populations is under way in Europe, partly because speculators like George Soros can make large financial profits” as reported by Pamela Gellar in this new story. The Daily Mail treats Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán in this article as if he were pushing some crazy conspiracy theory, but in fact, Orbán is exactly right. The inundation of Europe by Muslim migrants is Soros’ plan. His organizations work to bring these hostile invaders to our shores. Clearly, Orbán is one of the few European politicians who is not owned by the black hand, Soros. If he is destroyed by Soros, the consequences could be catastrophic for Europe and the free world in general. “Hungary’s far-right Prime Minister Viktor Orbán claims ‘replacement of populations is underway’ with mass migration because financiers want to profit from the ‘ruination of Europe,'” by Khaleda Rahman, Mailonline, June 14, 2018: And as Daisy Luther the Organic Prepper reports in this new story, the European countries that are refusing to accept the unchecked flow of illegal immigrants continues to grow with Hungary and Italy joined by Slovenia, Austria, Poland, the Czech Republic and even Denmark discouraging would-be immigrants from entering. As President Trump recently told the G7, for many many decades the United States has been like the piggy bank to the entire world and the entire world has been robbing the American taxpayer blind. Why should American citizens fund globalists projects such as the building of mosques half a world away and in places where they're either slaughtering Christians or using the mosques in the planning of future terror attacks against Americans or the West? With Turkey's Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan now claiming that there may soon be a war between the cross and the crescent, we must remember he also once quoted these lines from a famous Islamic poem: "the mosques are our barrack, the domes our helmets, the minarets our bayonets and the faithful our soldiers." With the US taxpayer under Obama and the globalists funding much of it, were we funding our own destruction? The slaughtering of Christians by Muslims in the Middle East and around the world sadly continues to this day. In the first video below our videographer takes a look inside the largest child migrant camp in America which just happens to be at an old Texas WalMart (conspiracy theory confirmed?) while in the 2nd video below, videographer Zolna Report takes a look at President Trump possibly getting the US out of the UN's Human Rights council asking "What council?" as the UN child rape epidemic continues while their completely unprosecuted workers continue the workings of 'Beelzebub' wherever they go. Should the US support THAT? 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 6--18 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GOP will hit FBI, DOJ with 'full arsenal of constitutional weapons' if they don't comply with subpoena, Gowdy warns

POLITICS 4 days ago By Gregg Re | Fox News

Trey Gowdy Rips FBI Report By Inspector General

House Oversight Committee Chairman Trey Gowdy told "Fox News Sunday" that House Speaker Paul Ryan led a meeting Friday night with senior members of the DOJ and FBI, and made it clear that “there’s going to be action on the floor of the House this week if FBI and DOJ do not comply with our subpoena request.” The House Judiciary Committee has requested more than a million documents from the FBI and DOJ relating to the Hillary Clinton email probe, the firing of former top FBI official Andrew McCabe, and reported surveillance of a Trump aide during the 2016 presidential election. But Republicans have accused the DOJ and FBI of stonewalling and intentionally impeding their investigation, despite the agencies' claims that fulfilling the request requires a careful review of the sensitive documents. Gowdy, R-S.C., said the GOP's action could involve "the full panoply of constitutional weapons available to the people’s house." "I don’t want the drama; I want the documents." - Rep. Trey Gowdy, R-SC "Under the heading of minor miracles, you had members of the House working on a Friday night," Gowdy said. "Paul Ryan led this meeting. You had [House Intelligence Committee Chair] Devin Nunes, [House Judiciary Committee Chair] Bob Goodlatte, myself and everyone you can think of from the FBI and the DOJ, and we went item by item on both of those outstanding subpoenas. SEVEN KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM BOMBSHELL DOJ WATCHDOG REPORT INTO HILLARY EMAIL PROBE And Paul made it very clear; there’s going to be action on the floor of the House this week if the FBI and DOJ do not comply with our subpoena request," he continued. "So [Deputy Attorney General] Rod Rosenstein, [FBI Director] Chris Wray you were in the meeting, you understood him just as clearly as I did. We’re going to get compliance or the House of Representatives is going to use its full arsenal of constitutional weapons to gain compliance." Last week, emails reviewed by Fox News showed that Rosenstein himself threatened to “subpoena” emails, phone records and other documents from lawmakers and staff on a Republican-led House committee during a tense meeting earlier this year, in what aides described as a "personal attack." Gowdy told "Fox News Sunday" that "the full panoply of constitutional weapons available to the people’s house" are on the table, including contempt of Congress. "I don’t want the drama; I want the documents," Gowdy added. In a statement last week, Gowdy said he was "alarmed, angered, and deeply disappointed" at the revelations in the DOJ IG report released Thursday that analyzed federal investigators' conduct during the Hillary Clinton email probe. The watchdog's report unearthed new texts from senior FBI officials who investigated both Clinton and the Trump campaign, including one in which the No. 2 investigator on the Clinton probe, Peter Strzok, vowed to "stop" Trump from becoming president. Gowdy reiterated on "Fox News Sunday" that the IG report was deeply concerning. "I don’t know what [Special Counsel Robert] Mueller has," he said. "I do know this: that bias is so pervasive and everyone who has ever stood in front of a jury and had to explain it in a way will tell you it is the most miserable feeling in the world and I’ve never seen this level of bias." Gregg Re is an editor for Fox News. Follow him on Twitter @gregg_re. 

:: 6-17-18 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rudy Giuliani Calls For Mueller Witch Hunt to be Investigated (VIDEO)

by Cristina Laila June 17, 2018 144 Comments 12.6KShare 138Tweet Email

On Sunday, an attorney for Trump, Rudy Giuliani called for the Mueller witch hunt to be investigated. On Sunday it was revealed in the Washington Post, Trump associates Roger Stone and Michael Caputo were approached by another FBI informant during their campaign in the Deep State’s quest to tie Donald Trump to Putin’s Russia. And — once again — neither of them took the bait. The Fake News media is using this story to continue to push the Trump-Russia hoax in an attempt to drag the ‘Russian collusion’ narrative into the 2018 mid-term elections. Rudy Giuliani spoke to Jake Tapper in an appearance on CNN’s State of the Union Sunday and called for the Mueller witch hunt to be investigated. “I believe that the Mueller investigation should be investigated, not necessarily because of Mueller, but because of its genesis in this very very, now almost illegal probe–this Russia probe that began with Peter Strzok in charge. He didn’t leave until July of last year,” Giuliani told Tapper. Giuliani clarified he wants an investigation into what led up to the Special Counsel. “We want the Mueller probe to be investigated the way the Trump administration has been investigated,” Giuliani said. The Inspector General report revealed a very damning text message from Mueller’s lead attorney, Peter Strzok. The Trump-hating FBI agent sent his mistress Lisa Page a text message saying “we’ll stop” Trump from becoming President. This text message from Strzok was sent to Page 9 days after “Crossfire Hurricane” was opened and 6 days before the “insurance policy” text. Mueller and his team of hacks should be shut down and investigated immediately. On Sunday, President Trump once again ripped the Russian collusion witch hunt from his Twitter account.

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump WITCH HUNT! There was no Russian Collusion. Oh, I see, there was no Russian Collusion, so now they look for obstruction on the no Russian Collusion. The phony Russian Collusion was a made up Hoax. Too bad they didn’t look at Crooked Hillary like this. Double Standard!

10:54 AM - Jun 17, 2018 125K 78.8K people are talking about this 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 6-17-18 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Than 1,000 Europeans Murdered, Maimed in Attacks by Islamist Asylum Seekers Since 2014

By Virginia Hale 17 Jun 2018

More than 1,000 people have been murdered or injured on European soil since 2014, in attacks carried out by Islamist asylum seekers and refugees, research has revealed. Analysis by the Heritage Foundation found that asylum seekers were involved in 32 of 194 Islamist plots that have targeted Europe over the past four years, resulting in 357 deaths and 1,678 injuries. Breitbart London @BreitbartLondon Marseilles Knife Terrorist ‘Illegal Migrant,’ Islamic State Claims Attack 

5:41 AM - Oct 2, 2017

Between January 2014 and December 2017, the attacks involving migrants who were seeking asylum accounted for 182 of the fatalities and 814 injuries, according to the Daily Mail. Noting that the terror threat on the continent has soared since 2016, when German chancellor Angela Merkel opened Europe’s borders, the the U.S. think tank warned that mass migration from the Global South made it “disturbingly simple” for Islamic extremists to enter EU nations. “Ill-conceived immigration policies have made it easier for [jihadists] to strike,” the Heritage Foundation’s Robin Simcox said, commenting that “the fall-out from the decision to take in such a large amount of unvetted people in such a short time will continue for decades to come.” “Europe has faced a severe threat from Islamist terrorism for years. Yet Chancellor Merkel’s decision to open Germany’s borders in 2015 unfortunately increased that threat,” he added. “While only a minority of asylum seekers pose a security risk, the plots carried out by those exploiting migrant routes – in Paris, London, Berlin, Stockholm and elsewhere across Europe – demonstrate that even a low number of extremists can still cause huge amounts of damage,” said the report, which urged EU leaders to reduce risk by minimising the number of migrants the continent imports from conflict areas scarred by Islamic extremism. “European leaders were either naïve about the risks or failed to communicate honestly with the public the impact that accepting such large amounts of people would have on security,” asserted Simcox, a national security and terrorism expert. Breitbart London has previously reported how the Media Diversity Institute, which works with “media decision makers” and journalism watchdogs across Europe with the goal of promoting only positive views of minority and immigrant communities, has warned broadcasters against “sensationalising” immigrant-committed bloodshed against the continent’s native population. Funded by globalist billionaire George Soros, the British government and European taxpayers through Brussels, the London-based NGO urged journalists to report on terror attacks on European soil in such a way that encourages the public to “avoid acting impulsively and to avoid spreading hate speech on social networks”. When a Tunisian migrant murdered 84 by driving a 19-tonne truck into crowds of people celebrating Bastille Day, the institute blasted French media for including “shocking” testimony of the event, warning it risked causing “angry” people to post negative opinions of Islam and immigration on social media.  

:: 6-19-18 Investment Watch Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hungary’s Orban: “The replacement of populations is under way in Europe, partly because speculators like George Soros can make large financial profits”

June 19, 2018 by IWB via gellerreport:

The Daily Mail treats Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán in this article as if he were pushing some crazy conspiracy theory, but in fact, Orbán is exactly right. The inundation of Europe by Muslim migrants is Soros’ plan. His organizations work to bring these hostile invaders to our shores. Clearly, Orbán is one of the few European politicians who is not owned by the black hand, Soros. If he is destroyed by Soros, the consequences could be catastrophic for Europe and the free world in general. “Hungary’s far-right Prime Minister Viktor Orbán claims ‘replacement of populations is underway’ with mass migration because financiers want to profit from the ‘ruination of Europe,’” by Khaleda Rahman, Mailonline, June 14, 2018: Hungary’s far-right Prime Minister Viktor Orbán claimed the population of Europe is being replaced and that financial speculators like US billionaire George Soros are hoping to profit from the ‘ruination’ of the continent. In a discussion on the growing number of migrants flooding into Balkan countries on public Kossuth Radio on Friday, Orbán warned that Europe was seeing a new wave of migration. He claimed it was necessary to fight Soros and his ‘army’ to prevent a ‘multicultural Europe’ because ‘we do not want to mix with others.’ In response to press reports that Soros’ organisations are in every Balkam country, Orbán declared: ‘It’s worth fighting against a force that is stronger than us – against a force like George Soros and his army. ‘We’ve played a role in this network being exposed, as we brought it out into the open, and now they have to openly state their goals. They want immigration. ‘The replacement of populations and peoples is under way in Europe, partly because speculators like George Soros can make large financial profits. ‘They are set on the ruination of Europe, because they’re hoping for large profits.’ As well as profits, Orbán also insisted that an ideological motivation for the creation of a multicultural Europe. He said: ‘On the other hand, there is also an ideological motivation: they believe in a multicultural Europe; they don’t like Christian Europe; they don’t like the traditions of a Christian Europe; and they definitely don’t like Christians. ‘They believe that if they mix us with some other kind of people we’ll be more beautiful, we’ll look better, and Europe will be a better place in which to live. ‘We, however, do not want to mix with others.’ He added that the current rising tide of mass migration poses a challenge for Hungary’s neighbours. ‘We are indeed seeing signs of a new migration wave, of a rising tide following a low tide; it’s rising now, and this poses a challenge,’ he said. ‘We’ve managed to ensure that now every migrant knows that they shouldn’t follow the path marked by the signpost pointing to Hungary. ‘This is good, but it won’t protect our neighbours, and as we also need stable neighbours we must provide them with help.’ It comes after Orbán’s government proposed legislation, to be voted on later this month, which would criminalise the act of helping asylum-seekers. Leading Hungarian non-governmental organisations denounced the so-called ‘Stop Soros’ package of bills that could see activists and lawyers jailed. The measures would allow courts to pass criminal sentences including jail terms of up to one year on individuals for aiding asylum-seekers. Representatives from prominent local NGOs called the proposals ‘an attack against human rights defenders’. Parliament should ‘drop the idea of criminalising our work which is in solidarity with asylum-seekers and refugees’, Julia Ivan, head of Amnesty International in Hungary, told a press conference outside parliament. ‘We do what we have to do, we are not criminals,’ she said. The government says the laws are aimed at persons helping undeserving migrants to acquire refugee status, for example if those persons were not in immediate danger before entering Hungary, or who entered the country illegally. Named after the liberal Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros, the measures are the government’s latest broadside against the 87-year-old, who has long been accused by the fiercely anti-immigration Orbán of facilitating migration into Europe…. 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 6-17-18 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Somali Gang Drives by Maine Park and Shoots Park-Goers with Pellet Guns – Then Beats a Young Father to Death

Jim Hoft by Jim Hoft June 17, 2018

Back in May a mob of Somali youths beat park goers with sticks and fists in Kennedy Park in Lewiston, Maine. The mob of at least 20 youths laughed as they beat two men in the park. At least one man required medical attention. Now this… This past week a Somali mob drove past Lewiston park and shot pellets and BBs at a group gathered there. Several people pursued the car from the park.  A fight broke out on the street and one father of two was killed. Police are investigating to make sure no racist words were exchanged during the beatings. The Press Herald reported: The 38-year-old man who was badly beaten during a brawl this week in Lewiston’s Kennedy Park has died, state police said. Donald Giusti of Lewiston died Friday afternoon at Central Maine Medical Center, where he had been hospitalized since late Tuesday night when the fight erupted. Friends of Giusti, a father of two, described him as a former brawler who had been trying to turn his life around… Two groups clashed Tuesday on Knox Street after teenagers in a car reportedly drove past the park and shot pellets and BBs at a group gathered there, according to Sun Journal sources who said they witnessed the events. Several people pursued the car from the park to Knox Street, where a melee broke out, the teens reportedly wielding sticks, bats and bricks, sources said. Police are investigating to determine whether there were racial elements to the fight, an assertion made by many in the aftermath of the brawl. Here is a photo of the deceased father. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-17-18 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Three Dead, Plants and Trains Halted After Japan Quake

By Kazunori Takada and Gearoid Reidy June 17, 2018, 7:27 PM EDT Updated on June 17, 2018, 11:17 PM EDT

Three people were confirmed dead and almost 100 injured after a strong earthquake hit Osaka on Monday morning, rattling one of Japan’s industrial heartlands and halting trains and factories across the region. The earthquake struck at 7:58 a.m. local time, with an initial magnitude of 5.9 that was later revised upwards to 6.1. At 13 kilometers (8.1 miles) it was relatively shallow, and caused heavy shaking that registered a lower 6 on the Japanese scale of 7. It was the strongest shaking registered in Osaka under records which date back to 1923. As the quake was centered inland, there was no fear of a tsunami. All trains and subways across Osaka city were halted, and the bullet train that links Osaka to Tokyo was stopped. Power was quickly restored to more than 170,000 homes that had earlier been cut off, regional utility Kansai Electric Power Co. said. There were no reports of abnormalities at its nuclear plants in the region. Three people were confirmed dead, including a nine-year-old girl, who was reported to have died after a school wall fell on her. Close to 100 people suffered injuries, according to the government’s emergency and disaster task force. Footage on national broadcaster NHK showed flooding from burst underground water pipes, train passengers forced to exit along train lines, and schoolchildren gathering outside in precautionary evacuations. While the quake appeared to spare the region of major infrastructural damage, the Meteorological Agency warned that strong aftershocks could occur, particularly in the next two to three days. In 2016, the magnitude 7 earthquake that caused significant damage and multiple casualties in southern Kumamoto was preceded two days earlier by a magnitude 6.2 temblor. Industrial Heartland The quake struck in one of Japan’s main manufacturing heartlands, home to companies including Panasonic Corp., Nintendo Co. and Keyence Corp, and plants across the area were halted as firms assessed the damage. Automakers Honda Motor Co., Mitsubishi Motors Corp. and Toyota Motor Corp. unit Daihatsu all stopped production at plants in the region. JXTG Energy shut its Osaka refinery and halted shipments, while industrial machinery maker Kubota Corp., brewer Asahi Group Holdings and cosmetics maker Shiseido Co. all stopped work at factories. Market reaction to the event was largely muted, with shares in some companies located in the region including Osaka Gas dropping, while Sumitomo Osaka Cement Co. and electrical contractor Kinden Corp. gained as the extent of damage from the quake remained unclear. A major earthquake has long been feared in the area, which is located near several major faults. Osaka is set to host the G-20 meeting in June 2019. In 1995, a magnitude 6.9 earthquake killed more than 6,000 people when it struck in neighboring Kobe. 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 6-18-18 KNXV TV15 ABC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yuma Police: Man arrested for $1.3 million in fraudulent returns to Walmart

Jeff Popovich 9:18 PM, Jun 15, 2018 8:47 PM, Jun 16, 2018

YUMA, AZ - A man accused of committing fraudulent returns at more than 1,000 Walmarts across the United States was arrested in Yuma Wednesday afternoon. According to Yuma police officials, 23-year-old Thomas Frudaker was apprehended and taken into custody after officers responded to reports of a fraudulent transaction at the Walmart near 24th Street and Avenue B. Police say Frudaker had returned to Walmart to return a computer he had purchased earlier. Detectives believe Frudaker removed parts from the computer before making the return. During their investigation, officers discovered that Frudaker had committed a similar return earlier in the day at the Walmart near 32nd Street and Avenue 8 E, and at more than 1000 Walmarts across the United States over an 18 month period. These fraudulent returns have resulted in a loss of $1.3 million to Walmart, officials said. Frudaker was arrested and is facing multiple charges including fraudulent schemes, criminal damage, and theft. Anyone with information about the case is asked to contact the Yuma Police Department. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-17-18 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel foiled 250 terror attacks already this year

Sunday, June 17, 2018 Michael F. Haverluck (

Israel’s security agency Shin Bet announced Wednesday that it has thwarted 250 “significant terror attacks” against the Jewish State since January – attributing its success mainly to high-tech surveillance and tracking tools. Shin Bet Director Nadav Argaman explained to public security ministers at an international conference in Jerusalem that so-called “lone wolf” attacks in Israel and the West Bank are becoming more common than threats from organized Islamic terror groups – such as Hamas and Hezbollah. “The map of threats and challenges is varied and covers multiple unstable and difficult fronts,” Argaman, who has led his group since 2016, explained , according to the Times of Israel. “Since the start of the year, the Shin Bet security service has prevented 250 significant terror attacks – including suicide bombings, kidnappings and shootings.” The head of Shin bet released the statistics just hours after his agency announced that it arrested a Palestinian man suspected of fatally crushing an Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) soldier’s head with a stone slab in Ramallah’s al-Am’ari refugee camp last month. Israeli tech making it harder for terrorists At Israel’s rate of thwarting terrorist attacks this year, it will easily surpass last year’s total. “In December, Argaman told the Knesset’s Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee that the agency had thwarted over 400 terrorist attacks in 2017, including 13 suicide attacks and eight kidnappings, as well as 1,100 potential lone-wolf attacks,” the Jerusalem Post reported. “He further noted at that time that in 2017, 54 attacks were successfully carried out, in comparison with 108 successful attacks in 2016.” The numbers show that as Israel’s technology advances, so does it efficiency in nabbing terrorist attacks. “In 2016, the Shin Bet stopped 344 major attacks, meaning the total number of thwarted and successful attacks was similar for 2016 and 2017, but the security agency succeeded in thwarting more of them in 2017,” the Jerusalem Post’s Yonah Jeremy Bob divulged. “The major improvement was seen in the 400 potential lone-wolf attacks prevented in 2016, compared to 1,100 such potential attacks in 2017.” Being one of the most innovative and technologically advanced nations in the world evidently had a lot to do with Israel’s ability to nab terrorist attacks before they come to fruition. “The Shin Bet chief said part of the way his agency had been able to effectively respond to the ‘lone wolf’ attacks – which have confounded security services around the world in recent years – was through the use of advanced technological techniques like ‘big data’ – large amounts of information from which researchers can attempt to make predictions,” the Times of Israel’s Judah Ari Gross reported. Argaman noted how state-of-the-art advances – and his agency’s savviness to effectively utilize them – puts it at an advantage when it comes to Israel’s war on terror from against hostile neighbors in the volatile Powder Keg of the Middle East. “The Shin Bet security service knew to adapt itself and use technological, intelligence and operational tools in order to find these assailants ahead of time,” the security expert explained. “The great investment in technological developments in the worlds of ‘big data,’ machine learning and artificial intelligence by the Shin Bet has created a great leap forward from intelligence extraction to intelligence prediction for the purposes of preventing terror attacks and terrorist intentions before they’re carried out.” Yet Argaman noted that “classic” intelligence methods were also implemented by Shin Bet in its counter-terrorism operations.


Israel foiled 250 terror attacks already this year

Sunday, June 17, 2018 Michael F. Haverluck (

Israeli security West Bank Israel’s security agency Shin Bet announced Wednesday that it has thwarted 250 “significant terror attacks” against the Jewish State since January – attributing its success mainly to high-tech surveillance and tracking tools. Shin Bet Director Nadav Argaman explained to public security ministers at an international conference in Jerusalem that so-called “lone wolf” attacks in Israel and the West Bank are becoming more common than threats from organized Islamic terror groups – such as Hamas and Hezbollah. “The map of threats and challenges is varied and covers multiple unstable and difficult fronts,” Argaman, who has led his group since 2016, explained , according to the Times of Israel. “Since the start of the year, the Shin Bet security service has prevented 250 significant terror attacks – including suicide bombings, kidnappings and shootings.” The head of Shin bet released the statistics just hours after his agency announced that it arrested a Palestinian man suspected of fatally crushing an Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) soldier’s head with a stone slab in Ramallah’s al-Am’ari refugee camp last month. Israeli tech making it harder for terrorists At Israel’s rate of thwarting terrorist attacks this year, it will easily surpass last year’s total. “In December, Argaman told the Knesset’s Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee that the agency had thwarted over 400 terrorist attacks in 2017, including 13 suicide attacks and eight kidnappings, as well as 1,100 potential lone-wolf attacks,” the Jerusalem Post reported. “He further noted at that time that in 2017, 54 attacks were successfully carried out, in comparison with 108 successful attacks in 2016.” The numbers show that as Israel’s technology advances, so does it efficiency in nabbing terrorist attacks. “In 2016, the Shin Bet stopped 344 major attacks, meaning the total number of thwarted and successful attacks was similar for 2016 and 2017, but the security agency succeeded in thwarting more of them in 2017,” the Jerusalem Post’s Yonah Jeremy Bob divulged. “The major improvement was seen in the 400 potential lone-wolf attacks prevented in 2016, compared to 1,100 such potential attacks in 2017.” Being one of the most innovative and technologically advanced nations in the world evidently had a lot to do with Israel’s ability to nab terrorist attacks before they come to fruition. “The Shin Bet chief said part of the way his agency had been able to effectively respond to the ‘lone wolf’ attacks – which have confounded security services around the world in recent years – was through the use of advanced technological techniques like ‘big data’ – large amounts of information from which researchers can attempt to make predictions,” the Times of Israel’s Judah Ari Gross reported. Argaman noted how state-of-the-art advances – and his agency’s savviness to effectively utilize them – puts it at an advantage when it comes to Israel’s war on terror from against hostile neighbors in the volatile Powder Keg of the Middle East. “The Shin Bet security service knew to adapt itself and use technological, intelligence and operational tools in order to find these assailants ahead of time,” the security expert explained. “The great investment in technological developments in the worlds of ‘big data,’ machine learning and artificial intelligence by the Shin Bet has created a great leap forward from intelligence extraction to intelligence prediction for the purposes of preventing terror attacks and terrorist intentions before they’re carried out.” Yet Argaman noted that “classic” intelligence methods were also implemented by Shin Bet in its counter-terrorism operations. “In late 2015 and early 2016, Israel was struck by a wave of regular terror attacks – mostly in the form of stabbings, car rammings and shootings – across Israel and the West Bank,” Gross recounted. “The Shin Bet, Israel Defense Forces and other security services initially struggled to prevent the attacks, which were being carried out by these ‘lone wolves,’ having spent decades training to counter the types of threats posed by organized terror groups.” Putting the right technology in place curbed these forms of anti-Semitic terrorism by jihadists in Israel. “By mid-2016, the number of attacks against Israeli civilians and soldiers had returned to their regular levels, which Israeli defense officials credited to new policies and tools put in place to combat these independent attacks,” Gross added. “Though at a much lower rate, terror attacks by Palestinian ‘lone wolves’ still occur in Israel.” Sharing tools for a safer Israel Israeli police spokesman Micky Rosenfeld indicated that Israel’s law enforcement is making a concerted effort to share its intelligence and experience with Israeli Public Security Minister Gilad Erdan and ministers of homeland security from 20 other nations attending the Jerusalem forum “We’re sharing intelligence strategies, how we deal with preventing those attacks, what are the global threats that exist here in Israel, which of course are global threats that exist in Europe and other countries around the world; how we can improve transferring intelligence. because when you have strong intelligence, you can prevent a terrorist attack from taking place,” Rosenfeld told CBN News. “There’s a joint language, understanding between the ministers about what the message is [and] how we need to improve and prevent those threats from becoming real, like, unfortunately, we’ve experienced in Israel for many years.” He credited the declining number of successful terrorist attacks over the past year to Israel’s handling of lone wolf attacks. “We’ve developed strategies and implemented ways on the ground to prevent those attacks from taking place,” Rosenfeld continued. After mentioning that Islamic terrorists carried out hundreds of serious attacks against Israel since 2015, Erdan emphasized that the forum’s focus was to augment cooperation in the war on terror, which includes combatting radicalization, incitement and cyber threats. “[There are two] defining characteristics [in the current] wave of terror – [the] central role of incitement and radicalization, especially online, [and] the simplicity of the attacks carried out by individuals with easily accessible weapons and without the command and control structures of traditional terrorist groups,” Erdan explained, according to CBN News. “[These are] hi-tech communications [used to carry out] low-tech operations.” He said that terrorists are increasingly using the Internet to stage their attacks. “In the period leading up to the outbreak of these attacks – especially in the first half year of the terror wave – we were witness to an intense campaign of online and real-world incitement,” Erdan pointed out, noting that social media must play a dynamic role in fighting terrorism by utilizing the same tools terrorists use to fund their attacks. “[Israel set up a team to combat online incitement using] advanced web-intelligence tools and algorithms to identify potential terrorists. The World-Wide-Web must not be the Wild West.” United States Homeland Security Kirjsten Neilson argued that nations must band together and make a concerted effort to keep terrorists from penetrating their borders if they are to win the war on terror. “What this means is that a terrorist in your country is virtually in mine, and we have to really think about what that means as this threat evolves,” she impressed. “So, your risk is very much my risk – my risk is yours.” The American security expert went on to assure that a “collective defense” is the only true way to effectively combat the threat of terrorism today. “If we prepare individually, we will fail collectively,” Neilson contended. “Making sure that we can block terrorists from crossing borders physically – after they have in fact crossed our borders virtually – is vital. We must keep them out of our countries.” 

:: 6-17-18 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Yellow Alert Has Just Been Issued For 2 Major Volcanoes In North America

8:00AM EDT 6/12/2018 Michael Snyder

Massive eruptions of Hawaii's Kilauea volcano and Guatemala's Fuego volcano have captivated the entire world in recent days, and now it looks like even more volcanoes are starting to wake up. In fact, yellow alerts were just issued for Mexico's Mt. Popocatepetl and Alaska's Great Sitkin volcano. Mt. Popocatepetl and Great Sitkin both sit along the "Ring of Fire" that roughly encircles the perimeter of the Pacific Ocean, and many are becoming concerned that we may be witnessing some sort of "chain reaction" as volcanoes all over the globe begin to exhibit signs of increased activity. This even includes some unusual happenings at Yellowstone, and we will cover that near the end of this article. But to start with, let's take a look at the yellow alert that was just issued for Mt. Popocatepetl. The following comes from a government website in Mexico: In the last 24 hours, through the monitoring systems at Popocatépetl volcano, were registered 30 exhalations with emissions of steam and gas (image 1). At night was possible to observed incandescence that increase with some exhalations. At the time of this report the emission are dispersed to the south-southwest direction. CENAPRED emphasizes that people SHOULD NOT go near the volcano, especially near the crater, due to the hazard caused by ballistic fragments (image 2) and in case of heavy rains leave the bottoms of ravines by the danger of landslides and debris flows. The Volcanic Traffic Light Yellow Phase 2. The scenarios foreseen for this phase are: 1. Explosive activity of low to intermediate level. 2. Ash fall in nearby towns. 3. Possibility of short-range pyroclastic flows and mudflows. Any signs of activity at Mt. Popocatepetl should always be taken very, very seriously. It is known as the most dangerous volcano in North America for a reason. Experts tell us that centuries ago this volcano actually "covered entire Aztec cities" with super-heated mud... Historians tell us that Popocatepetl had a dramatic impact on the ancient Aztecs. Giant mud flows produced by massive eruptions covered entire Aztec cities. In fact, some of these mud flows were so large that they buried entire pyramids in super-heated mud. But we haven't witnessed anything like that in any of our lifetimes, so it is hard to even imagine devastation of that magnitude. In addition to Mexico City's mammoth population, there are millions of others that live in the surrounding region. Overall, there are about 25 million people that live in the immediate vicinity of Popocatepetl. Thankfully, we haven't seen a major eruption of the volcano in modern times, but at some point, that will change. In a worst-case scenario, Mt. Popocatepetl could absolutely devastate Mexico City, kill countless numbers of people and collapse the Mexican economy overnight. So let us pray that we don't see a major eruption there any time soon. Meanwhile, a yellow alert has also been issued for Alaska's Great Sitkin volcano. The following comes from the Alaska Volcano Observatory... Volcano: Great Sitkin (VNUM #311120) Current Volcano Alert Level: ADVISORY Previous Volcano Alert Level: NORMAL Related Articles Volunteers Flock to Church to Serve After Volcano Destroys Homes

75 Dead, Nearly 200 Missing as Officials Warn 'Fire' Volcano Will Explode Again Current Aviation Color Code: YELLOW Previous Aviation Color Code: GREEN Issued: Sunday, June 10, 2018, 1:26 PM AKDT

Source: Alaska Volcano Observatory Notice Number. Location: N 52 deg 4 min W 176 deg 6 min Elevation: 5709 ft (1740 m) Area: Aleutians Volcanic Activity Summary: Earthquake activity at Great Sitkin Volcano has been elevated over the past five days, and earlier today at 11:39 AKDT (19:39 UTC), a signal that may represent a short-lived steam explosion was detected by seismic data. AVO is thus raising the Aviation Color Code and Alert Level to YELLOW/ADVISORY. Great Sitkin Volcano is monitored by a five-station seismic network on Great Sitkin Island and with additional seismic stations on the nearby islands of Igitkin, Adak, Kagalask and Kanaga. A six-element infrasound array to detect explosions (atmospheric pressure waves) was installed on Adak Island in June, 2017, although it is currently (June 2018) only partly operational. AVO also uses satellite imagery to monitor Great Sitkin Volcano. Recent Observations: [Volcanic cloud height] not applicable [Other volcanic cloud information] Unknown Remarks: Great Sitkin Volcano is a basaltic andesite volcano that occupies most of the northern half of Great Sitkin Island, a member of the Andreanof Islands group in the central Aleutian Islands. It is located 43 km (26 miles) east of the community of Adak. Great Sitkin erupted at least three times in the 20th century, most recently in 1974. That eruption produced at least one ash cloud that likely exceeded an altitude of 25,000 ft above sea level. A poorly documented eruption occurred in 1945, also producing a lava dome that was partially destroyed in the 1974 eruption. A seismic swarm occurred from July 2016 through the end of 2017. Unlike Mt. Popocatepetl, Great Sitkin is located very far away from any large population centers, and so even a full-blown eruption of that volcano would not be that catastrophic. Of course, the same cannot be said about Yellowstone. As I have written about many times, a full-blown eruption at Yellowstone could potentially change all of our lives in a single moment. That is why the unusual activity that is happening there right now is such a concern... Yellowstone's Steamboat Geyser, the largest in the world, has now erupted eight times in less than three months, in a geological puzzle that has fascinated scientists working at the site. The most recent Steamboat eruption occurred Monday just after 9 a.m. "It was unbelievable," Jamie Farrell, a geologist at the University of Utah who happened to be at the geyser during the eruption, told Newsweek. He's seen plenty of other geysers go off—but not Steamboat, which is capable of the largest eruptions of all currently active geysers. Eruptions of Steamboat do not happen that often. As Mac Slavo has noted, the last one was in September 2014... Until this recent series of eruptions, the last time Steamboat blew was in September 2014. Steamboat's latest eruption was Monday morning when the geyser shot boiling hot water hundreds of feet into the air. Steam billowed from the geyser for hours longer. Steamboat is located in the Norris Geyser Basin, known to have the hottest and most changeable thermal area in nearly 3,500-square-mile wilderness park that sits on a volcanic hot spot called a caldera. That accounts for the geyser's towering columns of steam (it's very, very hot underground) but leaves a major fear-provoking question unanswered: Why now, and is it a sign the giant volcano is waking up? We better hope that Yellowstone is not awakening. In a previous article, I described what a full-blown eruption of Yellowstone might look like... Hundreds of cubic miles of ash, rock and lava would be blasted into the atmosphere, and this would likely plunge much of the northern hemisphere into several days of complete darkness. Virtually everything within 100 miles of Yellowstone would be immediately killed, but a much more cruel fate would befall those that live in major cities outside of the immediate blast zone such as Salt Lake City and Denver. Hot volcanic ash, rock and dust would rain down on those cities literally for weeks. In the end, it would be extremely difficult for anyone living in those communities to survive. In fact, it has been estimated that 90 percent of all people living within 600 miles of Yellowstone would be killed. Experts project that such an eruption would dump a layer of volcanic ash that is at least 10 feet deep up to 1,000 miles away, and approximately two-thirds of the United States would suddenly become uninhabitable. The volcanic ash would severely contaminate most of our water supplies, and growing food in the middle of the country would become next to impossible. In other words, it would be the end of our country as we know it today. Throughout human history, great societies have been taken down by natural disasters, and despite all of our advanced technology we are extremely vulnerable as well. So the fact that our planet is becoming increasingly unstable is a major concern, and I believe that this is going to have major implications for our future. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-17-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scorching heat set to hit the East Coast: Schools are closed and people are warned to stay indoors as record-breaking temperatures sweep the region - with New York getting its hottest day since 1929

National Weather Service predicted Monday's temperature will be 95 degrees

It hasn't been that hot in the city since 1929, weather experts said on Sunday

A heat advisory is in effect for New York from 11am to 8pm on Monday

By Reporter and Associated Press

Published: 17:01 EDT, 17 June 2018 | Updated: 09:51 EDT, 18 June 2018

New Yorkers are preparing for near record-breaking weather on Monday as temperatures are predicted to be well into the 90s. According to the National Weather Service, the temperature could reach a scorching high of 95 degrees. It hasn't been that hot in the city since 1929. This sweltering heat prompted the weather service to issue a heat advisory for the city, which will be in effect from 11am to 8pm on Monday. According to the service, the heat and humidity will result in high heat index values, meaning it will feel hotter than the air temperature indicates. In New York, that heat index is expected to be around 100 and the highest will occur during the afternoon. Extreme heat can cause illness and death among at-risk populations who cannot stay cool and weather experts have warned New Yorkers to stay inside to avoid extended heat exposure. Governor Andrew M. Cuomo urged New Yorkers to take precautions against heat related illnesses and limit strenuous outdoor physical activity. 'With prolonged heat and humidity in the forecast, I urge New Yorkers to take necessary steps to stay cool,' Cuomo said. 'As temperatures continue to rise, I encourage everyone to check on your friends and neighbors who may need some extra help and to cool off at state parks pools and cooling centers.' Public schools in Jersey City announced on Twitter that they will close early on Monday due to the 'excessive heat'. 'Schools will close at 12:45 tomorrow (June 18) because of excessive heat. There will be no after school programs or CASPER, the Jersey City School District said on Twitter. Temperatures are expected to climb above 90 degrees in New Jersey as well. A front will drop in from the north on Monday afternoon, potentially producing thunderstorms with gusty winds, hail and heavy rain. Monday's hot temperatures will also impact multiple school districts in Massachusetts. There will be no classes for Lowell Public Schools and McAuliffe Elementary School warned parents earlier that classes could be affected due to the facility not having air conditioning. The district has been battling building problems this year, along with gas leaks and heating problems, NECN. Students in Haverhill, Holyoke and Lawrence, Massachusetts, will have early dismissals on Monday. Temperatures are expected to go back to normal after a morning rain shower on Tuesday. By Wednesday, New Yorkers will be experiencing weather in the low 80s. The potentially deadly heatwave has also wreaked havoc on the Midwest when temperatures reached into the high 90s. Temperatures reached the high 90s on Sunday in Chicago, approaching if not surpassing the hottest June 17 on record - 96 degrees in 1957. 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 6-17-18 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Volcanic unrest around the world: eruptions at Fernandina island (Galapagos), Sakurajima (Japan), Klyuchevskoy (Russia) and Kilauea (USA)

By Strange Sounds - Jun 17, 2018

There are currently many volcanoes erupting around the world. Here the latest updates. Eruption of Fernandina Island’s volcano in the Galapagos archipelago on June 16, 2018 On June 16, nine earthquakes hit off Fernandina Island in the Galapagos archipelago, starting at 8:37 am. The largest quake of this seismic swarm, a M4.1, occurred at 9:22 am. The seismic unrest resulted in the eruption of island’s volcano between 11h and 11h15, as confirmed by a boat passing by. The eruption is located on the NNE side of the volcano and is currently characterized by lava flows, and 2-3 km high gas plumes. Lava flowing in the sea generates a powerful plume of steam and gas. Eruption of Sakurajima volcano in Japan on June 16, 2018 The Sakurajima Minamidake Crater erupted strongly on Kyushu Island, Japan on June 16 at 7:19 am local time. It was accompanied by an ash plume rising to 4,700 meters above the crater, before drifting to the west. Pyroclastic flows have been observed down the southwest flank and significant ash falls are reported on Kagoshima. The alert level is maintained at 3 / do not approach the volcano, in force since February 5, 2016. Klyuchevskoy volcanic eruption on June 15, 2018 Klyuchevskoy volcano erupted on June 15 at 21:38 UTC ejecting a plume of ash more than 6,000 meters asl., which then drifted southwest of the volcano. Moderate activity continues, justifying an orange aviation code, the risk of ash explosions always occurring. Source: KVERT Kilauea volcanic eruption continues At Kilauea, the eruption continues in the East Rift Zone, where lava fountains rise between 55 and 60 meters on crack 8, surrounded by a 51-meter spatter and tephra cone at its highest point. Fissures 16 and 18 continue to seep out of the lava. Fisures 9 and 24 appear hotter, and degass strongly. The lava flows into a well-established channel towards the ocean at Kapoho, producing “laze” plumes, loaded with hydrochloric acid and volcanic particles. Seismicity is rising at the top, where several earthquakes have been felt, some of magnitude 3. The collapse of the edges and walls of Halema’uma’u continues in response to the current subsidence of the summit. Source: HVO-USGS It’s getting really hot around the world! 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 6-16-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Humanity and North Korea

By Hal Lindsey

In the last few days, the United States and North Korea have engaged in a battle of blazing rhetoric. It’s been a cold war of hot words. After the UN Security Council passed a sanctions resolution against North Korea last week, the rogue state promised a “thousands-fold” revenge against the United States. They threatened to “turn the U.S. mainland into the theater of a nuclear war.” President Trump said, “North Korea best not make any more threats to the United States. They will be met with fire and fury like the world has never seen.” Acting as an accelerant on the blazing rhetoric was news that North Korea has now passed another milestone in its quest to make the U.S. mainland vulnerable to its nuclear weapons. On Tuesday, major media outlets, starting with the Washington Post, began saying that the Defense Intelligence Agency now believes North Korea has the ability to miniaturize nuclear weapons for use on ICBMs. The report also says that the North Koreans have accumulated an astounding 60 nuclear weapons. We don’t know how many of those are small and light enough to be carried on ICBMs. But now that they have the ability, they should be able to convert their arsenal into missile-ready warheads with some speed. Wired Magazine summarized the story, then wrote, “The worst-case North Korea hypotheticals, in other words, have suddenly become all too real…. The list of hurdles keeping the country from directly threatening the continental U.S. (or virtually any part of the world) with an intercontinental ballistic missile has dwindled significantly.” One of the remaining hurdles may be the lower quality of North Korean missile guidance systems. With missiles, as with guns, hitting a target at greater distance requires greater accuracy. But that brings little comfort. Suppose the North fires at Los Angeles. They could miss widely and still hit Anaheim, Riverside, or Santa Barbara. Even “a miss” would instantly become one of the greatest disasters in American history. Later Tuesday, the Koreans threatened an attack on the U.S. territory of Guam. Thursday, they said that it will be a warning shot that will hit in the water off the coast of Guam. Why play such a dangerous game? If they do anything nuclear, or if they hit Guam itself, it will almost certainly spell the end of North Korea in its current form. U.S. Secretary of Defense, James Mattis, said, “The DPRK [Democratic People’s Republic of Korea] should cease any consideration of actions that would lead to the end of its regime and the destruction of its people.” He reminded Kim that the U.S. and its allies have the most “precise, rehearsed and robust defensive and offensive capabilities on Earth.” This all seems like madness. Why would North Korea want to put its people, as well as other nations, in such danger? Here’s the thing about human beings. As a species, we don’t change much. Fashions and technology give the illusion of change from generation to generation. But the fundamental human drives remain the same. In the 1978 episode of Columbo called “How to Dial a Murder,” a woman asks the detective why people murder. The Columbo character’s answer pointed to base human motivations. It could fit any generation of humanity. He said, “Fear, jealousy, greed… all those things.” From Cain killing his brother Abel, to Hitler murdering six million Jews, the motivations remain roughly the same. We delude ourselves to think that humanity in 2017 is kinder or gentler than it was in World War II. Human beings don’t change, but our weapons do. They grow more powerful every year. Technology relentlessly marches forward. It has no conscience, no fear, and no self-control. If one person doesn’t build the more powerful weapon, another one does. Technology doesn’t just make big, expensive projects possible. Over time, it makes those projects less expensive and more manageable. It takes what was once available to an elite few, and brings down the costs so that they are available to everyone. That’s great when the phone in your pocket has more computing power than a million-dollar supercomputer from a few decades ago. It’s not so great when rogue nations get nuclear weapons and ICBMs. Technology has not improved human character, but it has made us vastly more powerful. I’m concerned about the people of our time — not because we are worse than previous generations, but because we are the same. The Humanist Manifesto II from 1973 said, “No deity will save us; we must save ourselves.” So, how’s that project coming along? The situation in North Korea is just one of many examples of a world teetering on the edge of the abyss. The situation will not go away on its own. And we cannot save ourselves. We must turn to God for salvation. Nations need to turn to God, but I’m not speaking to nations right now. I’m talking to you. This is personal. 2 Corinthians 6:2 says, “Now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation.” (NKJV) In Acts 16:31, Paul and Silas said to the Philippian jailer, “Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved, you and your household.” (NKJV) Friend, now is the time. Now — before it’s too late. 

:: 6-16-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea: A Reckoning

By Hal Lindsey

World leaders have known for a generation that a day of reckoning with North Korea would one day come. There were no easy solutions, so they did as little as they could, hoping the situation would resolve itself. But it did not. While leaders, especially in America, kicked the can down the road, the North Koreans did what they said they would do. They said they would develop nuclear weapons, and they did. They said they would create missile systems capable of wreaking havoc on their neighbors in their region. They did it. They promised H-bombs, and they developed H-bombs. They said they would create intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs). They have them. Finally, they said they would make bigger ICBMS, capable of striking anywhere in the world. And today, they have that, too. The people who allowed this disaster — the “can-kickers” — now go on television as pundits. They criticize any approach to North Korea that differs from their own when they were in power. But here’s the problem with that. What they did, didn’t work! President Clinton tried appeasing the North Koreans. He gave them fuel and food. The New York Times wrote about the North’s interaction with the Clinton Administration. “The lesson was an important one for North Korea. By provoking the West, the government had profited: It received several years of free oil and kept its nuclear power plant intact. The United States spent millions in aid and only briefly delayed the North’s weapons program.” But that wasn’t the worst of it. With the help of former President Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton gave them more nuclear technology in exchange for the promise that they would only use it for peaceful purposes. They accepted the technology, then restarted their weapons program. George W. Bush was criticized for proclaiming North Korea part of an “axis of evil” along with Iran and Iraq. But history proves him right. He addressed the North Korean part of the “axis” by initiating the so-called “six-party talks.” The U.S., along with South Korea, China, Japan, and Russia negotiated with North Korea. Responding to harsh sanctions, the North Koreans agreed to shut down their nuclear operation in exchange for aid. They pulled out of the agreement shortly after Bush left office. As a candidate, Barack Obama criticized Bush for isolating North Korea. He came into office promising engagement with the regime. Again, the New York Times had an interesting assessment. “Rather than negotiate, Mr. Obama imposed a policy of ‘strategic patience,’ hoping that through sanctions and espionage, the United States could wait out the isolated state. Mr. Obama hoped that the North would eventually feel it had reason to negotiate and make a good-faith effort at talks. Instead the North pursued its weapons program and launched a series of cyberattacks on American businesses.” “Strategic patience” is another way of saying, “kick the can down the road.” Doing nothing didn’t work. The U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency estimates that by August of 2016, Kim Jong-un controlled an arsenal of up to 60 nuclear warheads. Since then, they have added hydrogen bombs to the stockpile. While the experts were saying they were years away from developing ICBMs that could hit the U.S. mainland, they proved this year that they have at least two kinds of missiles with that capability. In the last few days, they showed the incredible power of their newest missile. U.S. Secretary of Defense James Mattis said this missile can hit “everywhere in the world.” Today, North Korea is hundreds of times more dangerous than it was just five years ago. When he decides to negotiate, Kim can enter talks from a position of strength. He has dealt himself into the game, and he has given himself decent cards. He can bluff with a real threat behind his words. He can blackmail the world. Most people feel okay about a conflict with North Korea because they’re convinced that Kim wants to live, and he’s not stupid. He knows a nuclear attack against the U.S. would be suicide. So, we’re safe. Right? He’ll bluff, but that’s all. Maybe, but not necessarily. In August of 2016, a North Korean diplomat, Thae Yong-ho, defected. The BBC asked Thae if Kim Jong-un might attack the U.S. “Would he even destroy a city like Los Angeles,” the interviewer asked, “though the retaliation would surely kill him?” "Yes,” Thae answered, “because he knows that if he loses the power then it is his last day, so he may do anything, even to attack Los Angeles, because once people know that in any way you will be killed, then you will do anything.” Even a former insider like Thae can only guess at what Kim might do. But his reasoning is sound. As the Bible prophesied, we live in perilous times. But God remains sovereign. And His promises remain true. If you haven’t turned to Jesus with all your heart, I urge you to do so now. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-15-18 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Moves To Thwart Growing Hamas Maritime Threat

A series of offensive and defensive Israeli actions are keeping Hamas off balance.

June 15, 2018 Ari Lieberman

When it comes to military firsts, Israel can probably take credit for the lion’s share. Israel was the first nation to capture an intact Soviet MiG-21, the first to capture a complete intact Soviet P-12 radar station, the first to employ militarized drones in the context of a large-scale, Wild Weasel, anti-SAM operation, and the first to destroy not one but two atom bomb facilities. On June 2, 2018 the Israel Defense Forces executed another operational first. The Israeli Air Force bombed and destroyed a Hamas underwater terror tunnel. The tunnel, which was located approximately three kilometers from the Israeli border, was constructed for the purpose of concealing Hamas movements and allowing Hamas frogmen to enter the sea from an adjacent Hamas naval base undetected. Hamas has been trying to improve its militarized maritime program and has invested substantial resources into improving and expanding its sea assault capabilities. On July 8, 2014 a cell of five heavily armed Hamas frogmen infiltrated Israel from the sea at Zikim Beach, which is located just north of the Gaza Strip. They were quickly detected and Israeli ground and naval units were dispatched to confront them. After a running battle, all five were liquidated. An IDF soldier was lightly wounded in the exchange. While the attack was thwarted, it highlighted another danger and underscored the need to address the growing Hamas maritime threat. The frogmen were well trained and demonstrated considerable bravery. Though the cell was wiped out, the confrontation could have just as easily ended in disaster. In 1978, 11 PLO terrorists (the initial force consisted of 13 members but two drowned in route) landed on the Israeli coast at a beach site just north of Tel Aviv. In the ensuing hours they killed 38 Israeli civilians and wounded 71. It was the worst terrorist attack in Israeli history, surpassing the Park Hotel suicide bombing, which killed 30. Recognizing the threat emanating from Gaza, Israel has imposed limitations on Gaza sailing zones. Currently, Gazans are not permitted to sale passed six nautical miles from shore. To ease economic burdens, Israel permits some Gaza fishermen to travel up to 10.4 nautical miles from shore. When imposing such restrictions, Israeli authorities are required to conduct a delicate balancing act, taking into account security needs and economic burdens to the local fishing industry. Israel has also begun constructing an under-and above-water wall to thwart sea borne infiltration. The barrier, which defense ministry officials characterized as an “impregnable breakwater,” will be constructed in the vicinity of Zikim beach, the same beach that witnessed the 2014 infiltration. The barrier, believed to be the only one of its kind in the world will consist of three levels. It will have an underground component, topped by a level of armored stone and a third level of razor wire at the upper tier. Israel’s defense ministry believes that this undertaking will further undermine Hamas attempts to exploit vulnerabilities in Israel’s well-guarded but exposed coastline. But the IDF is not merely thinking in terms of defense. As highlighted by the June 2, strike, the IDF has demonstrated that it will act preemptively and preventatively to eliminate threats to Israel’s security. On May 29, the Israeli Air Force struck a Hamas naval base destroying a quantity of what the IDF characterized as “advanced maritime weaponry.” These were underwater sea drones created for the sole purpose of carrying out terrorist attacks. They were the brainchild of Hamas engineer, Mohammed Zawahri. Zawahri was assassinated in Tunisia by unknown assailants in December 2017. In April 2018, Fadi al-Batsh, another Hamas engineer believed to be heavily involved in Hamas’s militarized drone program was killed in Malaysia under similar circumstances. Israel reserved comment on both attacks but both are widely believed to have been executed by operatives of Israel’s vaunted intelligence service, Mossad. Hamas has demonstrated that there is no level of depravity to which it will not sink. The Islamist group has employed mortars, rockets, terror tunnels, IEDs, drones and even kite terror. The maritime threat is just another component of Hamas’s multi-tiered strategy of aggression and terrorism. Throughout its history, Israel has had to confront a plethora of threats faced by no other nation in the world. It faces genocidal Islamist enemies, Sunni and Shia, on all fronts. As a consequence, Israel has had to excel in technological innovation to deal with the challenges. It has also had to be at the top of its game and maintain a constant state of vigilance 24/7. Finally, Israel has had to adopt unique tactics to counter threats posed by malevolent adversaries. Defensive and offensive measures undertaken by Israel’s security forces – water barriers, covert operations, preemptive strikes – serve to keep the enemy off balance, thereby securing the safety of Israel’s citizens. 

:: 6-18-18 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel foils Hamas plans for major attacks across Israel

20-member cell from Nablus planned attacks in Jerusalem, Tel Aviv and West Bank

By Anna Ahronheim June 17, 2018 17:19

Twenty Hamas members from the West Bank city of Nablus who planned lethal attacks across the country – including a suicide bombing in Jerusalem – have been arrested, the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency) said in a statement on Sunday. “In recent months, the Shin Bet, Israel Defense Forces and Israel Police uncovered a Hamas terror cell, extraordinary in its size and level of activity, which operated in the Nablus area,” the statement said. According to the Shin Bet, the joint operation took place from October 2017 until the end of April, when the arrests were made. The cell was led by 35-year-old Mu’tazem Muhammad Salem and 33-year-old Faras Kamel Zavidi, both from Nablus, and included more than 20 operatives. Most of the operatives were affiliated with Hamas; some had a long history of terrorist activity that included the manufacture of explosives and explosive devices. Salem and Zavidi were allegedly responsible for building explosive charges as well as planning the attacks, which included a suicide bombing in Jerusalem; a bombing in Tel Aviv and in the West Bank settlement of Itamar; and shooting attacks across the northern West Bank. These attacks were thwarted, some at the last minute, due to the arrest of the cell members. In addition to the main cell, other Hamas cells that were planning terrorist attacks were discovered and their attacks foiled, the Shin Bet said. During the investigation into the cell, Israeli security authorities found several explosive devices. One contained a large explosive charge of 10 kg. that could be remotely detonated by a cellphone. Other explosives were discovered that weighed approximately 15 kg. in total. Raw materials for the production of explosives, weapons and instructions for the manufacture of bombs and explosive materials were also discovered by security forces. Some of the explosives were detonated on site in a controlled explosion by the IDF. Salem and Zavidi were indicted in a military court on Sunday and detained until the end of court procedures. While the Shin Bet identified the cell as being part of the Hamas terror group, according to Salem’s indictment the idea to carry out the attacks began after Zavidi spoke to a member of the Al-Nusra Front in Syria, now known as Tahrir al-Sham, by using the Telegram messenger service. The militant in Syria is believed to have offered Salem $100,000 to manufacture a bomb and detonate it next to Israelis or IDF facilities. He was charged with attempted manslaughter, illegally creating and transporting an explosive, belonging to a terrorist group, contact with an enemy agent, conspiracy to commit a shooting, bringing terrorist funds into the West Bank and obstruction of justice. The other cell members are expected to be indicted in the near future. “This case again shows the desire and efforts that Hamas is investing in building terrorist infrastructures in Judea and Samaria in order to carry out severe attacks in Israel, said a senior Shin Bet officer, adding that “This case also indicates Hamas’ desire to carry out attacks against Israeli targets while undermining the current relative quiet. “Severe attacks and loss of life have been prevented. We, along with our partners in the IDF and Israel Police, will continue to take determined action to thwart Hamas’s murderous intentions. Infrastructure members will be dealt with to the fullest extent of the law,” he continued. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu issued a statement saying that the arrest of the cell members illustrated Israel’s need to maintain security control throughout the West Bank. “The Shin Bet, the IDF and the Israel Police thwarted a Hamas terror cell which tried to carry out explosive attacks in Jerusalem and Tel Aviv from Nablus from inside Judea and Samaria,” he said, adding that “Hamas is trying to harm us both from Gaza and from Judea and Samaria. That is the reason that we will continue to maintain security control over the entire area west of the Jordan.” Nablus was considered the central hotbed of terrorism in the West Bank during the Second Intifada from September 2000 to mid-2005, which saw close to 1,000 Israelis killed and thousands more injured. Since the beginning of the latest wave of violence to hit Israel and the West Bank that began in September 2015, numerous Hamas attacks have been thwarted by security forces. During Hanukka, Hamas members from the village of Tel near Nablus planned to kidnap hostages and use them as bargaining chips to negotiate the release of Palestinians held in Israeli jails. In January, security forces broke up a 17-member Hamas cell in the southern West Bank whose members had been active in promoting terrorist attacks under the guidanceof a Hamas activist in the Gaza Strip. 

:: 6-12-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'We're ready to write a new chapter between our two nations': Trump declares victory, boasting that he TRUSTS Kim Jong-un and persuaded him to sign a 'very comprehensive' agreement for 'complete denuclearization' after nearly 5 HOURS of meetings

Donald Trump told reporters in Singapore that he expects Kim Jong-un to uphold his part of a landmark agreement that requires him to destroy his entire nuclear weapons and missile programs

Trump said he addressed human rights with the North Korean dictator and said economic sanctions will remain as long as Pyongyang is a major abuser

Sanctions relief also depends on Kim's follow-through on denuclearization

'Our eyes are wide open, but peace is always worth the effort, especially in this case,' Trump declared, saying he had been up for more than 25 hours to oversee the negotiations

Trump said joint U.S.-South Korean military exercises will end and called them 'provocative' to the North, but hs spun that decision as an economic one, not as a negotiated concession

The press conference began with the playing of a video, first in Korean and then in English, that Trump said his delegation showed Kim on an iPad to encourage him to choose the right path

Trump said he spotted inviting-looking beaches in the footage, and said: 'Look at that beach, wouldn't that make a great condo? ... Think of it from a real estate perspective!'

Trump called Kim's stockpile 'a very substantial arsenal' but predicted he would be tearing it up

He said 'we're much further along than I would have thought,' and projected a time when the two nations have exchanged ambassadors and he has personally visited Pyongyang and invited Kim to the White House

In an interview taped before the summit, Trump told ABC News of his North Korean adversary that 'I think he trusts me, and I trust him'

By Francesca Chambers, White House Correspondent In Singapore and David Martosko, Us Political Editor For Published: 04:26 EDT, 12 June 2018 | Updated: 14:02 EDT, 12 June 2018

Kim Jong-un affirmed an 'unwavering commitment to complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula' in a signed document on Tuesday, President Donald Trump said. 'We're prepared to start a new history, and we're ready to write a new chapter between our two nations,' he told a packed room of reporters at a press conference in Singapore. Pyongyang's nuclear weapons program will come to an end, he predicted, claiming that Kim had already left Singapore and was 'on his way back' to North Korea to begin implementing their joint vows. 'I believe he's going to live up to that document,' Trump said after a day that included nearly 5 hours of face time with Kim. 'Our eyes are wide open, but peace is always worth the effort, especially in this case.' Trump said he knows 'for a fact that as soon as he arrives' in Pyongyang, Kim is 'going to start a process that makes a lot of people very happy' even though the statement that his White House provided to press made no mention of an agreed upon timetable for denuclearization. 'He wants to do that. This isn't the past. This isn't another administration that never got it started and therefore never got it done,' Trump said, tweaking the Obama administration. In an interview before he met with Kim, Trump told ABC News that he trusts his North Korean adversary to keep his promises and denuclearize his country. 'I do trust him, yeah,' the president said. 'Maybe in a year you'll be interviewing and I'll say I made a mistake. It's possible. We're dealing at a high level, a lot of things can change a lot of things are possible.' He added that trust is returned. 'He trusts me, I believe, I really do,' he said. 'He said no other president could have done this. I think he trusts me, and I trust him.' Trump told reporters that he became convinced that Kim was serious when he agreed to dismantle a sophisticated missile engine testing site. 'We're much further along than I would have thought.' At the same time, he agreed that there are no guarantees that Kim will tear apart what he called 'a very substantial arsenal.' 'Can you ensure anything?' he asked. 'All I can say is: They want to make a deal. ... Can anybody be certain? But we're going to be certain soon because the negotiations continue.' 'I may be wrong,' he allowed. 'I may stand before you in six months and say, "Hey, I was wrong." ' And then with a sly smile, Trump joked: 'I don't know that I'll ever admit that, but I'll find some kind of an excuse.' The president said Tuesday afternoon that he had been working around the clock helping to cement the terms of what he hopes will be an iron-clad agreement that Kim will honor. That would mark a change from North Korea's past performance on pacts with the West. 'I haven't slept in 25 hours, but I thought it was important to do,' he said, animated as ever in gesture and vocal cadence. Trump made no promises about relaxing the economic sanctions that have strangled the hermit kingdom for years yet said he was 'actually looking forward to taking them off' if Kim follows through on his commitments. He speculated about exchanging ambassadors with North Korea 'hopefully soon' but cautioned that 'it's a little bit early for that.' A first step would be a White House invitation. The U.S. president again said he's open to inviting Kim to the U.S. and visiting Pyongyang himself. 'At a certain time, I will,' he said of a conversation with Kim in the Oval Office. He also projected that hostilities between the North and South 'will soon end' because 'the past does not have to define the future.' 'Anyone can make war, but only the most courageous can make peace. The current state of affairs cannot continue forever,' Trump proclaimed in his second news conference this week on foreign soil. Tuesday's press conference opened with a gimmick that White House official said would be surprising and was quickly smacked down as government propaganda. A video aired, first in Korean and then in English, that Trump said his delegation showed Kim on an iPad to encourage him to choose the right path - 'a version of what could happen, what could take place.' Trump said he spotted inviting-looking beaches in the footage, and said: 'Look at that beach, wouldn't that make a great condo? ... Think of it from a real estate perspective!' He allowed that Kim may not want as much modernization as the United States, a thrivin'g democracy, has and that the autocrat may want to 'do a smaller version of this' when sanctions are lifted. 'You may not want that with the trains and everything. Super everything. Maybe you won’t want that,' he said. 'It will be up to them. It will be up to them and up to the people. They may not want that. I can understand that, too.' The president in a shocking giveaway to North Korea said the U.S. would soon end or scale back longstanding joint military exercises with South Korea, and agreed that they were 'provocative' toward the North. He characterized them as 'very expensive,' however, and portrayed their end as an economic decision rather than a negotiated concession that the U.S. had previously said it wouldn't budge on. 'We stopped playing those war games that cost us a fortune,' he said in an interview with ABC that was taped before the presser. 'You know, we’re spending a fortune, every couple of months we’re doing war games with South Korea, and I said, "What’s this costing?" Trump said, 'We’re flying planes in from Guam, we’re bombing empty mountains for practice. I said, "I want to stop that and I will stop that, and I think it’s very provocative.' The president said at his news conference that he had addressed human rights issues during the summit, but downplayed Kim's brutal past. 'I believe it's a rough situation over there. No question about it. We did discuss it today pretty strongly,' he said. 'Knowing what the main purpose of what we are doing is here denuking. Discussed at good length. We will be doing something on it. It’s rough.' Trump insisted that Kim's human rights abuses were a primary topic of conversation, aside from denuclearization. 'I think it will change. I think it probably has to,' he said of changes that Kim will have to embrace in order to hail in the 'glorious new era' that he says is North Korea's for the taking. Trump also predicted that among the 'winners' in the future will be the tens of thousands of people held in North Korea's prison camps. And he said Kim was 'very gracious' about the prospect of returning the remains of American soldiers buried in North Korea more than a half-century ago: 'He said "It makes sense, let's do it".' In between the end of his meetings with Kim and his news conference, Trump sat down for several interviews, including one with ABC. He revealed then that he had spoke to Kim prior to today - a question from reporters he'd previously avoiding answering. Of the agreement he signed with Kim, Trump said in the interview, 'It’s a starter, but it’s a terrific document. I think far more -- and there are things that we negotiated after that document that are also very important.' He said that the document does not include a guarantee to stop producing ballistic missiles at certain sites but that Kim said he would. 'We’re gonna put that out later,' he explained. Trump also said that Kim 'committed to not starting again' weapons testing that has been on pause already for seven months. 'That won’t be happening. He means it he really wants to do something I think terrific for their country and it’s the only way it can be it’s the only way it can be terrific.' As the summit concluded Trump flattered Kim by saying he's 'a very talented man' who 'loves his country very much' causing a stir that carried over into the news conference. 'Well he is very talented. Anybody that takes over a situation like he did at 26 years of age and is able to run it and run it tough - I don’t say he was nice or say anything about it,' Trump said in equally contentious remarks. 'He ran it, few people at that age. You can take 1 out of 10,000 could not do it.' Trump similarly told ABC in response to criticism that he was legitimizing the brutal dictator with his outreach: 'I’m given what I'm given, okay? I mean, this is what we have, and this is where we are, and I can only tell you from my experience, and I met him, I've spoken with him, and I’ve met him. And this was, as you know, started very early and it's been very intense.' The U.S. had promised 'security guarantees' for North Korea in the lead-up to Trump and Kim's meeting for the first time during the high-stakes Singapore summit. 'I don’t wanna talk about it specifically, but we’ve given him, he’s going to be happy,' Trump said on Tuesday. 'His country does love him. His people, you see the fervor. They have a great fervor...They’re so hard working, so industrious. I think if you look at South Korea, someday, maybe in the not too distant future, it will be something that.' Trump president hailed a newly forged 'special bond' with Kim following a day of historic talks, praised the dictator as a 'skilled' negotiator and said he would 'absolutely' invite him to the White House in the future. Kim told him in turn that it was time to 'leave the past behind' and embark on a new era of relations with America. The dictator promised the world will see a 'major change' as a result of the summit. The two men signed a joint statement at the Capella resort that U.S. did not immediately release. News photographers caught sight of the text when Trump flashed a copy to the press but the one-page statement he claimed would be 'very comprehensive' did not land in reporters' inboxes until mid-way through Trump's long question and answer session. The agreement reaffirms an earlier declaration signed between North and South Korea, and commits the North to 'work towards the complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula.' Another point commits the U.S. and North Korea 'to establish new U.S.-DPRK relations in accordance with the desire of the peoples of the two countries for peace and prosperity.' An additional point committed the nations to 'join their efforts to build a lasting and stable peace regime on the Korean Peninsula.' Trump and Kim's statement: The full text Joint Statement of President Donald J. Trump of the United States of America and Chairman Kim Jong Un of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea at the Singapore Summit President Donald J. Trump of the United States of America and Chairman Kim Jong Un of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) held a first, historic summit in Singapore on June 12, 2018. President Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un conducted a comprehensive, in-depth and sincere exchange of opinions on the issues related to the establishment of new US-DPRK relations and the building of a lasting and robust peace regime on the Korean Peninsula. President Trump committed to provide security guarantees to the DPRK, and Chairman Kim Jong Un reaffirmed his firm and unwavering commitment to complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula. Convinced that the establishment of new US-DPRK relations will contribute to the peace and prosperity of the Korean Peninsula and of the world, and recognizing that mutual confidence building cam promote the denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula, President Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un state the following: The United States and the DPRK commit to establish new US-DPRK relations in accordance with the desire of the peoples of the two countries for peace and prosperity.

The United States and DPRK will join their efforts to build a lasting and stable peace regime on the Korean Peninsula.

Reaffirming the April 27, 2018 Panmunjom Declaration, the DPRK commits to work toward complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula

The United States and the DPRK commit to recovering POW/MIA remains, including the immediate repatriation of those already identified.

Having acknowledged that the US-DPRK summit -- the first in history -- was an epochal event of great significance in overcoming decades of tensions and hostilities between the two countries and for the opening up of a new future, President Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un commit to implement the stipulations in the joint statement fully and expeditiously. The United States and the DPRK commit to hold follow-on negotiations, led by the US Secretary of State, Mike Pompeo, and a relevant high-level DPRK official, at the earliest possible date, to implement the outcomes of the US-DPRK summit.

President Donald J. Trump of the United States of America and Chairman Kim Jong Un of the State Affairs Commission of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea have committed to cooperate for the development of new US-DPRK relations and for the promotion of peace, prosperity, and the security of the Korean Peninsula and of the world.


President of the United States of America


Chairman of the State Affairs Commission of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea

June 12, 2018

Sentosa Island Singapore

The U.S. president says he now expects that he and Kim will meet again - 'many times' in the future, telling a room full of journalists representing American and North Korean outlets: 'This is going to lead to more and more and more and it’s an honor to be with you a very great honor.' Trump had said as the summit commenced that it was 'an honor' to be with Kim and open a direct line of communication that he expects after looking Kim in the eye to blossom into 'a terrific relationship' with the longtime U.S. antagonist. He told journalists later, after a working lunch, that he had a 'really fantastic meeting' with Kim that he believes was 'really, very positive.' 'I think, better than anybody could have expected, top of the line, really good. We're going right now for a signing,' he said. Talks were apparently going so well Tuesday afternoon that Trump showed Kim his limo, opening a door so he could inspect the car that travels everywhere with the U.S. president and flies in the belly of Air Force One when he's abroad. After the summit had ended, Trump assessed that Kim had a 'great personality' and is 'very smart. Good combination.' Kim, he said, is 'a worthy negotiator ... a very worthy, very smart negotiator. We had a terrific day and we learned a lot about each other and our countries.' Trump and Kim began the summit with a hearty handshake, exchanging pleasantries for the cameras and meeting one-on-one for 38 minutes with only translators present while the world watched with anticipation as the first-ever meeting between a U.S. president and a North Korean leader unfolded. Trump told reporters as he sat down for his initial meeting with Kim that he believed they were 'going to have a great discussion' that he believed would be a 'tremendous success.' 'It will be tremendously successful,' he reiterated. 'And it's an honor, and we will have a terrific relationship, I have no doubt.' Kim – whose voice is rarely if ever heard in the West – told the U.S. president through an interpreter, 'Well, it was not easy to get here. The past worked as fetters on our limbs, and the old prejudices and practices worked as obstacles on our way forward. But we overcame all of them, and we are here today.' 'That's true,' Trump said in agreement, shaking his counterpart's hand and making what appeared to be joke that was audible to only the two men and their translators as reporters were led out out of the room. Trump and Kim then held private talks with only their interpreters before walking together along a route that provided them with another opportunity to speak to press. 'Very, very good. Excellent relationship,' Trump told a tightly-restricted group of assembled journalists. The leaders ignored questions from the U.S. media on denuclearization of the Koran Peninsula, the topic of the Singapore talks. Moments later, Trump and Kim rejoined senior officials from both nations for a meeting that was supposed to get into the nitty-gritty of a possible nuclear disarmament deal. 'Of course there will be challenges ahead, but I am ready to listen,' Kim could be heard telling the U.S. president in the group setting, through a translator. 'We overcame all kinds of skepticism and speculations about this summit, and I believe that this is good for the peace.' Trump told him, 'We will solve [this]. We will be successful. And I look forward to working on it with you. It will be done.' A working lunch on Tuesday featured prawn cocktail with avocado salad, green mango kerabu with honey lime dressing and fresh octopus and 'Oiseon' Korean stuffed cucumber as starters. For the main course, the leaders had the choice of beef short rib confit, sweet and sour crispy pork and Yangzhou fried rice with chili sauce or soy braised cod fish. Haagen-Dazs vanilla ice cream with cherry coulis, Tropezienne and a dark chocolate tartlet ganache were listed on a White House handout as the dessert options. 'Very nice. Get a good picture everybody so we look nice and handsome and thin. Perfect,' Trump jested to journalists as they were briefly allowed to observe the meal. The almost unbelievable nature of the encounter hasn't been lost on Kim, whose repressive regime has kept the U.S. on edge for decades through bellicose statements, nuclear tests and ballistic missile launches. 'Many people in the world will think of this as a ... form of fantasy … from a science fiction movie,' he told the president through a translator in a remark overheard during a morning session by the press. In their very first greeting, Trump set the tone for the talks, sending Kim an outstretched hand and patting the dictator's right elbow with the other. Neither man smiled during the formal photo, taken on a red carpet in front of alternating American and North Korean flags. As they turned the corner to head into their first of several sessions, however, in an area that Trump may have thought was off camera, the U.S. leader broke into a smile while exchanging quiet words with Kim and another handshake that lasted several seconds. A third grip-and-grin followed brief remarks to press inside the portion of their one-on-one meeting that was open to cameras. For both leaders, everything was on the line on Tuesday in Singapore. Kim had the incentive of sanctions relief. For Trump, an agreement, no matter how weak was better than coming away empty-handed. Trump had taunted his critics earlier on Tuesday in the hours before his history-making meeting with the North Korean dictator in tweets. 'The fact that I am having a meeting is a major loss for the U.S., say the haters & losers. We have our hostages, testing, research and all missle launches have stopped, and these pundits, who have called me wrong from the beginning, have nothing else they can say! We will be fine!' he tweeted. He said in tweets before the sun rose over Singapore that 'meetings between staffs and representatives are going well and quickly,' echoing a statement from his White House the evening before that talks were progressing so fast Trump would leave Singapore early. 'But in the end, that doesn't matter,' he acknowledged on Twitter. 'We will all know soon whether or not a real deal, unlike those of the past, can happen!' Trump's motorcades was the first to pull into the Capella Resort in Singapore, which has been closed to outsiders for days out of extreme precaution, on Tuesday morning. Kim was not far behind, after making the under-fifteen minute drive from his hotel to Sentosa island along a route filled with gawkers. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo shared a photo of himself marching through a hallway with a determined look on his face as his opening salvo in a tweet that declared: 'We're ready for today.' Kim, meanwhile, spent the hours leading up to talks attempting to soften his image. The vicious ruler who has directed the murder of his own family members in a quest to consolidate his already absolute power posed for photos on Monday night as he went on a sightseeing tour with Singapore's foreign minister Vivian Balakrishnan. His tour included a stop at the Marina Bay Sands hotel and casino, where he was welcomed by a cheering crowd of tourists and local residents who had flocked to the location to take in the spectacle. Trump began shaping news coverage of his summit with Kim, which began at 9 am local time and 9 pm in Washington, bright and early at 5:30 a.m. Kim had spent his evening on a tour of Singapore with high-ranking government officials. He arrived at the summit after Trump and left Capella Resort for his hotel before the U.S. president. During the rare trip out of his hermit nation, the 33-year-old Kim sat with Singapore Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong for formal talks on Sunday and went out on the town on Monday with the prime minister's education and finance ministers. A timeline showing the build-up to the historic Trump-Kim summit The upcoming meeting between President Donald Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong-un in Singapore will kick off a potentially lengthy diplomatic process to try to resolve the standoff over Pyongyang's pursuit of nuclear weapons. Here's a look at how the diplomacy took shape this year:

January 1: After an unusually provocative 2017 during which North Korea tested a purported thermonuclear warhead and three intercontinental ballistic missiles, Kim tries to initiate diplomacy in his annual new year's address. He calls for improved relations and engagement with South Korea, though adds that he has a nuclear button on his desk. Trump responds on Twitter that he has a bigger and more powerful nuclear button, adding 'and my Button works!'

January 9: North and South Korean officials meet at a border village and agree on North Korea sending athletes and delegates to the Winter Olympics in the South. Hundreds of North Koreans go to the Pyeongchang Games in February, including Kim's sister, who conveys her brother's desire for an inter-Korean summit with South Korea's president.

March 5-6: South Korea's presidential national security director Chung Eui-yong visits Kim in Pyongyang and reports that the North Korean leader is willing to discuss the fate of his nuclear arsenal with the United States.

March 8: South Korean envoys meet Trump in Washington and deliver an invitation from Kim to meet; Trump accepts.

March 27: Kim makes a surprise visit to Beijing for a meeting with Chinese President Xi Jinping in an apparent move to strengthen his leverage ahead of any talks with Trump. April 18: Trump confirms that Mike Pompeo, then the CIA chief, had met Kim secretly in North Korea and said 'a good relationship was formed' heading into the anticipated summit.April 21: North Korea says it has suspended nuclear and ICBM tests and plans to close its nuclear test site as part of a shift in its national focus to developing its economy. Trump tweets: 'This is very good news for North Korea and the World.'

April 27: Kim holds a summit with South Korean President Moon Jae-in. The leaders announce

aspirational goals of a nuclear-free Korean Peninsula and permanent peace.

May 7: Kim meets Xi again in China and calls for stronger strategic co-operation between the traditional allies.

May 9: Pompeo, now US secretary of state, makes another visit to Pyongyang to prepare for the planned Trump-Kim summit. North Korea releases three Americans who had been imprisoned.

May 10: Trump announces he will meet with Kim in Singapore on June 12. He tweets: 'We will both try to make it a very special moment for World Peace!'

May 12: North Korea says it will hold a ceremony to dismantle its nuclear test site between May 23-25.

May 16: North Korea abruptly cancels a high-level meeting with the South and threatens to cancel the summit with Trump too in protest over US-South Korean military exercises and US comments that the North should follow the 'Libya model' of denuclearisation by eliminating everything upfront. The North says it will not be unilaterally pressured into abandoning its nuclear programme.

May 22: Trump and Moon meet at the White House to discuss the Trump-Kim talks. The South Korean president says the 'fate and the future of the Korean Peninsula hinge' on the meeting in Singapore.

May 24: A senior North Korean diplomat calls US Vice President Mike Pence a 'political dummy' for his comments on the North and says it is up to the Americans whether they 'meet us at a meeting room or encounter us at (a) nuclear-to-nuclear showdown.' North Korea dismantles its nuclear testing ground in front of foreign journalists, but Trump announces hours later that he is pulling out of the summit, citing the North's 'tremendous anger and open hostility.'

May 25: North Korea attempts damage control, saying it is still willing to hold talks with the United States 'at any time, (in) any format.' Moon calls Trump's move to cancel the summit 'very perplexing' and says Washington and Pyongyang should get the talks back on track.

May 26: Kim and Moon meet at a border village in an effort to revive the summit with Trump. Moon says Kim reaffirmed his commitment to denuclearise their peninsula but also said he was unsure whether he could trust the United States to provide a credible security guarantee in return.

May 30: North Korean envoy Kim Yong Chol, the most senior North Korean official to visit the United States in 18 years, arrives in New York for pre-summit negotiations with Pompeo.

June 1: After meeting Kim Yong Chol at the White House, Trump says his meeting with Kim Jong Un is back on for June 12.

June 5: White House press secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders tweets that the Trump-Kim meeting will be held at Singapore's Capella Hotel. 

Revelation 13:18 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.

:: 6-12-18 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Mark Of The Beast Is Right Around The Corner As Millions Prep To Buy & Sell Having Their Palms Scanned

June 12, 2018 by SkyWatch Editor

Biohacking is the new frontier. In just a few years, millions of people will have implanted RFID chips under the skin between their thumb and index finger. Already, thousands of people in Sweden have chipped themselves to make their daily lives easier. With a tiny electronic implant, Swedish rail passengers can pay their train ticket, and it goes without saying how convenient opening an RFID lock is without having to pull out your wallet. (READ MORE)

Hackaday - Ask Hackaday: What Is The Future Of Implanted Electronics?

133 Comments by: Brian Benchoff

Biohacking is the new frontier. In just a few years, millions of people will have implanted RFID chips under the skin between their thumb and index finger. Already, thousands of people in Sweden have chipped themselves to make their daily lives easier. With a tiny electronic implant, Swedish rail passengers can pay their train ticket, and it goes without saying how convenient opening an RFID lock is without having to pull out your wallet. That said, embedding RFID chips under the skin has been around for decades; my thirteen-year-old cat has had a chip since he was a kitten. Despite being around for a very, very long time, modern-day cyborgs are rare. The fact that only thousands of people are using chips on a train is a newsworthy event. There simply aren’t many people who would find the convenience of opening locks with a wave of a hand worth the effort of getting chipped. Why hasn’t the most popular example of biohacking caught on? Why aren’t more people getting chipped? Is it because no one wants to be branded with the Mark of the Beast? Are the reasons for a dearth of biohacking more subtle? That’s what we’re here to find out, so we’re asking you: what is the future of implanted electronics? Over the past decade, we’ve seen hundreds of builds using RFID and NFC tags. We’ve seen people use these tags to start a car and open a door. We’ve seen NFC tags placed in bio-compatable glass, and we’ve seen RFID tags constructed out of ATtinys and a spool of magnet wire. Hackers, it seems, are all over short-range, batteryless electronic tracking tags, and that doesn’t count the huge number of subway cards, contactless payment systems, or the fact that just about every phone these days can read these cards. While embedding RFID tags under the skin delivers us this world of contactless payments, magic locks, and the ability to be tracked anywhere, we really haven’t seen many applications for embedded tags. In fact, the most interesting application of wearable RFID tags may just be putting LEDs on fingernails. Yes, for just $3 per fingernail, you too can light up whenever you pass within a few inches of a contactless card reader. Part of the lack of public interest in wearable RFID tags may just be a shortcoming of the system itself; if you want to pay for your drinks at Starbucks, that’s one RFID tag. If you want to get on the subway, that’s another RFID tag. If you want to open the door to your office, that’s a third RFID tag. Short of carrying around a tag programmer with you around at all times — completely negating the convenience of storing your keys under your skin — we don’t yet have the technology to have one RFID implant that rules all. There are, of course, other technologies available for implantable cyborgation, but chipping yourself with an RFID or NFC tag is by far the most popular. People aren’t really doing it, though, so we’re opening this one up to the peanut gallery. What will it take to make implantable electronics widely popular? Would you get one? If you have a chip in your hand, what do you use it for and how has that changed over time? What do you think? 

:: 6-12-18 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fall Of The Deep State – 34-Hour LIVE Analysis: Release of the IG Report

Find out what’s really been going on behind the scenes in Washington - June 12, 2018

The Deep State is in its death throes as President Trump continues beating the globalists at their own game. With the much-anticipated Thursday release of the Inspector General’s report, justice may be soon forthcoming for the conspirators involved in the coup to overthrow our president. Hailing the IG report release, Infowars is hosting a special 34-hour broadcast starting at 8AM CST on June 14 through the 15th at 6PM. We’ll have special guest hosts and exclusive videos, and we’ll also take your calls during this interactive transmission.

Tell your friends and family to tune in to see what the Russia investigation was REALLY about.


8am to 11am — Real News with Rob Dew

11am to 3pm – The Alex Jones Show

3pm to 6pm – War Room with Owen Shroyer

6pm to 7pm – Ali Alexander

7pm to 8pm – Darrin McBreen Jon Bowne

8pm to 9pm – Millie Weaver

9pm to 12am – Owen Shroyer


12am to 1am – Joel Gilbert

1am to 3am – Harrison Smith / Jake Lloyd

3am to 5am – Dan Lyman

5am to 7am – Paul Joseph Watson

7am to 8am – Special reports

8am to 11am – Real News with Rob Dew

11am to 3pm – The Alex Jones Show

3pm to 6pm – War Room with Owen Shroyer 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 6-11-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A.I. And The Rise Of 'Demon Possessed Machines' Coincides With Humanity's Descent Into The Abyss And The Fall Of Western Values And Civilization

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 11, 2018

In the much-too-close-to-reality TV show "Person Of Interest", two artificially intelligent 'machines' battle it out in the final few episodes of the 5 season TV show, one machine programmed to save the lives of potential victims of violent crimes and one which had been programmed to provide 'security' for 'itself' and to the government by 'eliminating' any and all potential threats to its dominance. With both 'machines' becoming autonomous in the show, able to think, reason and act for 'itself' without human intervention, Susan Duclos and I weren't the least bit superised while watching the show that the one A.I. 'machine' called 'Samaritan' turned downright evil, seemingly possessed, as it characterized anybody who it perceived was a threat to its 'survival' and to the corrupt government which it served as a mortal enemy to be hunted down and destroyed and many were slaughtered by its 'agents' during the show. And while that sounds like a science fiction horror movie forever vanquished to the realm of 'impossible', as we read in this new story from Greg Hunter over at USA Watchdog and hear in the only video below featuring Steve Quayle, such a possibility is growing ever closer every day. With the ongoing rise of artificially intelligent machines and the strong possibility that such machines will be 'programmed' for much less than benevolent purposes than simply being 'human helpers', a very real potential exists that such 'machines' could become 'possessed', with numerous examples already of inanimate objects becoming possessed by evil spirits. Coinciding with the rise and acceptance of evil all across America and the world increasingly seen in the growing demand for exorcism's from demonic possession as The Telegraph reported in this June 3rd story, Dr. Richard Gallagher, a psychologist educated at both Princeton and Yale claims demonic possession is very real and those who are seeking help for it should never be ignored. Yet how will we even know if demonic forces are somehow able to inhabit themselves into AI machines before it is way too late? As Mysterious Universe reported back in March, according to Reverend Jim Peasboro in a book he wrote more than 10 years ago called "The Devil in the Machine: Is Your Computer Possessed by a Demon?", demon possession can be experienced by anything with a 'mind', including humans, animals and even the processor of our computers. According to Peasboro, “Any PC built after 1985 has the storage capacity to house an evil spirit,” with storage capacity seeming to make a difference, and he asserts that “one in 10 computers in America now houses some type of evil spirit.” He seems to take this all quite literally, and claims that these malicious spirits are responsible for seeping through our screens to exert their influence, which has led to much of the crime and gun violence among young people seen in the country. As the Daily Mail reported in this June 3rd story, according to Pope Francis and the Vatican, demonic possessions are on the rise due to 'easy access to satanism online'. And while that might be what Pope Francis chocks the rise of demonic possession up to, when America narrowly avoided having a President voted into office whose campaign manager celebrated with Satanists and who herself embraced the satanic philosophy of Saul Alinsky, we'd venture to guess that the rise in those possessed by evil in America has a lot more to do with those who have long run America (and thus the world) than specifically the internet. First, from the Daily Mail story: The number of people seeking exorcism for demonic possessions is rising. In April, the Vatican ran a training course for priests brought on by the increasing demand for exorcisms. The clergymen were told the number of possessions was bought on by a decline in the Christian faith and easier access to Satanism and black magic through the internet. Pope Francis also said that life can be 'a constant struggle against the devil' and people should 'not think of the Devil as myth, a representation, a symbol, a figure of speech or an idea. 'This mistake would lead us to let down our guard, to grow careless and end up more vulnerable'. In the US, the number of priests that perform exorcisms has more than quadrupled from twelve to fifty in the last ten years. Yet any real study into the rise of demonic possession would not be complete without taking a look at the decline of the Western world and Western values brought on largely by the political philosophies of liberals and globalism. With Hillary Clinton having written her 1969 senior thesis titled "There Is Only the Fight...:An Analysis of the Alinsky Model" dedicated to the philosophy taught by Saul Alinsky, it's important to remember that in his book "Rules For Radicals", Alinsky dedicates his book to Lucifer. Why did Hillary so admire Alinsky? Remember, Hillary and her campaign manager John Podesta were in the White House and at the very top levels of Democratic politics for decades. Getting the 'big' picture now? As Susan Duclos reported on ANP back on January 6th, a New Years tweet exchange on twitter between Chelsea Clinton and the 'Church of Satan' only highlighted the Clinton's long list of satanic affiliations going back decades with former Bill Clinton friend Larry Nichols once telling Alex Jones that Hillary Clinton regularly took part in a 'witch's church' with Hillary even admitting in her own book that she wanted to create voodoo dolls of her enemies and stick them with pins. More proof Hillary herself believes inanimate objects such as dolls can be 'weaponized' with evil spirits? From Susan's story: As Aaron Klein over at Breitbart points out, this was not the first time Hillary had written about voodoo. In her previous memoir Hard Choices, Hillary described a voodoo ceremony that she and Bill Clinton attended in Haiti in 1975, stating "He invited us to attend one of his ceremonies. We saw Haitians 'seized with spirits' walk on hot coals, bite the heads off live chickens, and chew glass, spit out the shards, and not bleed. At the end of the ceremony, the people claimed the dark spirits had departed." Also it is well known, written about by Bob Woodward in his book, The Choice: How Bill Clinton Won, and spoken about openly by Bill Clinton, that Hillary Clinton used to "commune" with the dead. With her campaign manager John Podesta's ties to 'spirit cooking' also well documented, it might be an understatement to say that America dodged a satan-tipped-nuclear missile by getting President Trump into the White House. Yet the dangers we still face. In Steve Quayle's new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here" (you can pre-order here), he warns us that the end of the human race is ahead largely because we have failed to recognize the dangers facing us as human beings even when they were staring us in the face. As Steve warns us in his book, if we continue on the road we're on, disaster awaits. From the back cover of his book: The human race has come to the point of no flesh left alive. Transhumanism and genetic engineering, when coupled with the hybridization of human animal 'genetic constructs', are thrusting us back into the Golden Age of mythological monsters and godlike humans. Superheroes, robots and demon-possessed machines will take humanity to the brink of extinction. The false promise of eternal life through technology, with new body parts and perpetual updates to your brain (enhanced neural networks), along with software and hardware updates, will be the ultimate seduction that most will be unable to resist. Obviously, those who will reject this "technocratic clustered paradise" will flee from the autonomous and self-directed slaughter-bots, setting the stage for a 5G electronic prison net run by the Luciferian Elite and their Fallen Angel Overlords, enabling the obliteration of our entire species. While Tesla founder Elon Musk once compared humanity's budding fascination with AI to 'summoning the demon', warning that A.I. was the 'biggest existential threat to mankind', just take a look at the wording he used in his warning: I think we should be very careful about artificial intelligence. If I had to guess at what our biggest existential threat is, it’s probably that. So we need to be very careful with artificial intelligence. I’m increasingly inclined to think that there should be some regulatory oversight, maybe at the national and international level, just to make sure that we don’t do something very foolish. With artificial intelligence we’re summoning the demon. You know those stories where there’s the guy with the pentagram, and the holy water, and he’s like — Yeah, he’s sure he can control the demon? Doesn’t work out. With globalists pushing satanism in our faces and the faces of our children every opportunity that they get and through seemingly innocent outlets such as childrens books, TV shows, cartoons and games such as Ouija boards, it's easy to understand that the battle that the human race is now up against boils down to is nothing less than 'Biblical'. As Skywatch TV reported back in March, "If Amazon Alexa & Echo Devices Can Be DEMON POSSESSED, Imagine What’s Going To Happen Tomorrow As People Interface Their Brains With A.I. Computers." And we were warned long ago in Acts 19 about the worshipping of idols and demons that we're now seeing in America and around the world, what the patriarch Kirill of the Russian Orthodox church called straight from the Book of Revelation: In a public speech in the main Moscow cathedral, Patriarch Kirill said the signs from the Book of Revelation are now apparent. He also called on politicians and ordinary citizens to unite and stop the movement towards the abyss. “All people who love the Motherland must be together because we are entering a critical period in the course of human civilization. This can already be seen with the naked eye. You have to be blind not to notice the approaching awe-inspiring moments in history that the apostle and evangelist John was talking about in the Book of Revelation,” the patriarch was quoted as saying by Interfax. With Quayle warning us that most of the news we have coming out around the world he calls 'Circus-distract-ticus' and meant to keep the eyes of the world off of the real stories going on behind the scenes, we'll close with this excerpt from the story by Greg Hunter over at USA Watchdog story which helps to summarize more of what we hear in this must listen interview.: Steve Quayle lays out the biggest danger facing mankind in his upcoming book called “Terminated, The End of Man is Here.” Quayle says the robot/transhumanism world of the elite will become fully visible in just a few years. Quayle contends, “When people ask me what is on the horizon beyond transhumanism, I can say to you, at this point, nothing. When they say it’s going to be in the year 2030 or 2045, in my opinion, and let’s see if it holds . . . my estimate, based on where we are now, they will start to manifest fully by 2022. These will be . . . “demon possessed machines”. . . . Imagine a robot that is programed, and you know what the final command that will be given to a robot will be? When they become totally autonomous and demon possessed, they will have simply one prime directive and that will be kill all humans.”

:: 6--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Could Be America’s Best President Ever-One Thing Stands In His Way

By Dave Hodges

Former CIA clandestine officer, Robert David Steele, stated on “The Common Sense Show radio broadcast, that Donald Trump could go down in history as the greatest President ever…..but there are some obstacles.” The wisdom of his words escaped me in the immediate moment. I have always seen the potential in Donald Trump’s leadership and I have seen him pull the proverbial rabbit out of the hat. However, the greatest President ever? In the aftermath of the false flag chemical weapons attack in Syria, and the President’s ill-advisedre action, I did not see it. This morning, and despite my hesitancy in supporting some of the President’s recent actions and questionable appointments, I must agree with Steele. However, I am going to provide a caveat to Steele’s bold statement later in the article.

A Cross-Section of the President’s Notable Accomplishments When FDR was elected in the dark days of the Depression, he promised big changes in the “First Hundred Days”. Much of what FDR tried to do was struck down by the Supreme Court. When we compare what President Trump has done in his first 17 months, he has “out-accomplished” every President in American history. And he has done so in the face of a hostile media and the shadow Deep State government opposing his every move. The following Trump accomplishments are not meant to be a complete and exhaustive list of the President’s many triumphs in his first 17 months in office. Rather, this is a cross-section of my perceptions of his many accomplishments in a very short amount of time. President Trump’s ability to bring the leader of North Korea to the peace table is remarkable and I am having trouble finding the words in expressing my admiration on how he has taken America from the brink of war, that would have cost millions of innocent lives, to one of peace. North Korea will soon have the ability to take their place among the nations of the world in terms of diplomatic relations and trade. Their people will economically benefit and the NK regime will lose their need to be militarily aggressive because heretofore, the military was NK’s only real industry. I agree with former President Carter, Donald Trump could and should win the Nobel Peace Prize. By bringing NK to the peace table, the President has neutered China’s main military stooge and henchman. China needs NK to be the bad guy so they don’t get their hands dirty. However, China is on the verge of having to do, and be exposed for, doing their own dirty work. Further, moving NK away from China, militarily, changes the balance of power in the region. I have looked high and low and I cannot find one instance of President Trump engaging in an act of racism, desite the media’s allegations to the contrary. In fact, my review of Trump’s actions in this area reflects a President, who cares deeply for providing opportunities for people who have had difficulty in the past. There is one thing that the liars from CNN and the propaganda artists from the Democratic Party cannot take away from Donald Trump, in 17 months, he has overseen the highest Black employment rate in American history. I am not proud of my nation’s bouts of racism (eg slavery and treatment of Native Americans), however, this is now a different era and it is time to turn the page and embrace new opportunities for all people. What I am most proud of is that this President is not color blind. He sees the need for intervention in our inner cities with regard to economic intervention. He has quietly set up mentoring programs, at Federal expense, in our urban neighborhoods. He seeks to empower Black Americans, not keep them on the Democratic Party’s Plantation system of welfare which in the long term, kills individual initiative and hope. Trump is providing opportunity where there was none. Black voters support of Trump has grown from 11% to nearly 25%. I have had many Blacks write to me and thank me for supporting a spirit of empowerment among Black youth, in particular. Although I am appreciative of these comments, I have done nothing but observe. Trump is doing all the work. In the recent G-7 conference, Trump was outnumbered 6-1. Everyone from Merkel, to Marcon to terrorist George Soros, stated that Trump was interfering with the mandates of the New World Order. Many mainstream media outlets published the G6’s comments about Trump’s outdated populism views as a bad thing and that Trump needed to get on board with the new way of thinking. I was cheering for Trump’s defiance, as you should be cheering. Trump, while outnumbered, is facing the enemies of America and has won many important battles. Trump, by his actions, told the globalist G6 puppets of the New World Order “to go to Hell”. The G6 wants to collapse all national boundaries and they want the US to fund the installation of the New World Order. In other words, we Americans are supposed to pay for own demise and Trump said no. Through the elimination of the TPP and modifying other trade agreements, Trump is putting Americans back to work. Our manufacturing is being revived because of his trade policies while the rest of the world seeks to destroy our country, economically. I have only scratched the surface of Trump’s accomplishments. Yet, as I previously stated there is one very big caveat that stands in the way of Trump being a great President. And that caveat is the fact that Trump comes nowhere close to controlling the narrative with the American people who are still in a political coma and believe everything they see on CNN. Social Media: The Enemy of Self-Governance and Populism For people who are 45 or younger, 70% of the news that they see, is digital. In other words, and very disturbingly to the Christian, conservative world view, Facebook, Google, Twitter and Google-owned YouTube, and their illegal censorship policies are being successful in keeping much of America in the dark. In order to continue his accomplishments, Trump needs to be delivered a Republican House and Senate in the Midterm elections. This will require a free press. This is a pre-condition to the restoration of America. Trump’s continued successes have two major hurdles: (1) Rampant voter fraud led by millions of illegal aliens being allowed to vote, and vote Democratic; and, (2) The nearly total blackout of pro-Trump activism and successes in the media, particularly in the social media. In short, the illlegal censorship policies practiced by social media, as described by Senator Ted Cruz, is the single biggest impediment to Making America Great Again. And unfortunately, President Trump seems oblivious to this point. In Part Two of this series, I will be outlining a plan of action to neuter social media and return the First Amendment to the people. If we are not successful, a Hillary Clinton-type will be occupying the White House in 2020 and most of us knows exactly what that will mean. 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 6-11-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump-bashing stars like De Niro and Maher now hate him so much they’d rather see America sucked into war and recession than for him to succeed – we used to call that treason

By Piers Morgan for MailOnline Published: 09:26 EDT, 11 June 2018 | Updated: 18:01 EDT, 11 June 2018

Robert De Niro marched onto last night’s Tony Awards show stage like a man possessed, exuding raw fury and menace from every pore. If you could morph his most violent, unhinged on-screen characters into one smoldering carcass of molten human hatred and ferocity, then this was that hybrid beast. De Niro was part Max Cady, part Travis Bickle, mixed up with lashings of Jake La Motta and Jimmy Conway. And he was intent on unleashing a verbal weapon of mass destruction at the man he despises more than life itself: Donald J. Trump. The 74-year-old tuxedo-clad thespian stood at the microphone for several long, lingering, intense seconds, driving the Broadway audience to whoops of expectant excitement. ‘I’m gonna say one thing,’ he snarled. ‘F*CK TRUMP!’ This promoted a spontaneous explosion of ecstatic joy and De Niro raised his arms into a triumphant boxer-style pose. He stared out, his inflamed eyes bulging with viciousness. Then he saw people, HIS people, begin to spring to their feet to cheer, so he paused to soak up their adulation. As the TV cameras cut to pictures of stars grinning with delight, De Niro did another boxer victory pose, this time holding his arms in a chest press position until the whole theatre was on its feet, roaring for their champion. ‘It’s no longer down with Trump,’ he bellowed, ‘it’s F*CK TRUMP!’ Cue more roars and whoops. I don’t think I’ve ever seen a human being more pleased with himself in that moment than Robert De Niro. He’d done what he came to do – hijacked yet another awards show with his anti-Trump vitriol, certain in the knowledge it would earn him more airtime and positive media coverage than any of his dismal movies in the last 20 years. And all the luvvies in the crowd had found a heroic mouthpiece for their own festering hatred of Trump. What was extraordinary about this outburst, and the audience reaction, is that at the very moment it was happening, President Trump had just flown in to Singapore for his historic summit with North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. This is a meeting of quite stupendous importance, not just for America but for the world. If Trump can somehow pull off a genuine, meaningful peace deal with the planet’s most repressive, dangerous regime, then he will have achieved something none of his predecessors achieved, and saved all of us from a potentially catastrophic nuclear war. It’s a big ‘if’, and it may still all end in dismal failure and a PR coup for Jong Un. But I admire Trump for trying, and for getting this far. Surely the correct response to this trip from all Americans, regardless of their personal enmity towards Trump, is to hope it works and to wish their President every success in his efforts? Yet instead, Hollywood’s liberals have once again launched a barrage of foul-mouthed public abuse against him. The same Hollywood liberals, lest we forget, who gave fugitive child rapist Roman Polanski a standing ovation at the Oscars. Of course, there’s an absurd hypocrisy to celebrities berating Trump (justifiably..) for coarsening American political discourse with inflammatory rhetoric, then yelling ‘F*CK TRUMP!’ on live TV as families watch at home. Just as there was when arch feminist Samantha Bee recently decided to call Ivanka Trump a ‘c**t’ on her own show. It seems none of them got the ‘When they go low, we go high’ memo from Michelle Obama. But there is a wider, bigger question for these stars that concerns me a lot more than their abusive language, and it’s this: at what point does your blind, pathological hatred for your President override America’s national interest? The perfect illustration of what I’m talking about came on Friday night during Bill Maher’s Real Time show on HBO. Maher, a man whose aversion to all things Trump almost rivals De Niro’s, actually said the following words as he articulated his desire to remove the President from power: ‘I feel like the bottom has to fall out (of the economy) at some point, and by the way, I’m hoping for it. I think one way you get rid of Trump is by crashing the economy. So please, bring on the recession. Sorry if that hurts people but it’s either root for a recession or you lose your democracy.’ Sorry, WHAT? You loathe Trump so much you actually want a crippling financial crisis to ravage your own country and devastate millions of the poorest and most vulnerable of your fellow Americans? The irony of Maher’s ridiculously offensive comment is that the economy has so far turned out to be very successful under Trump. Unemployment’s fallen to an 18-year low of 3.8%, with Black and Hispanic unemployment hitting historic lows. And the stock market, too, has been hitting record highs. Last week, Warren Buffett, the Sage of Omaha, gave Trumponomics a ringing endorsement, saying the US economy was ‘feeling strong’. Using a baseball analogy to explain his positivity, he added: ‘If we’re in the sixth inning, we have our sluggers coming to bat right now.’ So why would Bill Maher, himself worth a recession-proof £100 million, be so keen to see the booming economy collapse? The answer, sadly, is that he hates Trump so much he can’t bear to acknowledge any of his successes and would rather he fail even if that means America fails too. De Niro’s of the same mentality. He used to be a world-class actor. In fact, he was one of the greatest actors of all time. Today, he’s a world-class Trump-bashing agitator, and notwithstanding a highly competitive field, in this new role he’s indisputably THE greatest of all time. That’s why the Tony Awards crowd went so crazy when he shouted ‘F*CK TRUMP!’ Just as similar liberal actor crowds did when De Niro spouted similar abuse at other awards ceremonies, including one occasion when he actually threatened to physically beat up the President. It’s childish, pathetic and embarrassing – all the things De Niro professes to hate in Trump. And coming as the President tries to forge peace with North Korea, it also feels very un-patriotic and disloyal. In fact, it feels un-American. My message to De Niro, Maher and all the other Trump-loathing stars is this: you can hate the President all you like, but if your hatred means you’d rather see America sucked into war or financial ruin than to see him succeed, then YOU’RE the problem – not him. And shame on you. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-12-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6/12/2018 -- USGS hiding earthquakes in Hawaii? M4.3 strikes Mauna Loa -- USGS ignores yet again!


Published on Jun 12, 2018

LocSAT solution (with start solution, 12 stations used, weight 12):

Hawaii mb=4.3 2018/06/12 11:52:54.0 19.57 N 155.47 W 10 km  

:: 6-11-18 Los Angeles Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Extreme fire danger in the West forces another national forest to close

By Associated Press Jun 11, 2018 | 6:10 PM

Extreme fire danger prompted officials Monday to say they are shutting down a sprawling forest that includes some of Colorado's most stunning mountains in a region that attracts tourists from around the world, a rare tactic also being used in neighboring states as the U.S. Southwest struggles with severe drought. National forests and parks in Arizona and New Mexico have already been shut down as precautions. San Juan National Forest officials in southwestern Colorado planned to close hundreds of miles of trails and thousands of miles of back roads to hikers, bikers, horseback riders and campers as soon as Tuesday to prevent the possibility of an abandoned campfire or any other spark from starting a wildfire. It's the first full closure of a national forest in Colorado since 2002, which was another very dry year. The closure will remain until sufficient precipitation eases the fire danger. The move comes as the residents of over 2,000 homes have been forced to evacuate because of a fire that started June 1 in the forest. The fire has now grown to about 35 square miles and authorities are continuing to investigate how it started. No homes have been lost, although the fire came close to buildings Sunday night, authorities said. Fire managers credited advance fire mitigation work by homeowners for helping firefighters save the structures. Much of the U.S. West is experiencing some level of drought and the Four Corners region — where Arizona, New Mexico, Utah and Colorado meet — is the epicenter of a severe drought. In New Mexico, the Santa Fe National Forest, along with portions of three national park sites, closed June 1 because of the fire danger. The Santa Fe forest is among New Mexico's most popular getaways. Portions of national forests in Arizona were also closed in late May because of severe fire conditions. Full forest closures are uncommon and the U.S. Forest Service stresses they're only done as a last resort. The Coconino National Forest in Arizona shut down completely because of fire danger in 2006 for nine days. A 2002 shutdown lasted nine weeks, including both Memorial Day and July 4 holidays, and other national forests had closures that year. Colorado's latest closure will also bar non-recreational uses, although ranchers, for example, who use some of the forest's over 2,800 square miles for grazing will be able to seek exemptions, San Juan National Forest spokeswoman Cam Hooley said. If any exemptions are granted, those users would be required to take precautions, such as carrying water, shovels and fire extinguishers and possibly only allowed in during certain times of the day, she said. "We recognize that this is difficult for the local businesses and the local economy and just ask that people just be understanding and patient," Hooley said. The region, which is also home to Mesa Verde National Park, relies heavily on visitors to support its economy, and fire managers have tried to help encourage them to keep coming by including links to tourism information in their regular fire updates. One of the main tourist attractions, a historic scenic railroad that takes riders through the majestic San Juan Mountains in the forest, has suspended its service and furloughed its seasonal workers. It may reopen later this month with diesel engines to replace its traditional coal-fired locomotives that can throw sparks. Sweetie Marbury, the mayor of nearby Durango — about 10 miles from the fire — said there are plenty of things people can do in the area, including river rafting, cycling and fishing and learning about history at places like Mesa Verde and Chimney Rock National Monument. "We are resilient in Durango. We bounce back," she said. 

:: 6-1-18 DeSoto Times-Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Changing lives with God's help

By ROBERT LEE LONG Community Editor Jun 1, 2018

Their names are Holly and Candace and their lives have been transformed forever — due to the supernatural power of Jesus Christ. The two women, both mothers of young children, have received a fresh start in life after years spent enduring the turmoil of drug addiction. Holly and Candace recently graduated from the program at the Breakthrough Center for Women in Olive Branch, an offshoot of Warrior Ministries, which has a separate shelter for men struggling through drug addiction, with both programs under the ministry of Pastor David Vincent. "I was in jail every year of my life with 18 felonies on my record," Vincent said as he shared his own personal story and testimony. "If it wasn't for the grace of God, I would not be here standing before you today. God touched my life." Vincent said he began doing some research on his own and discovered that the rate of recidivism or repeat offense is very high unless there is a change within a person's heart. "The best chance for changing a life is a long-term Christian ministry," Vincent said. Vincent began working with assisting homeless men and battered and abused women who had nowhere else to turn. The Warrior Center began its women's ministry three years ago in Olive Branch. There are currently 27 women enrolled in the program, including Holly and Candace. In Holly's case, her father died when she was five from an overdose. Her biological mother passed away from heroin addiction several years later. "My mother, the woman who raised me, tried to steer me in the right path," Holly said, adding that she rebelled. "At 13, I started using cocaine and soon graduated on to other drugs." She said that she became pregnant and her adopted mother persuaded her to get an abortion. She later married and had children but "ended up in prison." "It all caught up with me again," Holly said. Holly was able to get her life straight through the Breakthrough Center and is employed in a leadership position with the women's ministry program. "All the times I could have died God had a covering over me," Holly said. "I decided to stay and give back to God," she said of her position with the Breakthrough Center. She quoted Second Corinthians, Chapter 4, Verses 7-9: "We are hard pressed on every side, but not crushed; perplexed, but not in despair; persecuted, but not abandoned; struck down, but not destroyed." Candace said her grandmother lost three of her four children to drugs. "My mother had a heroin and crack addiction," Candace said. "I could show you how to shoot heroin at age eight. By the age of 14, I started smoking weed and rebelling. I have three daughters and lost them to addiction. For more than a year, the Holy Spirit was ministering to me. The only place I could go to was God." Candace said God sent a stranger to kneel and pray with her. "I know God was waiting for me to completely surrender to Him. I discovered Jesus is the way, the truth and the life. I have been blessed with a hope and a future." The Breakthrough Center in Olive Branch operates a thrift store known as Uptown Thrift Store which funds the Warrior and associated ministries. Local benefactor, Dr. Robert Seymour, a Hernando dentist, also plays an instrumental part in supporting the ministry. Warrior Ministries operates a 68-bed men's ministry in Memphis, 27 beds for women in Olive Branch and is poised to soon open a 60-bed women's facility in Bolivar, Tenn. "If any man or woman will take that step, God will change a life," Vincent said. Robert Lee Long is Community Editor of the DeSoto Times-Tribune. He may be contacted at or at 662-429-6397, Ext. 252. 

:: 6-12-18 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump's Vow to End Military Drills With Seoul Stuns a Region

Tuesday, 12 June 2018 12:39 PM

President Donald Trump rocked the region with the stunning announcement Tuesday that he was halting annual U.S.-South Korean military drills — and wants to remove the 28,500 U.S. troops stationed in the South as a deterrent against North Korea. Trump's surprise, almost offhand comments, made during a news conference after his summit with North Korean leader Kim Jong Un, seemingly upended decades of the U.S. defense posture on the Korean Peninsula. The remarks contradicted countless previous declarations by U.S. political and military officials over the years that the drills are routine, defensive and absolutely critical. Trump has now essentially adopted the standard North Korean line, calling the military exercises a "provocative" drain of money and announcing they would stop while he continues talks with Kim, whom he repeatedly praised as a solid negotiating partner. His statement was quickly portrayed by critics as a major, unreciprocated concession to a country that only last year was threatening Seoul and Washington with nuclear war. It also seemed to leave officials completely off guard in South Korea, where the presence of U.S. troops has long been described as necessary to maintaining peace on the peninsula. Seoul's presidential office told The Associated Press that it was trying to parse Trump's comments. The South Korean military seemed similarly surprised. "At this current point, there is a need to discern the exact meaning and intent of President Trump's comments," Seoul's Defense Ministry said, adding that there have been no discussions yet with Washington on modifying drills set for August. U.S. forces in South Korea said it has "received no updated guidance on the execution or cessation of training exercises" and will continue to coordinate with South Korean partners and maintain the current posture until it receives an updated guidance from the Department of Defense or the Indo-Pacific Command. Trump's comments will be questioned by many in South Korea and beyond, with some seeing in them an effort by North Korea to drive a wedge between Seoul and Washington. North Korea regularly calls the military exercises provocative preparations for a northward invasion, and many of the scariest standoffs in recent years on the Korean Peninsula have happened when the drills were being staged. Outside analysts believe the North objects to the drills because it must spend precious resources on its own war games and troop movements. North Korea also insists that the U.S. troop presence in the South, as well as its nuclear "umbrella" over allies Seoul and Tokyo, are part of America's "hostile" policy toward the North. "I want to bring our soldiers back home," Trump said, although he added that it's "not part of the equation right now." Then he said: "We will be stopping the war games, which will save us a tremendous amount of money unless and until we see the future negotiation is not going along like it should. But we'll be saving a tremendous amount of money. Plus, I think it's very provocative." The comments could fundamentally change the way the United States, whose alliance with Seoul was forged after a 1950 surprise attack by the North started the Korean War, operates in South Korea. Trump's announcement that the U.S. would stop military exercises, his description of those drills as "provocative" and his suggestion that he wants to pull U.S. troops out at some point are "all things that Trump is putting on the table as concessions, all in exchange for some vague promises by the North Koreans," said Paul Haenle, a former China director at the White House National Security Council in the Barack Obama and George W. Bush administrations. Annual military drills between Washington and Seoul have been a major source of contention between the Koreas for years, and analysts have wondered whether their continuation would hurt the inter-Korean detente that, since an outreach by Kim in January, has replaced last year's insults and threats of war. North Korea last month broke off a high-level meeting with Seoul over South Korea's participation in a two-week military exercise with the United States. North Korea's state media, referring to the drills, recently demanded that Washington "stop the acts of threatening its dialogue partner by force." Since the 1970s, the United States and South Korea have held a major summertime exercise called Ulchi Freedom Guardian that involves tens of thousands of troops. There are also annual springtime drills. Drills called Team Spirit, one of the largest annual military maneuvers in the world at the time, were held from 1976 until 1993, when, after North Korea agreed to dismantle its existing nuclear facilities, the exercises were canceled and have not been held since. Moon Seong Mook, a former South Korean military official, said Trump's comments on the drills confirmed what many in South Korea had feared all along — that North Korea would attempt to drive a wedge between Washington and Seoul and gain substantial concessions from an unconventional U.S. president who thinks much less of the traditional alliance than his predecessors. "The core of the U.S.-South Korea alliance is the U.S. troops stationed in South Korea and the joint U.S.-South Korea military drills, but the American military presence in South Korea wouldn't mean much if the militaries don't practice through joint drills," said Moon, now a senior analyst for the Seoul-based Korea Research Institute for National Strategy. "I am concerned that the summit between Trump and Kim will prove to be a setback in the global efforts to denuclearize North Korea and also introduce instability in the alliance between Seoul and Washington." 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-12-18 WTHR TV13 NBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Brownsburg school board accepts resignation teacher wanted to rescind

David MacAnally Published: Jun 11th, 2018 - 8:50pm (EDT) Updated: Jun 12th, 2018 - 6:13am (EDT)

BROWNSBURG, Ind. (WTHR) — A Brownsburg orchestra teacher's resignation was accepted by the school board Monday. John Kluge is fighting to keep his job after he submitted what he called a provisional resignation — one he thought he could withdraw. Kluge says he's losing the job because of his religious beliefs. The school district says he resigned. After an executive session of the school board, there was a regularly scheduled public meeting Monday evening. As Kluge fought to keep his job, he had much public support. "I'm sorry, I know I sound like I'm ticked off, because I'm fed up with this stuff," said taxpayer Jeff Gracey to the school board, which had just accepted Kluge's resignation. He and others want the music teacher to stay. It was an emotional, sometimes confrontational, night at the meeting as the district struggles with issues new to many school districts. Kluge says his religious freedom rights were violated by a school policy saying teachers must call transgender students by the new names they choose. Instead, he called all of his students by their last names only all last year with school permission. "As a Christian, I believe God has created us male and female and it would be going against my Christian convictions to encourage them in transgenderism," Kluge said. But the school system said "no more." John Kluge spoke to the board after the vote accepting his "resignation." "I wanted this to be a non-issue. I wanted to be able to teach my subject matter with a clean conscience," he said Monday night. Kluge said he handed in a letter of resignation, but was told he could withdraw it. When he tried to do that he was told it had already been accepted. The school district released this statement: This teacher voluntarily submitted his resignation prior to the end of the school year. The resignation was accepted by the administration. Brownsburg Community School Corporation complies with all state and federal laws. Monday night, Kluge told the board "you've approved my resignation without me having resigned and without being able to appeal this to board." Many residents supported Kluge, many on religious freedom grounds. including some of his former orchestra students. "I am currently an education major at Ball State. I would not be there without Mr. Kluge. He is a very fair teacher," said one former student. Another former music student said Kluge, who taught at Brownsburg for four years, "loved every student, included every student and protected every student in his class." But other former students didn't like the last name policy. "I'm not here to to make Mr. Kluge upset. He is a very wonderful man. However, I believe he would be better off in a private education system as he has more religious convictions." Transgender student Aidyn Sucec told the school board, "I think Mr. Kluge's religious beliefs have absolutely no place in a public high school. I think that what he believes is morally just conflicts with not only what I believe, but my parents believe, what my psychiatrist and therapist and doctor believe, and the school board believe are morally just." Kluge's attorney said they have some legal options they're not talking about yet. But first, they want to make sure there is no chance of being rehired. 

:: 6-11-18 KIRA TV7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge orders Washington prison to provide Ramadan meals

By: GENE JOHNSON, Associated Press Updated: Jun 11, 2018 - 10:28 AM

SEATTLE - A federal judge has ordered the Washington Department of Corrections to provide nighttime meals to Muslim inmates who have been fasting during the month of Ramadan, after several said prison officials refused to do so. >> Lawsuit: Washington jail must provide addiction treatment The Council on American-Islamic Relations sued the department Sunday on behalf of four prisoners at the Washington State Reformatory in Monroe, including one who said he's lost 15 pounds (6.8 kilograms) since Ramadan began in mid-May. U.S. District Judge Ronald Leighton in Tacoma issued his order just hours later. The lawsuit said the prison's policy was to require inmates to sign up for Ramadan meals by the end of January. Some said they tried to, only to find out after Ramadan began that they weren't on the list. The department did not immediately return an email seeking comment. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-11-18 Haartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump's Pressure on Iran Working Better Than Expected, Says Israeli Intel

Tehran had hoped for high profits from deals with Europe and U.S. companies - but now the regime faces abandonment by them - and the economic woes have started to create pressures on Tehran

Amos Harel Jun 11, 2018 7:54 PM

The decision by U.S. President Donald Trump to pull his country out of the Iran nuclear deal has already wreaked widespread economic damage to Iranians. According to intelligence assessments presented to... 

:: 6-11-18 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu: If you stand with Trump on North Korea, oppose a nuclear Iran

“I think the entire world, as we do, prays for the success of this effort.”

By Tovah Lazaroff June 11, 2018 00:07

Those who support US President Donald Trump’s effort to denuclearize North Korea should stand behind his quest to halt a nuclear Iran, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said on Sunday. "Dangerous regimes should denuclearize,” Netanyahu told the AJC Global Forum, whose members gathered in Jerusalem before Tuesday's meeting between US President Donald Trump and North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. “I think the entire world, as we do, prays for the success of this effort,” Netanyahu said. “Now, imagine, imagine: Imagine that President Trump would come back with some deal, and Britain, France and Germany would applaud it and South Korea and Japan would say that it endangers their existence,” Netanyahu said. With regard to the Iran deal, one can see that same global division between those in missile range and those who are not, Netanyahu said. “This deal was applauded by many in the international community who are not in the missile range of Iran, but Israel and Saudi Arabia and others said this deal will ultimately give Iran a nuclear arsenal,” Netanyahu said. Israel fears it will be Tehran’s first target after it becomes nuclear, Netanyahu said. “They will use [nuclear weapons] first against us, and then with the long-range missiles that they’re building and that the deal doesn’t prevent them from building, against everyone else,” Netanyahu said. Turning to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, he blamed the frozen Israeli-Palestinian peace process on the Palestinian failure to recognize Israel as a Jewish state. “The reason we don’t have peace is not because of the absence of a Palestinian state. It has been offered many, many times, and it has been rejected many, many times because it always had a condition: No Jewish state,” Netanyahu said. Iranian President Hassan Rouhani on Sunday criticized US "unilateralism" in withdrawing from the Iran nuclear deal and said he appreciated efforts by China and Russia to maintain the agreement. "The US efforts to impose its policies on others are expanding as a threat to all," Rouhani told the summit of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO), a regional security grouping led by China and Russia where Iran has observer status. "The recent example of such unilateralism and the defiance of the decisions of the international community by the US government is its withdrawal from the JCPOA," he said, referring to the nuclear agreement by its official name, the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action. Reuters contributed to this report. 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 6-3-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drone Killer: Chevy Trucks Now Armed With Powerful Directed Energy Weapons

by Tyler Durden Sun, 06/03/2018 - 23:30

Sierra Nevada Corp. and its defense partners, Ascent Vision and RADA Technologies, have developed a mobile counter-drone system for the protection of airports, high-value targets, and for the operational use within elite units of the United States Special Operations Command (USSOCOM) on the modern battlefield. Last week, Sierra Nevada brought its X-MADIS (eXpeditionary Mobile Aerial Defense Integrated System) mounted on a militarized, 2018 Chevrolet Colorado pickup truck to the Special Operations Forces Industry Conference (SOFIC), which stirred up massive interest within the special operations community, said Defense News. For SOFIC, the company decided to integrate the X-MADIS into the bed of a light pickup truck. Why?… Well, on the modern battlefield, or what the Army likes to call “hybrid wars,” special forces are now using nondescript, armored light pickup trucks and Polaris dune buggies in Africa and the Middle East. It is a perfect civilian cover, as the enemy tends to have difficulties identifying the vehicle from friend or foe at long distances. The X-MADIS features a Rada RPS-42 pMHR radar detection system, the Ascent camera system CM-202U EO/IR multi-sensor gimbal for identification, and the Sierra Nevada SkyCap counter drone Mode E-jammer. The directed energy weapon has a range of about two miles and can detect, identify, and destroy enemy drone swarms while the vehicle is traveling at a high rate of speed. Sierra Nevada Corp. has been working with its partner’s Ascent Vision and the Israeli company RADA Technologies Inc. to develop the X-MADIS for the U.S. Department of Defense’s (DoD) modernization efforts to prepare for the next two decades of hybrid wars. Defense News said special forces are currently using the X-MADIS mounted on a Polaris Defense MRZR in an unknown location, most likely somewhere in Africa or Syria. Sierra Nevada Corp. selected its partners because of their “best of breed” in critical technologies that make the direct energy weapon so effective, according to Jerry Coburn, Sierra Nevada’s director of business development, who spoke to Defense News during the show. “The system can detect, identify and defeat threats through EW attack while on the move at up to 50 mph,” Coburn said. The X-MADIS weapon requires just two special force operators, one driving the vehicle and the other managing the system using a tablet from within the cab of the truck. Defense News said X-MADIS had been successfully tested on other military vehicles, including the Polaris MRZR dune buggy, a mine-resistant vehicle, and an ambush-protected vehicle. “We recognize the effectiveness of the system is only as good as our knowledge of the threats that exist out there around the globe,” Coburn said. “And currently those are largely commercial off-the-shelf. But we know that our adversaries will never rest as they continue to develop their tactics, techniques and procedures and incorporate new controller technologies.The challenge is to maintain pace with the rapidly changing drone market, Coburn added. At the SOFIC, there was much interest from non-DoD clients, such as law enforcement, border patrol, and other organizations that secure high-value infrastructure assets within the U.S. Next month, Sierra Nevada Corp. will participate in the SOFWERX ThunderDrone Rapid Prototyping event at Nellis Air Force Base, Nevada. SOFWERX is another special operations conference designed to help private industry and DoD organizations form relationships to test and acquire new military capabilities. As for now, it seems as Sierra Nevada Corp. is taking full advantage of President Donald Trump’s enormous military spending bill that was signed in March. The DoD and its armed forces are about to get a flood of new shiny toys to deploy in the hybrid wars around the world. 

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 6-2-18  ::  :: 

"The Day the ATMs Run Out"

by Bill Bonner Saturday, June 2, 2018

"Please remember this warning when you go to the ATM to get cash… and there is none! While we were thinking about what was really going on with today’s strange new money system, a startling thought occurred to us. Our financial system could take a surprising and catastrophic twist that almost nobody imagines, let alone anticipates. Do you remember when a lethal tsunami hit the beaches of Southeast Asia, killing thousands of people and causing billions of dollars of damage? Well, just before the 80-foot wall of water slammed into the coast an odd thing happened: The water disappeared. The tide went out farther than anyone had ever seen before. Local fishermen headed for high ground immediately. They knew what it meant. But the tourists went out onto the beach looking for shells! The same thing could happen to the money supply: Cash could evaporate suddenly and disastrously – just before we drown in it. Credit Money: Here’s how… and why: If you look at M2 money supply – which measures coins and notes in circulation as well as bank deposits and money market accountsAmerica’s money stock amounted to $14.01 trillion as of last month. But there was just $1.3 trillion of physical currency in circulation – about only half of which is in the US. (Nobody knows for sure.) What we use as money today is mostly credit. It exists as zeros and ones in electronic bank accounts. We never see it. Touch it. Feel it. Count it out. Or lose it behind seat cushions. Banks profit – handsomely – by creating this credit. And as long as banks have sufficient capital, they are happy to create as much credit as we are willing to pay for. After all, it costs the banks almost nothing to create new credit. That’s why we have so much of it. A monetary system like this has never before existed. And this one has existed only during a time when credit was undergoing an epic expansion. So our monetary system has never been thoroughly tested. How will it hold up in a deep or prolonged credit contraction? Can it survive an extended bear market in bonds or stocks? What would happen if consumer prices were out of control? Less Than Zero: Our current money system began in 1971. It survived consumer price inflation of almost 14% a year in 1980. But Paul Volcker was already on the job, raising interest rates to bring inflation under control. And it survived the “credit crunch” of 2008-09. Ben Bernanke dropped the price of credit to almost zero, by slashing short-term interest rates and buying trillions of dollars of government bonds. But the next crisis could be very different… Short-term interest rates have been close to zero in the US (and less than zero in Switzerland, Denmark and Sweden). And according to a study by McKinsey, the world’s total debt (at least as officially recorded) now stands at $237 trillion. That’s 317.8% of global GDP… and far in excess of what the real economy can support. At some point, a debt correction is inevitable. Debt expansions are always – always – followed by debt contractions. There is no other way. Debt cannot increase forever. And when it happens, ZIRP and QE will not be enough to reverse the process, because they are already running at open throttle. What then? The value of debt drops sharply and fast. Creditors look to their borrowers… traders look at their counterparties… bankers look at each other… and suddenly, no one wants to part with a penny, for fear he may never see it again. Credit stops. It’s not just that no one wants to lend, no one wants to borrow either – except for desperate people with no choice, usually those who have no hope of paying their debts. Just like we saw after the 2008 crisis, we can expect a quick response from the feds. The Fed will announce unlimited new borrowing facilities. But it won’t matter…. House prices will be crashing. (Who will lend against the value of a house?) Stock prices will be crashing. (Who will be able to borrow against his stocks?) Art, collectibles and resources – all will be in free fall. The NEXT Crisis: In the last crisis, every major bank and investment firm on Wall Street would have gone broke had the feds not intervened. Next time it may not be so easy to save them. The next crisis is likely to be across ALL asset classes. And with $94 trillion more in global debt than in 2007, it is likely to be much harder to stop. Are you with us so far? Because here is where it gets interesting... In a gold-backed monetary system prices fall. But the money is still there. Money becomes more valuable. It doesn’t disappear. It is more valuable because you can use it to buy more stuff. Naturally, people hold on to it. Of course, the velocity of money – the frequency at which each unit of currency is used to buy something – falls. And this makes it appear that the supply of money is falling too. But imagine what happens to credit money. The money doesn’t just stop circulating. It vanishes. A bank that had an “asset” (in the form of a loan to a customer) of $100,000 in June may have zilch by July. A corporation that splurged on share buybacks one week could find those shares cut in half two weeks later. A person with a $100,000 stock market portfolio one day, could find his portfolio has no value at all a few days later. All of this is standard fare for a credit crisis. The new wrinkle – a devastating one – is that people now do what they always do, but they are forced to do it in a radically different way. They stop spending. They hoard cash. But what cash do you hoard when most transactions are done on credit? Do you hoard a line of credit? Do you put your credit card in your vault? No. People will hoard the kind of cash they understand… something they can put their hands on… something that is gaining value – rapidly. They’ll want dollar bills. Also, following a well-known pattern, these paper dollars will quickly disappear. People drain cash machines. They drain credit facilities. They ask for “cash back” when they use their credit cards. They want real money – old-fashioned money that they can put in their pockets and their home safes… Dollar Panic: Let us stop here and remind readers that we’re talking about a short timeframe – days… maybe weeks… a couple of months at most. That’s all. It’s the period after the credit crisis has sucked the cash out of the system… and before the government’s inflation tsunami has hit. As Ben Penance put it, “a determined central bank can always create positive consumer price inflation.” But it takes time! And during that interval, panic will set in. A dollar panic – with people desperate to put their hands on dollars… to pay for food… for fuel…and for everything else they need. Credit may still be available. But it will be useless. No one will want it. ATMs and banks will run out of cash. Credit facilities will be drained of real cash. Banks will put up signs, first: “Cash withdrawals limited to $500.” And then: “No Cash Withdrawals.” You will have a credit card with a $10,000 line of credit. You have $5,000 in your debit account. But all financial institutions are staggering. And in the news you will read that your bank has defaulted and been placed in receivership. What would you rather have? Your $10,000 line of credit or a stack of $50 bills? You will go to buy gasoline. You will take out your credit card to pay. “Cash Only,” the sign will say. Because the machinery of the credit economy will be breaking down. The gas station… its suppliers… and its financiers do not want to get stuck with a “credit” from your bankrupt lender! Whose lines of credit are still valuable? Whose bank is ready to fail? Who can pay his mortgage? Who will honor his credit card debt? In a crisis, those questions will be as common as “Who will win an Oscar?” is today. But no one will know the answers. Quickly, they will stop guessing… and turn to cash. Our advice: Keep some on hand. You may need it.” -  

What? "Oh, that could never happen here!" OK... 

:: 6-5-18 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Killer Cyborgs With Superhuman Strength Move A Step Closer After Scientists Combine Muscles Made From Living Tissue With A Machine

June 5, 2018 by SkyWatch Editor

Human-robot hybrids could be in the pipeline as Japanese scientists have succeeded in merging muscle fibres with a robotic skeleton. Previous attempts at this have been short-lived and prone to failure. A new study took a different approach and grew the muscles from scratch, instead of taking a muscle that had grown inside an animal. This discovery could pave the way for superhuman cyborgs… (READ MORE) 

:: 6-5-18 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA Scientists Working On Mars Colonization Scheme View Reproduction On Red Planet Leading To “New Human Subspecies”

June 5, 2018 by SkyWatch Editor

The idea of a colony of humans on Mars isn’t just science fiction anymore; NASA and space agencies around the world, along with independent scientists and researchers, are working hard to determine just what it would take for humanity to take root on the Red Planet. Getting there will be an immense challenge, as will setting up structures, creating sustainable sources of food, and battling the inhospitable elements, but sex might be the biggest risk of all. In a new research paper published in Futures, an international team of scientists examines the challenges of reproduction on the Martian surface. It’s a risky proposition, but if humans succeed in conceiving, carrying, and birthing offspring on another world it might actually be the start of a new species. In a somewhat scary aside, the researchers also note that editing the genes of future Mars babies might be an easy way to increase the prospects of survival. Pushing out bad traits and optimizing a human for life on Mars could give us a big edge, but as generations pass it would also result in a new kind of human — one who is fine on Mars but could never live a normal life here on Earth… (READ MORE) 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 6-5-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MS13 REVEALED! Gang Cop Turned Gang Member & Gang Expert Tell All

Sheila Zilinsky  Published on Jun 5, 2018

From Revered GANG COP To Feared GANG LEADER. The INCREDIBLE Journey of a Mexican Cartel Enforcer Turned Powerful Evangelist Ruben Palomares joined by Gang Expert Rayford Johnson of ThugExposed (former corrections officer) who wrote Rubens’ autobiography book.

Ruben's Site: 

Rayfords Site: 

Ruben's Powerful Testimony: 

:: 6-5-18 The Weeping Eagel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 05, 2018

Ubiquitous SMART MegaCity Skylines

What dangers lurk for those living in SMART MegaCities....only dark shadows know?

Setting the Stage

These are the days of Revelation, where the individual is engulfed into an abyss of team identity (human and machine); mandates for human trust of AI; virtual and earned citizenship, Deep Fakes, small unit tactical operations on city streets and multi-national Joint operations coalesce to hunting invisible adversaries and humans who are labeled 'the have not's,' the few who have chose not be augmented and enhanced. Humans overwhelmingly accepted sentient AI projections as near-peers, so the trust factor comes up repeatedly between the humans who accept and embrace this technology willingly and those who remain skeptical. The Evil One works on game theory and knows how your mind works, what your proclivities are, and what courses of action you are likely to favor. Time will tell who are the novice, the journeyman, and the expert. It is a day when Carnegie Mellon University, funded by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), deploy flexible, squishy silicon-based hydrogel jelly-fish that bores into your brain, defeating your defensive immune system, and jellyfish hydrosol that 'parasite' that bores to your brain adheres to the brain creating a macabre symbiotic relationship. You will not even know it is there while the non-invasive electrodes monitor you every thought and action. This one technology alone accelerates transhumanism with direct brain interface. It will prove two be a two edged sword 'benefiting mankind' and making them more vulnerable. The city becomes riddled with Artificial Intelligence (AI) assistants sending secretly send commands. These secret messages are at frequencies that are embedded in an existing audio track that were undetectable to the human ear. The track could be played and the AI could be told to do any number of things, from transferring money, to adding an item to a shopping list, or opening a malicious website. The adversarial applications of this are immense and abundant. A nefarious actor could surreptitiously activate a device, mute it, and then send and receive information stored on it or even use it to unlock doors, start cars, or call other devices. Personalized Warfare will easily exploit our activated devices making us each vulnerable to not only physical dangers but virtual and invisible ones as well. But the most dangerous trend is that humanity will accept AI as possessing anthropomorphic, human-like qualities, that would definitely be a "leap forward" in more than just technology. In essence, this is a bold statement ascribing human traits 'to a perceived deity', the devil himself. Leaders and experts responsible for tasked with making us safe and lacked imagination. They turned to Futurists and science fiction Story telling to spark leaders to imagine beyond the numbers and broaden the assumptions needed to envision possible futures, especially as it concerns humans and emerging technologies. SMART MegaCity Sprawl Cities sprawl across the globe as people are forced into 'concentration' camps. Two-thirds of the population lives in the city and that is increasing exponentially. MegaCities are cities that have 10 million inhabitants. You may believe that you are living in a suburb, small town, or even rural area but due to interconnection you are every bit tethered to the MegaCity. As you know, the military has been preparing for some time to go into American cities and this is your window of opportunity to peek into the proposals that are moving forward. 'System of Systems' Framework Due to the complexity of the urban terrain the military wants to adopt an urban analytic framework tailored to address the deep operational data layers found within urban centers, their dynamic environment, and their state of connectedness. The military looks at the urban environment as a battlefield. They have been practicing operating in urban environments overseas, for some time, but not in technologically advanced cities. The military is expanding traditional Intelligence Preparation of the Battlefield (IPB). IPB often is challenged in several areas: Dynamics between the components of problems within a complex system Not conducive to an interactively complex Operational Environment. Has difficulty taking variables into account. They have little instruction on how to address a complex, multidimensional environment, and have little operational advice or examples of what challenges really lay ahead. Challenges of MegaCity Living Research is beginning to indicate the likelihood of more lethal competitors within the MegaCity environment. Current mental models are stuck on non-hybrid, warrior-like opponents when we find ourselves in hybrid-age with warriors within the invisible and visible realms. Changes in military doctrine are developing knowledge experts in MegaCities where needed are who are assigned to monitor cities. Due to artificial limits upon resources mandated by the United Nations (UN) resources such as food, water, power, and refuse will become strained. As economies and regulations 'protecting' wilderness areas increase, a rapid rise in the density of urban areas will induce stressors on existing infrastructure and flow systems. Old infrastructure is failing by design to allow new infrastructure to be built around a global web of interconnectedness. Sea of Connectedness Humans, data, and infrastructure is a 'sea of mass' that must be harnessed for the global system to move ahead. And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. Revelation 13:1 Connecting devices is only a small part of a SMART grid. IoT tiny part of what you will be seeing in the near future with technological structure and landscape. Demarcation Zones We have all become desensitized by demarcation zones popularized by the UN. In history sovereign nations and cities that formerly had clear boundaries. This has created an environment where we are being swallowed up alive by the Mega SMART City, every bit as much as Korach in his rebellion against God was swallowed up by the earth. These SMART Mega Cities will blur the lines of where they begin and end, so you never know if you are in the city or outside of it. As this agenda advances, boundaries will be absent and this will prove to be problematic for both citizenry and the military tasked with keeping order. As the UN is integrating all population areas into one easily monitored bio system it poses world-wide complications for certain operations, for instance disasters, which can have either a rolling reverberating impingement, or the standard domino effect where the resources in one urban center causes a cascade effect upon the resources of other cities spanning around the world. Weaponry in Hiding Urban warfare will be primary invisible where you are unable to see 'it' but 'it' can see you. Due to the deep shadows of cities the primary colors for urban camo are black, white, and various shades of gray. After September 11, 2001 there was a feeding frenzy of money given by the government for security. The cities with the most creative and intriguing grants received the monies. You would truly be horrified if you knew just how many blink it towns are integrated with armored vehicles, state-of-the-art Emergency Operation (EOC) centers, and are ready for a first-strike nuclear attack. With every federal dollar your city and local governments signed SF 424 A & B which obligates them to implement vast Federal Acts and the SMART system. MegaCities are more susceptible to natural and manmade disasters especially when in they are perfectly situated near large bodies of water. Extreme water events such as floods can rapidly overwhelm the infrastructures causing life threatening situations in areas of increased urbanization. Urban flooding was one of the first threats that I experienced in Emergency Management. One particular vivid recollection I has is when 13 straight storms hit San Diego. Everything was closed down, even the military. What was not told to the people was cracks had developed in dams upstream from San Diego. Experts knew when the dam when millions would be killed as the water surged down Mission Valley. Quietly, persons in the 'know' relocated to high ground. These situations can develop speedily creating hellish situations. Urban flooding is not the only danger, earthquakes, tsunami's, wind storms, winter storms, mass demonstrations (language alert) or mobs; cyber attacks all have the potential for lethal consequences. The MegaCities even creates their own perfect storm of destruction. The larger or more connected a city is the more vulnerable it will become. Vertical & Subterranean Landscape Vertical and subterranean environments can complicate any military or private sector operation significantly, such as when Seattle's Big Bertha Borer met a mystery obstacle. It cost Seattle taxpayers millions of additional dollars and years to fix all of the problems. While the public was being told that the subterranean tunnel was traffic there other reasons it was built. We are all familiar with towering skyscrapers reaching upward but most of you are unaware of the hive-like labyrinth that is being created right under our feet. Existing 'old cities,' caverns, and created subterranean cities are connected through underground network systems. Subterranean design is the wave of the future. Since ancient times, cities were often built and went defunct, and were rebuilt upon the old foundations. In the ancient world these were called 'tells', layer upon layers of cities. Tunnel systems were very common in archaic city architecture. Disease in the SMART MegaCity It is no secret that MegaCities are a Petri dish for every type of global disease. Due to high density citizens and animals come face to face with reservoirs of diseases that their immune systems have no idea how to fight off. Some diseases are natural, many are weaponized, and they can be transmitted by air, land, contact, fluids, and by vectors. Since 1741 colonial America has had a notifible disease reporting system which was eventually non-nonchalantly transferred to the UN. On May 22, 1869 the State of Massachusetts asserted through legislative action that, "all governments since the time of Moses (Leviticus chapters 11-16) are established to protect the life and health of their people," resulting in the first health department. When you see the words, "life, health and welfare" in any government document, they are a key to suspending Constitutional rights and liberties and preventing the right to petition redress of grievances, and unlimited surveillance. This particular wording is called the emergency clause and it has been inserted into everything from public roads to parks. In a global dominated governance system sovereign Constitutions mean nothing. People not must be concerned about infections themselves, but also mountains of regulations that have been put in place to deal with imminent pandemics and epidemics. We are experiencing a massive upheaval in the way medical data: Defined, stored, captured, visualized, and shared is needed for more easily transportable semi-autonomous and autonomous Tactical Combat Casualty Care capabilities to support future missions. This will require a paradigm shift in the practice of operational medicine from an “art” that employs subjective measures to assess and treat, to a “science” based on employing objective quantifiable measures. TRADOC Go with the Flow We do not often consider that our lives flow through time and space. Whether work, relationships, waterways, projects, vehicular traffic, cash they all flow. Once digitized, everything must be accounted precisely. You can not imagine, unless you have experienced it, the dynamics of a mob mentality. In 1994, I attended the World Cup Finals in Pasadena, California. After the preliminary games Brazilian citizens assembled. That crowd was energized with emotion, transcended civilized behavior, and moved with a fluid-like flow, as if the was hive following a Queen Bee. As I viewed the crowd it became obvious that the individual was lost in what Scripture calls a sea of people. That group was volatile, dangerous, with a religious fervor because "God was with them". Greater emphasis must be placed on strategically supporting, manipulating, and/or undermining the flows, infrastructure, and systems of the megacity, as opposed to current emphasis on kinetic, military tasks. TRADOC Cyber Battle The Private Sector, government, and the military are changing their attitude towards cyberwarfare and innovate new ideas and concepts for warfare. This is especially critical in cities with high densities of smart technology where the Internet of Everything (IoE) is proving to be a wealth of intelligence information and revenue streams. SMART MegaCity Predator: Speed & Agility Seattle seems to be a lighting rod for exotic weaponry and its usage. From the Seattle WTO riots of 1999 taking rioters to the Sandpoint Naval Station which was converted to a prison; to the Samari welding man during real government exercises; to people who are well prepared for whatever may happen; to cyber hackers on both sides, in a technological cat and mouse game. Continually evolving infrastructures, subculture populations, and a plethora of places to “hide in plain sight” will present a particular challenge to those gathering data, today and well into the future. Disasters in the MegaCity We are going to witness an exponential thrust towards speed, agility, and adaptation for all projects. Large, long-term development sustainable projects have been relegated to a by-gone era. programs. Smaller, faster, and more flexible systems are needed to supersede existing weapons and other systems including remote software updates and deployment of upgrades to our toolkits in as little as days or hours. We have barely touched the surface of how the SMART MegaCity will impact your life. Real-time or near real-time truth data is going to be critical to make wise decisions for all aspects of your life. The best place is to receive your data from the Holy Scripture which is infallible and is immune from DeepFakes which deceive. Lessons of Faith, Highways, and Tunnels When we receive bitter news it is always insightful to plumb the depths of our faith for something applicable. Ray Vandelaan teaches us about the importance of the highway (today we face the information highway) that intersects great empires and the tell at Har Megiddo, the scene of Armageddon, the symbol of the battle for the End of the World. That battle is about good versus evil. The final battle at Har Megiddo is ultimately for the control of the world. In the end God wins. Where are you in skirmishes you encounter each day? 

:: 9-26-16 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Forget Agenda 21: UN’s 2030 Agenda will ‘transform the world’

Germany has stepped forward with their ideas of how to speed up the arrival of a one-world government

By Daisy Luther - September 28, 2016 @11:21 am, Wed

If you think Agenda 21 was bad, you ain’t seen nothing yet. Wait until you learn what the creepily utopian 2030 Agenda has in store for us all. Once again Germany has stepped forward with their ideas of how to speed up the arrival of a one-world government. While all eyes were on Obama and his creepily NWO speech, the German Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier gave an address which went largely un-noticed. It was a lengthy speech – you can read his entire address here – but these are some takeaway points: “We could also choose to put our faith in the power of diplomacy or shrug our shoulders” in the face of the conflicts in Syria, Libya, Iraq and Yemen he said, noting that Europe also faces a choice of fighting to hold the region together or allowing it to fall apart again and be overrun by populists. “The United States is also faced with a choice; in six weeks’ time, here too, the choice is about the supposed withdrawal from a crisis-ridden world – which some are calling for – or cooperation with international partners to solve some of those problems, he continues, noting that this choice “is important for all of us.” Indeed, “withdrawal, resignation, going it alone, or, responsibility for a better future; that is the choice in many places,” he said. The United Nations would remain the central forum, for tackling these issues, he said. In the context of all the crisis meetings, “it gives me hope that we have made an important choice, the right choice, of the direction we want to take and that we have chosen unity and sustainability,” he said calling the 2030 Agenda a global pact that is the point of convergence for dealing with poverty and underdevelopment. Now we know when they want the takeover to be complete: 2030. We have all heard of Agenda 21, but the 2030 Agenda isn’t quite so familiar. Agenda 2030 emphasizes gender and racial equality, eradication of poverty, and the total abolition of violence and hate. It lays out that the future world is based entirely on these goals and that the only way to achieve these things is through sustainable development and control of climate change. Oh – and the planet will also be totally poverty free by 2030 as well. Here are a few of the pertinent points: It actually came into effect in January 2016. Its full title is ‘Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. The areas covered by the Agenda are people, planet, prosperity, peace, and partnership. The 17 goals and 169 targets of the Agenda seek to build on the Millennium Development Goals and complete those that were not achieved. The ‘Declaration’ agreed upon at the United Nations meeting in New York has 53 points. Point 2 sets the tone: ‘On behalf of the peoples we serve, we have adopted a historic decision on a comprehensive, far-reaching and people-centred set of universal and transformative goals and targets. We commit ourselves to working tirelessly for the full implementation of this Agenda by 2030’. Points 5, 18, 28, and particularly point 29 are particularly interesting. Now, in theory, it’s wonderful – rainbows and unicorns for everyone. It’s repetitive in the extreme, constantly pointing out the sanctity of sovereign nations and saying these issues apply TO EVERY SINGLE PERSON ON THE PLANET… Simple: it is entirely impossible to achieve what they have laid out without a one-world government, the New World Order we have heard so much about over the last few years. This is what they are stating WILL be achieved by 2030 with all countries somehow miraculously retaining their own culture, resources, and economies:

Total eradication of hunger across the planet.

Total eradication of race inequality across the planet.

Total eradication of poverty across the planet.

Total eradication of gender inequality across the planet.

Total eradication of war across the planet.

Total eradication of Malaria and other mosquito-borne diseases across the planet.

Total eradication of TB across the planet.

A set standard of education for every child on the planet.

Clean water and sanitation for every person on the planet.

A decent job for every worker on the planet.

Sustainable economic growth in every country on the planet.

Sustainable agriculture across the planet.

sustainable livestock production across the planet.

A reduction in natural resource use in every country on the planet.

A reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in every industrialized nation on the planet.

A reduction in flood and drought events is susceptible locations around the world.

There are other odds and ends they have thrown in but the bottom line is that all of these things will be done by the year 2030. Really? Honestly? There are barely a half dozen countries on the planet that can engage in conversation without some disagreement and they honestly expect us to believe that there will be enough international co-operation while retaining nation sovereignty, to achieve even one goal on that list? The Islamic State will be our friends? India will give water to Pakistan? North and South Korea will kiss and make-up? Iran will stop making nuclear bombs? Israel and Palestine will finally shake hands and sort out their differences? Right.. Achieving ANY of the goals on that list is impossible unless one single government calls the shots and enforces conditions whereby the goals become achievable. That means the removal of sovereign status for individual nations. It means one giant money pot made up of cash from every nation that has cash to finance these initiatives. Globalism just took on a whole new meaning. Via Daisy Luther 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-4-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With The UK Having Fallen To Islamic Tyranny, It's No Surprise That All Russia-Gate Roads Lead Back To Barack Obama And Openly Totalitarian London

- The MSM's Lies About President Trump Are Now Backfiring In Their Own Faces!

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 4, 2018

While Susan Duclos reported on ANP on Sunday that the 'deep state' is fracturing and their 'propaganda arm', the mainstream media, has launched an all-out war upon the truth with the Inspector General report release expected to lay bare the crimes and the criminals within the deep state, a perfect example of the mainstream media's all-out lies and their war upon the truth comes to us in this recent story from Yahoo News via Reuters. In this story clearly titled to further enrage and dumb down those in America who only read headlines with a title of "America's Poor Becoming More Destitute Under Trump: U.N. Expert", 95% of Americans won't even make it down to the 9th paragraph where they dropped this bombshell that totally negated the title of their story.: However, the data from the U.S. Census Bureau he (so-called UN 'expert' Philip Alston) cited covers only the period through 2016, and he gave no comparative figures for before and after Trump came into office in January 2017. An absolutely perfect example of how the mainstream media manipulates story headlines to anger the American people towards our first America-first president in decades, why would Yahoo and Reuters title their story as such when no post-Obama data was even cited? Clearly an attempt to further piss-off those who dislike President Trump anyways and who buy the lines being fed to them by the 'deep state's' mockingbird media hook, line and sinker, as Susan Duclos reported within her story, the independent media must now be 'weaponized' against the corrupt deep state and their 'mockingbird media' with the most deadly weapon known to lies, the truth. And while globalist comedian Bill Maher recently had a melt down on air claiming that Alex Jones and so-called 'conspiracy theories' run America as heard in the final video at the bottom of this story, just imagine the shock that will come from 50% or more of the country when they find out some of those 'conspiracy theories' have been the truth all along! And while we won't be holding our breaths waiting for the heads of Hillary Clinton, James Comey, John Brennan and the corrupted deep state to finally roll (and WELL past time!), if those who've committed treason against America while selling out our nation to get Hillary Clinton into office are NOT held accountable for their crimes, there is no 'America' left. As this June 3rd story over at Zero Hedge reports, the deep state's spying upon President Trump and his campaign began much earlier than was originally thought with new texts directly implicating Barack Obama's White House according to this new story from John Solomon over at The Hill. And the bombshells don't end there. According to Solomon's story, all roads in this spying scandal lead directly back to London. Yes, the same 'London' which has now fallen to Islamic tyranny. Starting to see the 'real' picture? With the entire 'Russian narrative' peddled by the 'deep state' clearly an attempted coup upon the legally elected government of the United States, we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that so many on the left have fallen to an entire new level of crazy as Susan Duclos reported in this recent ANP story. Much more below but first, from the Zero Hedge story: A new report from John Solomon of The Hill ties together several loose threads floating around over the genesis of the FBI/DOJ espionage operation against the Trump campaign, who was involved in the "setup" of campaign aides, and how text messages between FBI employees suggest that the Obama White House was not only aware of the operation - but possibly directing it. Not only is the timeline moved up from the summer of 2016 to spring, Solomon provides clarification on early contacts between the players involved in DOJ/FBI sting and Trump campaign aides. The bridge to the Russia investigation wasn’t erected in Moscow during the summer of the 2016 election. It originated earlier, 1,700 miles away in London, where foreign figures contacted Trump campaign advisers and provided the FBI with hearsay allegations of Trump-Russia collusion, bureau documents and interviews of government insiders reveal. These contacts in spring 2016 — some from trusted intelligence sources, others from Hillary Clinton supporters — occurred well before FBI headquarters authorized an official counterintelligence investigation on July 31, 2016. The new timeline makes one wonder: Did the FBI follow its rules governing informants? -The Hill “The revelation of purposeful contact initiated by alleged confidential human sources prior to any FBI investigation is troublesome,” Rep. Mark Meadows (R-N.C.), an ally of President Trump and chairman of a House subcommittee that’s taking an increasingly aggressive oversight role in the scandal, told me. “This new information begs the questions: Who were the informants working for, who were they reporting to and why has the [Department of Justice] and FBI gone to such great lengths to hide these contacts?” So why have the DOJ and FBI gone to great lengths to hide the truth? Wasn't it Barack Obama himself who once said "If you've got nothing to hide, you've got nothing to fear"? What justice it will be for the corrupt faction of the deep state to be taken down by the very same spying machine that they've created to forever lord over the American people! And while the corrupt mainstream media will continue to attempt to spin this entire story in Hillary Clinton's favor no matter how much they lie and no matter who they dox, with the IG Report about to come out in days, we'd previously warned on ANP that a huge false flag warning should be in effect as long as 'the corrupt' are still in positions of power to pull levers and 'manufacture' events. As this new story over at Zero Hedge that Steve Quayle linked to on his website this morning reports, a modern civil war has already broken out here in America between a conservative, volunteer government and a Democratic, professional govt and while we're grateful that this 'civil war' which they warned of hasn't yet turned to guns, as their story points out: If the late Mr. Minzey is correct, it is only a matter of time before current conditions turn violent or parts of the country attempt to secede. The divisions are so pronounced that it is difficult to see how they are solved within the current political framework and consistent with our Constitution. With all Russia-gate roads leading back to London and the work of those in London and the corrupt faction of the deep state here in America clearly being pushed in a pro-Hillary Clinton, pro-globalist effort, should President Trump fail in what appears to be a very real effort to take down the corrupt, America will surely follow the UK into full-scale globalist tyranny. And with the criminal deep state here in America leading to a long list of dead bodies and massive coverups as William B. Stoecker reported in this May 29th ANP story, as we reported on ANP on May 30th, any attempt at a final 'takedown' of America carried out by globalists seeking to cement tyranny into place could quickly lead to an Orwellian nightmare. With the msm having proven that they'll do anything to protect the corrupt faction of the deep state and the 'Clinton crime family', we hope that everybody has their eyes and ears wide open in the days ahead with the Inspector General Report soon to be released and many signs that this report will find that the FBI and DOJ fully acted with criminal intent. In the 2nd video below, videographer Tracy Beanz goes over the OIG report rebuttals , focusing on the case of Andrew McCabe, while in the first video below from Realist News, our videographer goes over the recent Zero Hedge story which proves that 'Russia-gate' leads right back to Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton and now openly tyrannical London. 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 6-4-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Department Of Homeland Security Compiles List Of All Bloggers, Journalists, & "Social Media Influencers"

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/04/2018 - 16:26 Authored by Michael Snyder via The American Dream blog,

Many were hoping that once Barack Obama was out of office we would see less of this Big Brother surveillance nonsense, but instead it seems to be getting even worse. In fact, the Department of Homeland Security has just announced that it intends to compile a comprehensive list of hundreds of thousands of “journalists, editors, correspondents, social media influencers, bloggers etc.”, and collect any “information that could be relevant” about them. So if you have a website, an important blog or you are just very active on social media, the Department of Homeland Security is going to put you on a list and will start collecting information about you. The DHS has already announced that it will hire a contractor to aid in monitoring media coverage, and they will definitely need plenty of help because it is going to be a very big job… As part of its “media monitoring,” the DHS seeks to track more than 290,000 global news sources as well as social media in over 100 languages, including Arabic, Chinese and Russian, for instant translation into English. The successful contracting company will have “24/7 access to a password protected, media influencer database, including journalists, editors, correspondents, social media influencers, bloggers etc.” in order to “identify any and all media coverage related to the Department of Homeland Security or a particular event.” “Any and all media coverage,” as you might imagine, is quite broad and includes “online, print, broadcast, cable, radio, trade and industry publications, local sources, national/international outlets, traditional news sources, and social media.” If this sounds extremely creepy to you, that is because it is extremely creepy. I run several prominent websites including The Most Important News and The Economic Collapse Blog, and so without a doubt I will be on this list. And if I was just a name on a list in some database somewhere, that would be bad enough, but instead it sounds like the DHS will be collecting any “information that could be relevant” about all of us… As Gizmodo noted, the DHS’ vagueness is also a concern. It leaves itself an opening for collecting “any other information that could be relevant” about these influencers, and there’s no hint as to what that could be. Is it strictly functional information like work histories, or sensitive data that could be abused? Either way, the database could be troublesome for bloggers and social media stars who aren’t usually under such close government scrutiny. This is one of the reasons why I wanted to get to Washington. This kind of Orwellian monitoring of our freedoms is unnecessary, it is a colossal waste of taxpayer dollars, and it violates our most basic freedoms. So why does the Department of Homeland Security need to do this? The explanation that they are giving the public is extremely week. The following comes from Forbes… DHS says the “NPPD/OUS [National Protection and Programs Directorate/Office of the Under Secretary] has a critical need to incorporate these functions into their programs in order to better reach Federal, state, local, tribal and private partners.” Who knows what that means, but the document also states the NPPD’s mission is “to protect and enhance the resilience of the nation’s physical and cyberinfrastructure.” But we are not supposed to ask questions about government programs such as this. In fact, just a few days ago a Department of Homeland Security representative stated that those that are questioning this program are “tinfoil hat wearing, black helicopter conspiracy theorists“… If you find yourself skeptical of this proposal of mass state monitoring of the press, consider yourself a bonafide member of the “tinfoil hat wearing, black helicopter conspiracy theorists,” DHS representative Tyler Houlton said Friday. It’s all very routine, he argued, casting the project as an innocent means of “monitoring current events.” Just shut up and let us do this, crackpots. That kind of response should make all of us very angry. If the government is going to monitor us and put our information in a database, we should have the right to ask questions. Freedom of speech is one of our most foundational rights, and many are concerned that “monitoring and tracking” are initial steps that could lead to a significant crackdown on Internet activity. Just check out what is about to happen over in Europe. The Internet has made it possible for ordinary people to communicate with one another on a massive scale, and any efforts by national governments to interfere with that must be greatly resisted. Unfortunately, it appears that this new Department of Homeland Security program is moving ahead rapidly. In fact, it is being reported that seven different companies have “already expressed interest” in participating… Seven companies, mainly minority- or women-owned small businesses, have already expressed interest in becoming a vendor for the contract, according to the FedBizOpps web site. All it takes for evil to flourish is for good men to be nothing. Please spread word about this creepy new surveillance program to everyone that you know, because what they are doing is not right. 

:: 6-3-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Silent Weapon' Technology Is Being Placed Into Neighborhoods All Across America As Countdown Begins To Potential National Health Crisis Of Epic Proportions

- Is This More Proof The Luciferian Globalists Are Preparing For Unfolding Global Chaos?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 3, 2018

While big telecom companies such as Verizon and the UK's Vodaphone continue to rave about the benefits that 5G will bring to the world and the quickly growing 'internet of things', scientific studies have confirmed the warnings of the 'Watchmen' as we hear in the 2nd video below from RT that 5G can be linked to cancer as CBS New York reports in this recent story, though they attempt to downplay the dangers. Warning within the CBS story that wireless companies across America have said they’ll have to build close to 300,000 new antennas, roughly equal to the total number of cell towers built over the past three decades, that stark new reality means that many smaller antennas are being built much closer together to each other, and closer to people's homes and businesses. It so happens that 5G uses frequency waves much faster than 4G or 3G but those waves don't travel anywhere near as far and as their story reports, rather than building huge new cell towers in residential areas, they'll be using existing infrastructure such as street signs and light poles, objects that are much closer to where people gather. And while those who haven't been doing their research don't understand the dangers that 5G will bring, as we read in this recent story from Dane Wigington and hear from him in the 1st video below: Our government continues to do anything they want to the climate, and the planet as a whole. The push to saturate the biosphere with highly destructive 5G transmissions is the most recent alarming example. 5G frequencies are also used for crowd control. Is the power structure preparing for what they certainly know is inevitable? Unfolding global chaos? As Health Impact News reported back in August of 2017, besides 5G leading to a mass increase of microwave radiation in our atmosphere and the fact that it can be used to further invade privacy, this tech being unveiled has led to a countdown to a national crisis of illness and death with it potentially being able to be used as a 'silent weapon' against the American people. From their story: This article will focus on the question of how this technology could be used as a silent weapon against people who don’t conform to the plans of the U.S. Government. The public position will be that these technologies, if developed into weapons, will be used against terrorists and those who pose a threat to national security. However, because these are “stealth” technologies where the person being targeted would not even know they were being targeted, they could potentially also be used against people who object to mandatory vaccination, medical kidnapping, the nationalization of our private health data, the use of toxic chemicals in food, mandatory indoctrination of children in the public education system, mainstream media brainwashing, the collection of information about our religious and political beliefs, the denial of the right to assemble in peaceful protests against the overreaching power of national and state government, to name just a few. Their story then featured the final video that we've embedded at the bottom of this story showing a 2009 test of a vehicle-mounted active denial system being used against people pretending to be protestors in a 'crowd control' demonstration. As their story points out, the millimeter waves used in 5G are the same waves used in active denial crowd control systems as well as in some body scanners at airports. Once again, from the Health Impact News story: Confirmed information about the military’s Active Denial System proves that microwaves can be directed toward a specific target. We also know that the 5G wireless technology system that Telecom companies want to install across America has the ability to steer microwave beams toward objects. In fact, this is one of the key features of the 5G system. This allows each 5G cell tower to direct multiple beams of millimeter microwaves to a cell phone, an iPad, tablet PC, automobile, or any other device that will provide a GPS location. Putting the Facts Together – Potential Outcomes of 5G Technology Now, this is where it gets very interesting. What would happen if the density of 5G cell tower transmissions could be jacked up to a much higher density level? Could 5G technology become a directed energy weapon? Instead of sending a beam of low density microwave radiation toward you and your cell phone or toward you and the GPS system that is built into many automobiles, could the system be adjusted to send a much more powerful beam of high density microwaves toward you or a crowd of people such as is done with the U.S. military’s Active Denial System? As far as I can tell, it is unlikely that 5G antennas could produce the microwave density of the military’s ADS weapon without burning themselves up, because of their small size and physical design. However, all electromagnetic radiation produces an effect on the human body. What impact will the slightly longer microwaves from 5G have on us when they penetrate more deeply into the body than the 95 GHz of the military’s Active Denial System? Is the rollout of 5G across America part of government preparation for the globalists final takedown of America and the resulting chaos sure to be unleashed should the satanists finally initiate their 'end game' for our free country? With what amounts to crowd control technology being placed upon street lights across America, directly in residential areas and office parks, certainly the potential of this tech being abused should tyrants get their hands upon it is great. And as we read in this recent story from Natural News, scientists have warned that 5G tech is already causing insomnia, nosebleeds and stillbirths and this tech is just now being rolled out. What more negative health effects will it lead to? From that story: Though the science on EMF radiation is still far from established, many researchers believe that it does indeed have the potential to cause harm. EMF radiation is the same kind of radiation produced by cell phones, though it can be emitted from other devices — including LED streetlights, according to Professor Ulrich Warnke, from the University of Saarland. Warnke believes that EMF radiation “causes disruption to the body’s nitrogen monoxide system, which keeps cells healthy and controls gene expression,” but he’s not the only one. Multiple health agencies have sounded the alarm on the potential dangers of this kind of radiation — but few are listening. Back in 2011, the World Health Organization (WHO) warned that EMF radiation was “possibly carcinogenic to humans,” and in particular, posed a risk for glioma — a malignant type of brain cancer. At the end of 2017, the California Department of Public Health (CDPH) issued a similar warning regarding cellphones and their potential link to brain cancer. The European Academy for Environmental Medicine has also declared that EMF radiation is linked to cancer and other conditions like insomnia. The evidence against EMF radiation is piling up — and yet, city officials are refusing to recognize that people are at risk. And while 5G is being rolled out across America despite the fact that medical experts warn not enough studies have been done into the potential negative health impact that will be delivered along with the faster speeds, as Washington's Blog reported back in March of 2017, the entire point of the 'internet of things' (IOT) is for 'big brother' to have new ways to spy upon us. Warning us of numerous different comments recently made by 'deep state insiders' such as James Clapper, it's quite obvious that the 'IOT' isn't what it's being sold to the public to be. From the Washington's Blog story: No One Wants the Internet of Things …… Except Big Brother. The government is already spying on us through spying on us through our computers, phones, cars, buses, streetlights, at airports and on the street, via mobile scanners and drones, through our credit cards and smart meters (see this), television, doll, and in many other ways. The CIA wants to spy on you through your dishwasher and other “smart” appliances. Last year, (THEN) U.S. Intelligence Boss James Clapper said that the government will spy on Americans through IoT: In the future, intelligence services might use the [IoT] for identification, surveillance, monitoring, location tracking, and targeting for recruitment, or to gain access to networks or user credentials. Yves Smith commented at the time: Oh, come on. The whole point of the IoT is spying. The officialdom is just trying to persuade you that it really is a big consumer benefit to be able to tell your oven to start heating up before you get home. With America potentially facing a national health crisis of epic proportions following the rollout of 5G, the negative health hazards of cell phone radiation alone detailed in this story from Electric Sense and seen in the graphic above suggest that the American people are once again being used as unwilling guinea pigs in a govt science project with illness and death one of their desired outcomes. As we hear from Wigington in the 1st video starting at the 6 minute 25 second mark as is also reported in this February story from Edgy Labs, if we think that we'll be able to escape the dangers of 5G by living out in the mountains or far away from the city, we're wrong. Reporting that Elon Musk's company Space X has been given the approval to launch 4,000 satellites into orbit over the next 5 years, we'll soon be getting 5G from space and as Wigington tells us, 5G from space will eventually cover every square inch of our planet once the project is complete. Silent weapon technology everywhere and the globalists 'beast system' that much closer to completion. In the 3rd video below, videographer The Fullerton Informer goes over the many dangers of 5G that we already know about and the ongoing lies of the mainstream media in their attempts to cover up the globalists luciferian agenda. 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? etc

:: 6-4-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

British School Forces Boys To Wear "Gender-Neutral" Skirts Instead Of Shorts

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/04/2018 - 19:40

A private secondary school in Oxfordshire, England is banning its male students from wearing shorts during the summer months, and is instead requesting that they wear a more "gender neutral" ensemble that includes that staple of men's athletic wear: The skirt. According to the Daily Mail, Chiltern Edge Secondary School's rule change comes after an unfavorable ruling by a government agency tasked with overseeing educational standards. School leaders said the skirts were a "more formal" alternative to shorts, regardless of how uncomfortable they might make male students at the school. Unsurprisingly, parents are complaining about the bizarre school dress code, which is part of a larger trend of schools adopting "gender neutral" uniforms to make transgender students feel more at home. Of course, parents of straight students can rest assured that their children will also feel comfortable: Because if they don't want to wear the "gender neutral" skirt ensembles, they can simply wear blazers and trousers in the sweltering heat. Following the change, parent Alastair Vince-Porteous asked staff if his son could wear tailored shorts – but the school said that they were not part of the uniform. The bemused father was then told that the uniform policy was ‘gender-neutral’ and boys could of course wear a skirt if they wished. The move follows a trend for schools adopting gender-neutral policies to help transgender pupils feel more welcome. Many schools now say skirts and trousers can be worn by either gender. Under the Equality Act, schools have a duty to protect transgender students from discrimination. This case came to light at the weekend, as temperatures are set to soar to 26C (79F) next week. Mr Vince-Porteous said: 'I was told shorts are not part of the uniform. It’s a shame we can’t be more grown up about it, we aren’t asking for ra-ra skirts or skinny jeans, just grey tailored shorts for two months a year, it’s not a big deal. 'I know that in the past other schools have worn skirts so I asked if my son was able to do that – and the school said yes.' Fellow parent Joanne Muday said: ‘It’s nuts to make the kids wear blazers and ties when it gets very hot.’ The school introduced the new uniform policy after Ofsted, a government organization charged with maintaining educational standards, determined that Chiltern's uniform policy was "inadequate". The introduction of the new uniform policy came after the school was branded inadequate by Ofsted. In August the school – which has the capacity for 900 pupils, but as of January last year had only 507 – will join the Maiden Erlegh Trust and become an academy. Students hail from nearby areas such as Caversham, Reading and Theresa May’s Maidenhead constituency. Headteacher Moira Green said: ‘In September 2017, with the support of parents, Chiltern Edge made the decision to move to a more formal uniform. This has been a success. Maiden Erlegh Trust, in preparation for September 2018, wholeheartedly support Chiltern Edge’s adoption of a more formal uniform.' Of course, we'd like to applaud Ofsted for its commitment to rigorous educational standards for athletes. Because Chiltern's students are learning one of the most valuable lessons of all: That it's okay for boys to wear skirts. 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? etc

:: 6-4-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberals Who Normalized Incest & Pedophilia Now Have A Candidate, But He Is Also Their Worst Nightmare- 'Man Should Be Allowed To Choke His Wife To Death As Punishment'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 4, 2018

He believes pedophilia should be legal. He believes that incestuous relationships with minor children should be legal. He believes child pornography should be legal. He believes marital rape should be legal. He believes the 19th amendment (giving women the right to vote) should be repealed. He believes Hitler was a hero. He believes that a man should be allowed to "choke his wife to death" for cutting her hair without permission or other acts of "gross insubordination." (Those are just the tip of the iceberg.) His name is Nathan Larson and by June 12, 2018, he will be an official congressional candidate in Virginia. LIBERALS HAVE BEEN TRYING TO NORMALIZE PEDOPHILIA FOR YEARS, ALSO INCEST In 2013, the UK's Guardian claimed that "not even a full academic consensus on whether consensual pedophilic relations necessarily cause harm." In 2014, a liberal writer at the New York Times wrote a piece titled "Pedophilia: A Disorder, Not a Crime." In 2015, the liberal website Salon published a piece, which was later removed, titled "I’m a pedophile, but not a monster." In 2016, VICE encouraged sympathy for pedophiles in a piece titled "Realizing You're a Pedophile Can Make You Want to Kill Yourself." It is not only pedophilia they are attempting to normalize, but as shown in a Telegraph article, they also claim that incest is just a "Genetic Sexual Attraction," in a story titled "Disgusted by incest? Genetic Sexual Attraction is real and on the rise." Cosmo also pushed a sympathetic view of incest in 2015 in a piece titled "This Is What It's Like to Fall in Love With Your Brother." Readers will note there are no links to those stories above.....anyone that wants to read them can use a search engine. The attempts by the left to normalize and decriminalize pedophilia and incest have lasting and ongoing effects, claiming people should have "open minds" on topics that were once considered taboo to even be spoken about, unless it was in court as these monsters were being prosecuted for abusing children. Well now they have a congressional candidate, running as an independent that feels voters have "open minds" so it is fine and dandy to publicly run on a platform that includes legalizing pedophilia and incest. THE MONSTER THEY HELPED CREATE IS NOW A NIGHTMARE While I continue to see headlines only referencing Larson's perversions, or that he was jailed for threatening to kill Barack Obama, his other platform issues, as well as some of the things he has written publicly, found on a now defunct website by Huffpo, shows the monster that they helped create has other disturbing and vile beliefs. Until it was pulled down, Larson’s site, a wiki page with details about his latest candidacy, featured posts titled “A Man Should Be Allowed to Choke His Wife to Death as Punishment for Cutting Her Hair Short Without Permission, or Other Acts of Gross Insubordination,” “Advantages of Father-Daughter Incest” and “The Justifiability of an Incel’s Kidnapping a Girl and Keeping Her as His Rape-Slave for Sex and Babymaking.” Wiki pages can be edited by other people, but Larson confirmed he wrote these posts as well as several other disturbing entries. In “Let’s Define What Rape Is,” a 3,000-word essay posted on as well as other incel sites, Larson wrote: “Women are objects, to be taken care of by men like any other property, and for powerful men to insert themselves into as it pleases them, and as they believe will be in women’s own interests. In most cases, their interests are aligned, as long as the man is strong. Female sex-slaves actually get a much better deal than animals, because in most cases, they are allowed to reproduce, unlike animals raised for meat or companionship.” When asked what his constituents would think about his pedophiliac writings, he said, “People are open-minded.” Larson also confirmed for Huffpo that he wrote the following on a message board, using the name Lysander: "I just want to bang my daughter, actually, but even if it were legal, I’m not sure it would happen, since i don’t have custody. After sex with kids is legalized, parents (or other guardians) will still be gatekeepers to some extent, and a lot of them will want to bang their own kids and not share with others." If that is all not disturbing enough, a look at an archived version of his website, which is no longer active, we see he articulated even more abhorrent views in what was labeled his "campaign manifesto." Calling himself a "quasi-neoreactionary libertarian," he listed a 12-point agenda. When delving into the individual points, specifically the one titled "Patriarchy," we see he supports "subordinating women as sex slaves and baby factories for their husbands," and that girls should be getting married "no later than their early teens." He also describes single women as "unowned or abandoned property, since their fathers have left them to be taken by the first comer." While urging the repeal of the repeal of the Violence Against Women Act, he states "[citizens] need to switch to a system that classifies women as property, initially of their fathers and later of their husbands." He also believes that any state funding that pays for girls and women to attend high school and college. should be abolished. Normally we would not link to a campaign manifesto as repugnant as Larson's but since it is no longer a running website, we feel it is important for Virginia voters to understand who it is that is running by seeing his own words, assertions and "heroes," such as Hitler. ( link here) In a 2015 article, we see that the now-deceased mother of Larson's child became a transgendered man, who in court documents described their relationship: "During our relationship, he was severely emotionally and sexually abusive towards me. He stated multiple times that he wanted to have sex with a child. He talked about how he would manipulate and trick the child into giving him sex, told me he wouldn't love the child if they did not have sex with him, and stated he had no interest in children other than sexual ... [He] raped me until I was pregnant and stated his intention to have sex with my child after she was born." He also admitted to raping her in an email presented as evidence. BOTTOM LINE The general consensus about Nathan Larson, from both the right and the left side of the political aisle is that he a menace, dubbed the "actual worst of the internet," over at the liberal site Wonkette, yet he has managed to obtain the 1,000 signatures needed to become a candidate in June 2018, as an Independent. He submitted those signatures to the Virginia Board of Elections in May. That means at least 1,000 people either did not know his views which includes views from the radical fringes of both the left and the right, or they knew and still supported his run. With so many being highly disappointed in both the Democratic party and the Republican party, just seeing someone running as an independent may encourage them to cast a vote against the "two" parties by voting for Larson in the June 12 primary, so it is incredibly important that voters in the district he is running in, be aware of his actual positions. 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? etc

:: 6--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Busted: Major Tucson Trafficking Camp-Ties to Clinton Foundation, Cartels and Ex-President of Mexico’s Son

The most despicable crime on the face of the earth is child sex trafficking and the global elite are involved in controlling the industry in every country. This is a byproduct of Agenda 21. This report is not for everyone to view. It is horrific, particularily the 10 minutes of video that you will be referred to. Word is spreading like wildire across Arizona. I have about 20 emails advising me of sex trafficking camps being discovered in the Tucson area along the I-19 corridor and Valencia. The MSM is totally ignoring the story, despite overwhelming evidence to substantiate the claims and the Independent is still largely unaware of this heinous discovery in Southern Arizona. The following is a typical email of what I am receiving. Hello Dave …. I came across this article video. Titus frost on his channel… About how the Arizona State Patrol and Tucson Police will not help gather up child traffickers and drug trafficking.. you would have to watch this video posted 9 hours ago to see what’s going on down in Arizona… Titus Frost in the video titled operation Backyard Brawl… Please investigate… Thank you EYEWITNESS ACCOUNT’ The following is an eyewitness account of an individual who purports to have been to one of the camps along I-19 and Valencia. The ccamp was discovered by a group associated with VOP. VOP is a group that patrols the streets and tries to rescue veterans who are homeless, drug addicted or impaired in some fashion. The VOP associated with reporting on this Sex-Trafficking camp, where children are ostensibly used and murdered, has stated that they happened, by chance, into the discovery of this camp, from intel gathered from their street operations in the search for veterans at the camp site when evidence was found that implicated the site as a child-sex trafficking site. You may find it useful, if you have touchscreen to enlarge the following to read. If you are unable to do so, I will summarize the content below the following statement. I am experiencing trouble getting many people to go on the record, although I have accessed a 3 hour video on this subject which I will reference later in this article. I realize that some of you will not be able to enlarge your computer screen to read the account regarding the sex camp. Therefore, please allow me to summarize the events detailed in the above publication, which was admittedly produced in small print: The VOP has found combs with blond hair. There are boxes with chilren’s toys and next to the toys are used condoms. Graves have been discovered. VOP anon said they stopped digging when the smell got so bad they had to stop. They need to resume the digging. Buy some gas masks and continue the work! VOP is asking for assistance with regard to getting cadavar dogs to come to the site. KGUN television in Tucson is mocking the reports of the VOP. The Tucson Police and the FBI refuse to come to the scene where the crime scene evidence was located. The property in question is owned by Cemex Construction Materials South LLC (more on the company and their associates later in the article). The Tucson Police has given VOP until Monday (today, June 4, 2018) to vacate the premises. Could this be another Bundy Ranch standoff? The VOP says they are not leaving until their work is done. Cemex has threatened to bring their own private security to remove VOP. VOP has stated that they are not leaving until the breaches in the fences are repaired so the property can be sealed off. I have seen video of restraints embedded in trees along with bone cutting saws and a Playboy magazine nearby, along with condoms. You will see a video reference to this fact in which the readers will have to link to because the video is not public for undisclosed reasons. If they are trying to conceal this report from Youtube censorship, YT will discover this, take down the video and terminate the channel. Therefore, I do not expect this video to be available much longer and you will be forced to depend on the eyewitness accounts of people, like myself, who have seen it, all of it. And I am warning you, not everyone should see this video. Even the most hardened person will have trouble viewing this material. Here is the link to the video. If you think you have the stomach to see the restraints on the trees and the Playboy magazine, you can link to it here and go the 1:52:00 – 2:02:00 mark. From: VOP Alpha Co – Team Pulaski June 2 at 1:01pm · SHARE WITH ALL TUCSON NEWS OUTLETS… In order to provide opportunity for full transparency… the dismantling of the Child Sex Camp is being postponed for 5 hrs. Come out before then. Camp will be dismantled with prison cell, all children’s items, all physical evidence of human trafficking, receipts with dates, and bags of human waste collected and delivered to DHS once catagoring is completed Monday afternoon. We are demanding a full investigation into Cemex, the Builder, and the Child Sex Trafficking. We are also demanding an investigation related to the accusation that we staged this. We will fully cooperate. You don’t have to trust that we are being honest, you have to trust God who remains 2 moves from Checkmate. #DoingItRight The post is readable and very clear. However, we have another post from a source at the scene that will require you to enlarge the text. And, again, if you cannot, I will summarize the content. This is very damaging content. The following contains a trace of Cemex’s associations and history. The Mayor Tucson is implicated by name (ie Rothschild). The Illuminati is implicated. The Federal Government is implicated and their has been at least one Federal investigation into Cemex, according to Reuters. The following is worth the time and effort to decipher. Summary of the abovementioned content: The land in question is owned by Cemex and they are a partner of the Clinton Global Initiative. Cemex is linked to Haiti through the Clinton Foundation. The report states that Cemex is a $100 million donor to the Clinton Foundation (Editor’s Note: One has to wonder if this payment was a pay for play? Read on because this speculation will make more sense). Cemex is also owned by Bronfman-Rothschilds. That would central banking head. Sara Bronfman’s husband became the head of Libya-SA trade initiative after the Clinton/Obama led overthrow of Ghadaffi. Cemex is under a US DOJ investigation according to a March 14, 2018 Reuters article. The investigation comes after the company said in December that the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) had asked it for information to determine whether it violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act in the construction of a new plant in Colombia. Editor’s Note: It is not clear what they are under investigation for. It is not clear what this “plant” in Colombia is all about. Is it tied to child-sex-trafficking? That question cannot be answered at this time because there is a media blackout on this investigation except for a brief update on May 18th by the Wall Street Journal. However, the articles did not reveal anything significant related to the specific crimes. Emillano Salinas is the son of the former President of Mexico. Salinas is an ex-member of NXIVM, the nasty Hollywood cartel with sex trafficking ties. You may recall that former Smallville actress Allison Mack who had self-admitted involvement in the controversial NXIVM organization. Salinas worked for Lazard Investments. Lazard Investments is connected to George Soros. Jonathan Rothschild is the Mayor of Tucson. I have known for years that the Pima County Sheriff is controlled by the Rothschild-Greenberg cartel. Conclusion There is no conclusion to this story, I am just getting started. I invit my associates in the Independent Media to join me in exposing this heinous activity. Stay tuned, information is flooding in. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, etc

:: 6-2-18 Info Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Quotes Bongino: Brennan a Liar, Russia Probe a Scam

Former Secret Service agent reveals parasites in DC swamp

Kit Daniels | - June 2, 2018

President Trump quoted former Secret Service agent Dan Bongino who blasted ex-CIA Director John Brennan as a “liar.” The former Secret Service agent turned radio host told Fox & Friends that Brennan had been caught lying before, and yet he keeps lying. “Not only is he a liar. He is a liar about being a liar… he has already busted lying,” said Bongino. “He said he didn’t know about the dossier.” “Yet, he briefed people up on the hill about elements of the dossier that then appeared in a letter to the FBI. He is lying. He is just making this up.” Bongino also called the Russian probe a “scam investigation,” which the president highlighted in another tweet. And on Fox & Friends, Bongino said “we are getting worked. Worked with a capital W” when it came to the total cost of Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s probe. “You are getting screwed so badly – the American people – by this sham investigation. I have never seen anything like it.” The probe has found Russian collusion, however: collusion with Democrats, Bongino pointed out. “We now know that there is Russian collusion with the Clintons and the Democrats, but Bob Mueller’s investigating Donald Trump for it, number one,” said Bongiono. “Number two, the Mueller probe team is stacked with anti-Trumpers, two of whom are lawyers. This is a fact by the way.” “I encourage anyone to look this up, who actually represented people before hand in the Clinton sphere. They represented Clintontonians involved in the case. This is a total scam. Everybody is getting worked.”   

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 6-5-18 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s so hot in Mexico right now that traffic lights are melting – Mexico City beats 99-year-old temperature record in unprecedented heat wave that has already killed 13 people

By Strange Sounds - Jun 5, 2018

Some call it the heat wave of the century! And Mexicans are being fried by temperatures reaching up to 50 °C (122°F)! It’s so hot in Mexico right now that even traffic lights are melting and a 99-year-old temperature record was beaten two days ago in Mexico City. Already 13 people have been killed by this unprecedented heat wave in different states across the country. In addition to the heat, meteorologists forecast intense storms in certain areas of the country. In Chihuahua, Nuevo León and Coahuila, wind gusts could exceed 50 kilometers per hour. It’s Hell on Earth! The heat wave is affecting the entire country of Mexico since the end of May. And this could continue longer. Today, temperatures higher than 45°C (113°F) were recorded and reported in nine states by the National Meteorological Service (SMN). Temperatures from 45°C (113°F) to 50°C (122°F) are forecast for Baja California, Sonora, Sinaloa, Michoacan, Guerrero, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas. Temperatures between 40°C (105°F) and 45°C (113°F) in areas of Baja California Sur, Nayarit, Jalisco, Durango, Zacatecas, San Luis Potosi, Hidalgo, Veracruz, Tabasco, Campeche, Yucatan and Quintana Roo. And temperatures between 35°C (95°F) to 40°C (105°F) in areas from Colima, Oaxaca, Chiapas, Aguascalientes, Guanajuato, Querétaro, Puebla and Morelos. On May 30, Mexico City experienced its hottest day in the last 99 years as thermometers reached 31.7°C (89.1°F), surpassing the historical maximum temperature of 31.2°C (88.2°F) recorded in 1919. heat wave mexico june 2018, heat wave mexico, traffic lights melt mexico, mexico heat wave 2018 news, it's so hot in mexico traffic lights are melting On May 30, Mexico City experienced its hottest day in the last 99 years. via Twitter Warm temperatures bring severe weather Intense punctual storms are forecast in Oaxaca and Chiapas; very strong storms in Michoacán and Guerrero, and strong local storms in Jalisco, Colima, Veracruz, Tabasco, Campeche, Yucatan and Quintana Roo. Strong winds are predicted with gusts exceeding 50km/h (31.6mph) and possible dust storms in Sonora, Chihuahua, Coahuila, Nuevo León and Tamaulipas. Meanwhile, a zone of instability with cyclonic potential is slowly moving off the coast of Guerrero and Michoacán, and is expected to intensify. Already 13 people have been killed in 7 different states by the unprecedented Mexican heat wave so far. Probably more to come… Always be ready!


[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-4-18 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Almost 100 Local Tribes Form Coalition to Expel US Forces From Syria - Reports

Middle East 16:08 04.06.2018(updated 16:10 04.06.2018)

The presence of US troops in Syria is escalating tensions between government forces and the Kurdish-dominated Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF), with some politicians and Syrian Army officers accusing the SDF of serving as “puppets” for the US and other western powers. In excess of 70 Syrian tribal leaders met in the Aleppo Governorate, specifically the city of Deir Hafer, over the weekend to discuss plans and coordinate with one another to remove US forces from Syria, Al-Masdar News reported on Sunday. Via a joint statement, the tribes, which are predominately Sunni Muslims, announced the formation of a coalition to oust US and French military personnel from Syria, in addition to liberating territory held by the SDF, provided Damascus is unable to negotiate a reconciliation deal with them. The tribesmen also reportedly discussed the prospect of fighting Turkish forces in northwestern Syria. The different tribes hail from various parts of Syria which are currently occupied by US-backed forces, including the oil-rich provinces of Deir ez-Zor and al-Hasakah. Although there’s been some low-level, sporadic clashes and attacks on SDF bases in northern Syria in recent months, particularly in the Raqqa Governorate, where the Popular Resistance of Raqqa (PRoR) operates, we are yet to see the launch a widescale, continuous anti-SDF operation, by either the Syrian Army or local militiamen. However, in a recent interview with RT, President Bashar al-Assad warned that a widescale anti-SDF offensive would be launched if negotiations fail. In the meantime, the Syrian Army is mobilizing and deploying forces to southern Syria ahead of a major offensive in the Deraa government, where militants control a large chunk of territory, including parts of the provincial capital. Last Friday, a military source confirmed to Sputnik reporter Suliman Mulhem that Hezbollah troops and other Iran-backed militiamen won’t be involved in the offensive, likely as part of an acceptable compromise reached with Israel via Russian mediators. 

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 6-3-18 Western Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lava Cuts Off Last Remaining Escape Route for Group of Hawaiians Stranded Without Food or Water

By Jack Davis June 3, 2018 at 2:00pm

New eruptions from the Kilauea volcano have left some Hawaii residents stranded with no electricity or running water in an area entirely cut off by lava. Hawaii Civil Defense Service officials said about a dozen people that they know of are stranded in the area, CNN reported. Phone lines and cell towers are also out in the area. “There’s no way out,” BBC correspondent Kylie Morris told viewers, according to The Express. “It’s extraordinary. I can see a road, a freeway, down there where there’s just a tiny circle that is still visible and all the rest of it completely covered up by the magma,” said Morris, who was traveling over the isolated area by helicopter. Last week, officials encouraged residents to leave and said some areas have now become off limits to rescue teams. “I can no longer ask of … police, fire, National Guard, to go in the dark of a neighborhood they don’t know, to say ‘you must get out now,'” Hawaii County Mayor Harry Kim said Tuesday. “Last night I told them I can no longer afford to put residents at risk.” Officials have said those who remain could be airlifted out if necessary. The eruption, which has destroyed 87 homes in the past four weeks, could encircle more locales, officials said, citing the community of Kapoho and MacKenzie State Park, which could be cut off soon. Residents were advised to evacuate by Friday afternoon. “They are being asked to leave. Period,” said county spokeswoman Janet Snyder. On Sunday, U.S. Geological Survey officials said lava from the volcano added a lake to the list of what has been destroyed since the volcano began erupting. On Saturday, the lava crawled into Green Lake. The Hawaii County Fire Department said the lava filled the lake and evaporated its water, AccuWeather reported. In an effort to find out what the volcano will do next, officials flew drones over its summit. Images from the drones showed cracks in the summit, according to The Express. “It’s possible that new explosions will blast through the rubble at the bottom of the vent. These may or may not be larger than the previous explosions,” said Kyle Anderson, a Hawaiian Volcano Observatory geophysicist. As if lava flows are not enough to worry about, officials said the problem of laze awaits. Laze is a deadly combination created when lava meets the sea. “Lava entering the ocean causes a chemical reaction and can result in small explosions, sending tiny particles of hydrochloric acid and volcanic glass in the air,” Jessica Johnson, a geophysicist at Britain’s University of East Anglia told USA Today. 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-4-18 The Free Thought Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Council on Foreign Relations Tells Gov’t They “Have To” Use Propaganda on Americans

A member of the Council on Foreign Relations insisted that the United States government must use propaganda on its own citizens.

By Jay Syrmopoulos - June 4, 2018

The Council on Foreign Relations delivered an Orwellian presentation recently that unsurprisingly went unnoticed in the mainstream media, in which CFR’s Richard Stengel forwarded the notion that governments “have to” direct “propaganda” at their own domestic populations. The Council is recognized as one of the United States’ oldest and most establishment think tanks of the American power-elite, and it often sets the agenda on important policy questions—or, as former senior editor at the Washington Post, Richard Harwood, in a column entitled “Ruling Class Journalists,” approvingly described the Council as, “the nearest thing we have to a ruling establishment in the United States.” Harwood admiringly wrote: “The membership of these journalists in the Council, however they may think of themselves, is an acknowledgment of their active and important role in public affairs and of their ascension into the American ruling class. They do not merely analyze and interpret foreign policy for the United States; they help make it…. They are part of that establishment whether they like it or not, sharing most of its values and worldviews.” CFR is a key cog in the hub of Washington think-tanks promoting endless war. As former Army Major Todd Pierce described, think-tanks act as “primary provocateurs” using “‘psychological suggestiveness’ to create a false narrative of danger from some foreign entity with the objective being to create paranoia within the U.S. population that it is under imminent threat of attack or takeover.” In late January 2018, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange publicized the extensive sway the Council on Foreign relations carried over U.S. mass media by Tweeting a graphic created by Swiss Propaganda Research (SPR), a research and information project on geopolitical propaganda in Swiss media, which illustrated the heavy influence CFR exercises over the media narrative delivered to the American public, i.e. domestic propaganda. The illustration of the Council’s deeply entrenched media presence is based on official membership rosters compiled by SPR, revealing the interconnectedness of CFR’s extensive mass media influence network and its main international affiliate groups—the Bilderberg Group (covering mainly the U.S. and Europe) and the Trilateral Commission (covering North America, Europe and East Asia). According to the report from Swiss Propaganda Research: Largely unbeknownst to the general public, many media executives and top journalists of almost all major US news outlets have long been members of the influential Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). Established in 1921 as a private, bipartisan organization to “awaken America to its worldwide responsibilities”, the CFR and its close to 5000 elite members have for decades shaped U.S. foreign policy and public discourse about it. As one Council member famously explained, the goal has indeed been to establish a global Empire, albeit a “benevolent” one. Stengel, a former editor of TIME magazine, told the audience at a CFR event in late April called Political Disruptions: Combating Disinformation and Fake News that governments “have to” direct “propaganda” toward their own populations. In the full video of the CFR event shown below, Stengel openly argues in favor of propaganda against U.S. citizens starting at the 1:15:26 mark in the footage. Stengel, who is a former high-level U.S. government official, head of the office for Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs at the State Department from 2013 to 2016, and a regular pundit on MSNBC, explained: Basically, every country creates their own narrative story and, you know, my old job at the State Department was what people used to joke as the ‘chief propagandist’ job. We haven’t talked about propaganda… I’m not against propaganda. Every country does it, and they have to do it to their own population, and I don’t necessarily think it’s that awful. Zero Hedge reported that Stengel’s personal bio site notes that he “helped create and oversee” the Global Engagement Center at the State Department whose official mission is to “counter propaganda and disinformation from international terrorist organizations and foreign countries” (with a “special focus on Russia”). Perhaps most ominous of all is the fact that a man who publicly says that he is “not against propaganda” on the U.S. government’s “own population“ was recently named a “distinguished fellow” as part of the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab (DFRLab). Yes, the same Atlantic Council that espouses a strongly anti-Russian agenda that is funded by Ukrainian billionaire Victor Pinchuk, who also happened to donate at least $10 million to the Clinton Foundation. Pinchuk just so happens to be the CTO and co-founder of CrowdStrike—the company used by the DNC to inspect their servers allegedly hacked by Russia, after refusing the FBI access to the same servers. Obviously, it seems to be very peculiar behavior by the DNC to refuse the FBI access to their servers, and instead rely on a private company—unless they had an ulterior motive. Consequently, the assessment by CrowdStrike was used as a basis for what eventually resulted in the appointment of Special Counsel Robert Mueller. Ironically, just two weeks ago the DFRLab announced that its team has partnered with Facebook to “monitor disinformation“ and protect elections. The DFRLab defined the new initiative as follows: The Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab today announced a partnership with Facebook to independently monitor disinformation and other vulnerabilities in elections around the world. The effort is part of an initiative to help provide credible research about the role of social media in elections, as well as democracy more generally. The Digital Forensic Research Lab is launching a partnership with Facebook to support the world’s largest community in its efforts to strengthen democracy… As if on cue, and with an utterly Orwellian feel, Facebook announced on June 2, 2018, that the user-generated “trending news” section will be replaced by a “breaking news” section—which will be comprised of 80 publications selected by Facebook—that will feed approved content to users. Facebook will essentially have complete control of the topics and narratives that are fed to their users in a clear act of social engineering, which will give the social media giant—and their political/ideological allies—the ability to directly manipulate people’s perceptions of any event. During the 2016 election, leaked internal documents from Facebook revealed that the editors in charge of the company’s “Trending News” section repeatedly discriminated against conservative articles, while promoting progressive content, which resulted in the threat of an investigation from the Senate commerce committee. The new changes were explained in a Friday announcement: Breaking News Label: A test we’re running with 80 publishers across North America, South America, Europe, India and Australia lets publishers put a “breaking news” indicator on their posts in News Feed. We’re also testing breaking news notifications. Today In: We’re testing a dedicated section on Facebook called Today In that connects people to the latest breaking and important news from local publishers in their city, as well as updates from local officials and organizations. News Video in Watch: We will soon have a dedicated section on Facebook Watch in the US where people can view live coverage, daily news briefings and weekly deep dives that are exclusive to Watch. So, when CFR is publicly advocating for the societal benefits of domestic propaganda, and Facebook is jettisoning an already meager user-generated “Trending News” section and aligning itself with an anti-Russian, Clinton-connected thinktank, Americans should be keenly aware that they are being actively propagandized, and they should work to intentionally diversify their news sources as an omnipotent mass propaganda regime is being covertly implemented. DASH cryptocurrency and The Free Thought Project have formed a partnership that will continue to spread the ideas of peace and freedom while simultaneously teaching people how to operate outside of the establishment systems of control like using cryptocurrency instead of dollars. Winning this battle is as simple as choosing to abstain from the violent corrupt old system and participating in the new and peaceful system that hands the power back to the people. DASH is this system. DASH digital cash takes the control the banking elite has over money and gives it back to the people. It is the ultimate weapon in the battle against the money changers and information controllers. If you'd like to start your own DASH wallet and be a part of this change and battle for peace and freedom, you can start right here. DASH is already accepted by vendors all across the world so you can begin using it immediately. 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 6-5-18 The Enquirer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Investor group led by Rev. Damon Lynch III awarded provisional license for medical weed shop in Cincinnati

Randy Tucker, Published 8:58 a.m. ET June 4, 2018 | Updated 10:09 a.m. ET June 5, 2018

Over 180 companies submitted applications to become medical marijuana cultivators in Ohio, and their names are just as punny as you'd expect. Kim Armstrong/The Enquirer

Two Cincinnati-based businesses, including a group of investors led by the Rev. Damon Lynch III, have been awarded provisional licenses to operate medical weed stores in Ohio. The full list of medical marijuana dispensary applicants and those eligible for licenses were posted on the website for Ohio's Medical Marijuana Control Program. Lynch, pastor of New Prospect Baptist Church in Roselawn, and eight other investors backing Green Rx LLC plan to open a 7,000-square-foot dispensary at 8420 Vine St. in Hartwell. It would be the only dispensary inside the Cincinnati city limits. Most of the Green Rx investors are African-American. The state's medical marijuana law requires regulators to issue a certain share of licenses to “economically disadvantaged” groups, although the language of the law is being challenged in court. In an earlier interview with The Enquirer, Lynch acknowledged that it might be a stretch to call his group economically disadvantaged because they had to submit a financial plan and were required to meet certain income and liquidity thresholds. But he said blacks have been historically disadvantaged in other ways, including being arrested for marijuana at a much higher rate than any other group under the Reagan administration, based on an analysis of FBI arrest data by Human Rights Watch. "If we don't participate in this burgeoning industry when we’ve been subject to the worst penalties and just sit back and let others accrue all the wealth while we’ve done all the suffering, I would say shame on us,'' Lynch told The Enquirer. In addition to Lynch's group, Care Med Associates LLC also won provisional license for a dispensary at 5149 Kennedy Ave., Columbia Township. Meanwhile, Jimmy Gould – a Cincinnati businessman who was behind Ohio's failed Issue 3 marijuana initiative in 2015 and was also denied a grower's license in a controversial decision by regulators – finally got a win. Gould was awarded preliminary licenses for dispensaries in Ohio in Monroe, Dayton, Marietta and Logan under the name CannAscend Alternative. The Ohio Board of Pharmacy, one of three state agencies regulating Ohio's Medical Marijuana Control Program, picked 56 winners from a list of 376 applicants in 28 geographic areas. Residents living near Cleveland and Columbus are poised to gain the greatest number of dispensaries with Franklin and Cuyahoga counties receiving preliminary approval for five dispensaries each. In the local region, three dispensaries were named eligible in Hamilton County, two in Butler County and one in Warren County. The retail shops will be allowed to sell edibles, oils, patches, tinctures, vaping concentrates, and other products, to medical marijuana patients with nearly two dozen qualifying conditions. However, smoking marijuana is still illegal in Ohio, and the dispensaries are banned from selling marijuana bud or flowers for smoking. "Today's announcement ends months of speculation about where patients will be able to purchase medical marijuana,'' said Thomas Rosenberger, executive director of the National Cannabis Industry Association of Ohio. "We look forward to working with the provisional license winners to provide Ohio's patients with safe access to medical marijuana.'' State law requires dispensaries to begin filling orders for Ohioans by Sept. 8 – the deadline for the state's medical marijuana program to become fully operational. But they must first be inspected by the state and granted a certificate to operate before they can open for business. Only patients and caregivers registered with the state who have received medical ID cards and recommendations from a physician will be allowed to buy from the dispensaries. So far, 89 doctors have been approved by the State Medical Board to recommend medical marijuana once the program goes live. And an online a patient registry and portal is being set up by the pharmacy board. The location of the dispensaries is key, experts say, because patients or approved caregivers will have to physically go to the dispensaries to get prescriptions filled. The more dispensaries there are in a certain geographical area the more likely patients are to have access to the right strain of weed to treat their conditions, said Robert Ryan, executive director of the Ohio Patient Network. "Just like any medicine, there's no one-size-fits-all strain,'' Ryan said. "You can’t tell a patient that this particular strain is going to be right for you. Sometimes it takes a little bit of experimentation.'' Patients living near churches or schools will have to travel the farthest. The dispensaries are prohibited from being located within 500 feet of a school, church, public library, public playground, public park or community addiction services provider. The dispensaries will join 25 large and small marijuana growers as the only businesses so far to receive approval for provisional licenses to operate in Ohio. No other marijuana businesses essential to the program have received preliminary approval, and no businesses have been fully licensed yet. Up to 40 provisional licenses for processors, or the companies that will process marijuana into edibles and other permissible forms, are pending, as well as provisional licenses for an unknown number of testing labs necessary to ensure the quality of the medical marijuana sold in the state.

A view inside 8420 Vine Street, the property that Rev. Damon Lynch III has submitted a proposal for a Marijuana Dispensary. Lynch has been named eligible for provisional licenses to operate medical weed stores in Ohio. Lynch, pastor of New Prospect Baptist Church in Roselawn, and eight other investors backing Green Rx LLC, submitted a proposal for a 7,000-square-foot dispensary at 8420 Vine St. in Hartwell. (Photo: Albert Cesare/The Enquirer) 

:: 6-4-18 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court sides with Christian baker in same-sex wedding cake case

By Alex Swoyer - The Washington Times - Monday, June 4, 2018

The Supreme Court granted a limited victory Monday to a Colorado baker who refused to make a cake for a same-sex couple, finding the state showed fierce hostility toward his Christian beliefs when it ruled that he broke the law with his refusal. But the 7-2 decision does not establish a First Amendment right to refuse services to same-sex couples and will likely lead to more tough legal questions for justices as a case involving a florist who opposes same-sex marriage hangs in the high court’s purview. Instead, the decision suggested a road map for states such as Colorado, which have public accommodation laws, to use in evaluating cases that pit First Amendment religious rights against anti-discrimination protections. Justice Anthony M. Kennedy, writing the lead opinion in the case, said states can require people to serve all customers equally regardless of sexual orientation as long as they justify it through law and don’t show animus toward religion. “The delicate question of when the free exercise of his religion must yield to an otherwise valid exercise of state power needed to be determined in an adjudication in which religious hostility on the part of the state itself would not be a factor in the balance the state sought to reach,” Justice Kennedy wrote. Justice Anthony M. Kennedy, writing the lead opinion in the case, said states can require people to serve all customers equally regardless of sexual orientation as long as they justify it through law and don’t show animus toward religion. “The delicate question of when the free exercise of his religion must yield to an otherwise valid exercise of state power needed to be determined in an adjudication in which religious hostility on the part of the state itself would not be a factor in the balance the state sought to reach,” Justice Kennedy wrote. “That requirement, however, was not met here,” he said. “When the Colorado Civil Rights Commission considered this case, it did not do so with the religious neutrality that the Constitution requires.” 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-5-18 WCAU TV 10 nbc Philadelphia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fox News Falsely Implies Praying Eagles Were Protesting and the Players Aren't Having It

By Josh Ellis | NBC Sports Philadelphia

Published 4 hours ago | Updated 2 hours ago

On Tuesday morning, Fox News ran a piece it then tweeted out, about President Donald Trump's disinviting the Eagles to the White House "due to the national anthem controversy." As the anchor delivers the story, images of Eagles players are shown on screen. The first three photos are of players Zach Ertz, Corey Clement and Jordan Matthews kneeling — but they're praying before games, not kneeling during the national anthem. The fourth is of Malcolm Jenkins and Rodney McLeod raising their fists during the national anthem, while Chris Long puts his arm around Jenkins. Ertz and Long responded on their personal Twitter accounts and accused the outlet of pushing the president's agenda with false information. And here's exactly when each photo shown was taken. The first photo shown isn't even from last season, it shows Jordan Matthews, who was traded by the Eagles prior to the 2017 season. The second photo, showing Zach Ertz and Corey Clement was taken before the Eagles played the Arizona Cardinals on Sunday, Oct. 8, 2017. Long is seen running in the background and was later photographed during the anthem with his arm around Jenkins. This photo could not have been taken during the national anthem. The third photo is of Zach Ertz from Nov. 26, 2017, kneeling before the game against the Chicago Bears. This photo was taken before the game and not during the anthem. The final photo shows Long, Jenkins and McLeod standing on the field during the anthem. The Eagles will not be going to the White House on Tuesday. Instead, they will be holding a light OTA practice as the NovaCare Complex. 

:: 6-4-18 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Throws Out Ruling Forcing Trump Admin to Help Illegal Immigrants Get Abortions

National Micaiah Bilger Jun 4, 2018 | 12:02PM Washington, DC

The U.S. Supreme Court threw out a pro-abortion ruling Monday that forced the Trump administration to help facilitate an abortion for an illegal immigrant minor. The decision is a small but important victory for unborn babies in America because it eliminates a court precedent that sided with radical abortion activists. The teenager in the case, “Jane Doe,” aborted her 16-week unborn baby in 2017 while staying in a government-run shelter for illegal immigrant minors and refugees. A federal appeals court sided with the ACLU, and forced the government to help facilitate her abortion in October 2017. However, the Trump administration appealed to the Supreme Court. The Trump administration argued it is not obliged to facilitate abortions for minors in its care, while the American Civil Liberties Union claimed every woman and girl on U.S. shores has the “right” to abort an unborn baby. On Monday, the Supreme Court rejected the lower court ruling, according to Reuters. The opinion was not signed, and there were no dissents. The high court said the matter is not debatable anymore because the teenager already aborted her baby and is no longer in federal custody. However, it also allowed other similar lawsuits to continue through the courts, the report states. The court did not grant the government’s request for disciplinary action against the ACLU lawyers. The Trump administration said the ACLU lawyers should be disciplined because they misled the government about the time of the young woman’s abortion appointment and did not allow time for an appeal prior to the unborn baby’s abortion death. Los Angeles Times reports more: The justices also took no action on the administration’s request for sanctions against ACLU lawyers. Administration lawyers had alleged the ACLU attorneys misled them by taking the young woman to see a doctor early in the morning before they could seek a stay from the Supreme Court. The ACLU disagreed and said its lawyers had reacted reasonably after a judge cleared the way for their client to have the abortion. Click here to sign up for pro-life news alerts from “On the one hand, all attorneys must remain aware of the principle that zealous advocacy does not displace their obligations as officers of the court,” the justices wrote in Azar vs. Garza. “On the other hand, lawyers also have ethical obligations to their clients and not all communications breakdowns constitute misconduct.” The 17-year-old “Jane Doe” came to the country illegally and was staying at a taxpayer-funded shelter in Texas when she requested an abortion. The shelter did not assist her, citing a new government policy that they offer life-affirming support to women and girls who are pregnant, according to Slate. According to the report, the shelter took “Jane Doe” to a pro-life pregnancy resource center instead. The ACLU said the teen did not change her mind after receiving counseling, and scheduled an abortion; however, the shelter where she was staying refused to transport her to the appointment. The ACLU sued on behalf of the teen, and after a series of appeals by the U.S. government and the ACLU, the pro-abortion legal group won in federal appeals court. The teen aborted her unborn baby the next day. Planned Parenthood, NARAL and other abortion activists celebrated the news of the unborn baby’s abortion death. In 2017 under President Donald Trump’s administration, the Office of Refugee Resettlement issued a new policy requiring that taxpayer-funded shelters for immigrants and refugees offer life-affirming support to women and girls who are pregnant. Office Director Scott Lloyd, a Trump nominee, said the shelters may not take “any action that facilitates” an abortion for unaccompanied minors without his direct approval. Lloyd said that “grantees should not be supporting abortion services … only pregnancy services and life-affirming options counseling.” Several lawsuits challenging the policy are on-going. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 6-4-18 Independent :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei orders country's atomic energy body to prepare for uranium enrichment capacity upgrade

'Tehran will attack 10 times more if attacked by enemies,' Ayatollah Khamenei says

Independent US staff and agencies 23 hours ago

Iran's Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei has ordered the country's atomic energy body to prepare for an increase in uranium enrichment capacity if a nuclear deal with world powers falls apart after the US pulled out. Tensions between Iran and the West have heightened since President Donald Trump withdrew the United States from the 2015 accord with Tehran, calling it deeply flawed. Under the deal, the Islamic Republic curbed its disputed nuclear energy programme and in return won a lifting of most international sanctions that had hobbled its economy. Last month, in its first report since the U.S. withdrawal from the 2015 nuclear deal that Israel also opposes, the UN's nuclear agency, the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) said Iran continues to stay below the maximum level of uranium the deal allows it to enrich. Ayatollah Ali Khamenei said the latest push for enrichment would still be within the terms of the deal. The agency's report also said Iran appears to be fulfilling other obligations, but is slow when it comes to “complementary access” inspections. One of Mr Trump's demands - which European allies back in principle - is negotiations to rein in Iran's ballistic missile programme, which was not covered by the nuclear deal. Iranian Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei again said this was non-negotiable. “Some Europeans are talking about limiting our defensive missile programme. I am telling the Europeans, 'Limiting our missile work is a dream that will never come true,” he said in a televised speech. Mr Trump also objected that the 2015 deal did not address Iran's nuclear work beyond 2025 or its role in conflicts in Yemen and Syria. Though committed to the deal, European powers share Trump's concerns and want broader talks with Iran to address the issues. “Our enemies have staged economic and psychological ... warfare against us and new American sanctions are part of it,” Ayatollah Khamenei told a gathering to mark the 29th anniversary of the death of Iranian revolutionary leader Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini. “Tehran will attack 10 times more if attacked by enemies ... The enemies don't want an independent Iran in the region ... We will continue our support for oppressed nations,” he said. Ayatollah Khamenei said Iran had no intention of curbing its influence in the Middle East and urged Arab youth to stand up to U.S. pressure. “Young Arabs, you should take action and the initiative to control your own future ... Some regional countries act like their own people's enemies,” he said in an allusion to US-allied Gulf Arab states who have supported rebels fighting to topple Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, a close ally of Tehran.

Reuters and Associated Press 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come

:: 6-4-18 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists realized East Antarctica has been having regular earthquakes all along

Katherine Ellen Foley June 04, 2018

For all the ways Antarctica is unique, scientists have finally realized one way in which it’s the same as every other continent on the planet: It experiences routine earthquakes. In a paper published today (June 4) in Nature Geosciences, a research team explains that over the course of 2009, there were no less than 27 earthquakes on the eastern part of the continent. Previously, only eight earthquakes had been recorded in East Antarctica since 1982—odd, considering that every land mass on Earth is actually a tectonic plate floating on ductile mantle. All land experiences routine wiggling, although most of it is undetectable without precise instruments. Geologists didn’t have a clear explanation why East Antarctica would be so still, although they theorized that perhaps it was because the weight of the ice sheet above subdued all seismic activity. “It’s no longer an anomaly,” says Amanda Lough, a seismologist at Drexel University and lead author of the study. Lough was a graduate student at Drexel while she and her team were conducting this research across the frozen landscape. At first, she says, she and her team were surprised to see so many earthquakes. There was “quite a bit of checking to make sure that they were real events and that we had located them accurately,” she says. The reason for the sudden spike? Seismic activity didn’t actually go up; it’s just that no one was looking for it before. Lough and her team received funding to carry out a broad mission of collecting any seismic activity on East Antarctica starting in January 2009, thanks to money from International Polar Year—a perennial event in which governments around the world agree to supersize funding to scientists studying the Arctic and Antarctic. There have only been four International Polar Years in history. This one ran for more than a year, from March 2007 through March 2009, giving scientists two summers to collect data (winter in the poles is completely inhospitable). Before that, the last one had been in 1957. International Polar Years are important because everything in Antarctica is expensive, Lough explained. In addition to special-ordering equipment to withstand the cold, everything and everyone needs to be flown in on charter flights or shipped in. In addition to researchers, teams need support staff like camp managers and cooks. Understandably, researchers come together on massive teams to try to get as much done as they can while they have the extra cash flow. And so, at the start of 2009, Lough and her team put out 26 seismometers in the snow. The following year, they came to collect them. The team found no less than 27 earthquakes, all of which were between 2.1 and 3.9 on the Richter scale—all of which are classified as “minor” or below by geologists, and most of which probably couldn’t be felt. The East Antarctic plate is a stable part of a tectonic plate called a craton, similar to the Canadian Shield, which ranges from Quebec to the Northwest Territories, or the US midwest. The findings from the study don’t have a ton of implications for future work—no one expects East Antarctica to suddenly erupt in seismic activity. But it’s another step toward understanding the most mysterious continent on the planet.

Correction: This post has been updated to reflect the nature of the mantle. 

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 5-29-18 News with views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastors To Blame For America’s Downfall

May 29, 2018 Read More Articles by Rev. Austin Miles

Back in the 40’s church pastors had a certain mystique for those who knew who they were and observed them. Vandalism to any church was considered unthinkable. First of all, a church was considered a sacred place even to those who did not believe. Churches kept their doors open 24 hours a day so people could come in at any hour and pray or simply think quietly. Even the hardest of hearts would not even THINK of vandalizing or stealing from a church. What was the secret of this invisible protective power surrounding the pastor and even an empty church that kept everyone on their best behavior? Simple, it was the consistent moral behavior of those devoted men at all times. Preachers, please take note. We are not supposed to be like very body else. We are set apart. We don’t yell and scream at someone, ogle a female, or have a drink to prove that we’re just one of the guys, or ‘just like everyone else.’ That would be hurtful to any minister, especially this one, if that were said about me. No we are not, nor were we intended to be ‘just like everyone else.’ People will try to tempt you to be “one of the guys.” Don’t fall for it. Years ago when I was in my preteens, a very popular pastor in town was Reverend Zapp (first name lost in the dustpan of history), a Methodist minister back when that church was a church. Rev. Zapp became a member of the Shriners, beginning with the Masonic Lodge. I personally was not in favor of that since the Masons take a sideways approach to Christianity. But he was a member. One day he walked in the Shriners Club, and the whole room came alive to greet him as he came through the doors. Then some wise acre said, “Hey preacher, how ‘bout buying us all a drink.” “Sure,” Rev. Zapp replied, “Bartender, give everyone here a cup of coffee….on me.” Everybody of course laughed but with that laugh came new respect. So he still remained, ‘set apart.’ With the respect of preachers and the churches and the positive way they presented themselves in public, the public itself made sure their own conduct was above reproach, wherever they went. They didn’t want the town preacher to see them going into a burlesque show or a bar. This rubs off on the community. Everyone had a respect for the pastors, since they no doubt walked with God. They never compromised, but were always approachable and friendly. They lived what they represented. And Christians, YOU are sometimes the only Bible anyone reads. With that mystique, simply for living your testimony and stated beliefs, this also creates a bit of fear along with the respect. In other words, people are often challenged simply by being in the vicinity of a minister. And that is not a bad thing if it keeps us on our toes. A minister’s presence should be a healthy challenge to everyone they interact with. Indeed, notice how any man who is a respectable man with unwavering integrity who moves in confidence and in authority at all times will automatically be shown courtesy and respect. I remember back in high school, when young men did not know what to do with their raging hormones, and most every girl was mentally undressed by these little bucks on the prowl. That is, except for one whom I will never forget. His name was Jimmy Sanders. He was a very good looking Irish boy who played basketball, had a beautiful tenor Irish voice and sang in assemblies and special programs. Once I walked into the gym as the players were practicing. A very cute curvy girl in shorts, walked by the team. Everyone looked her up and down fantasizing ‘what it would be like with her.’ That is with the exception of one handsome young man, Jimmy Sanders, who also went to church every week. He kept his eyes straight ahead with no lewd looks. And what’s more, he was very popular and well liked by everybody. Yes, it impressed me too, very much so. I too wanted to be known and respected. And here was a living illustration as to how to achieve that. And Jimmy Sanders was an example to me all my school life. He would become a professional singer last we heard. I do know that back then, in the 40’s, life was much more peaceful and enjoyable. Rarely was a preacher busted for not keeping his zipper activated, misusing church funds or being seen with nefarious people and taking part in their activities. And certainly not partnering with Planned Parenthood, a horrific baby killing factory. And yes, this was the way it was until the 1960’s, when Billionaire Communist George Soros stirred up the “question-authority” movement, which promoted free love everywhere and drugs to get smashed out of reality. Until then the churches had healthy attendances on Sunday mornings and any other time a church activity was planned. The 60’s uproar did not just happen spontaneously, Think about it. How could every teenager to early 20’s, all over America, suddenly, at the same time, get the same idea, to leave their walk-up apartments and cover every city and town with chaos like a huge blanket? Greenwich Village became Hippie Town. This was not a spontaneous movement, but was all carefully planned, organized and implemented. People were PLACED in the various churches to sabotage the pastor and his message along with the people of the congregation. Yep, money talks. Are you aware that years ago, George Soros managed to get inside the Vatican? Yes he did, is still there, and has been shaping the Catholic Church ever since. How else could one explain Pope Francis? Nobody had any idea who he was until suddenly he was paraded to the center of the College of Cardinals who had ‘voted’ him in as the new pope. So it is true. Money not only talks but conquers. This writer had absolutely no knowledge of him even being in The College of Cardinals. He was placed there by Soros. This new ‘pope’ then said to us, now get this, “the first thing I intend to do is to Redistribute the Wealth.” That is right out of the Book of Marx. It did not take long to realize that the so-called Pope Francis is an out and out Communist. He has scuttled many of the sacred Catholic doctrines and recently told a young homosexual who had come to him; “God made you homosexual and that you should simply enjoy and accept your life.” The churches in Europe are some of the most beautiful in the world. However I never saw one with more than a hand-full of people on Sunday mornings. The Salvation Army Church in Oslo, was one of the only ones that was full. The other churches don’t worry about collections. A mandatory church tax is imposed on everyone to keep the churches open. But the pastors, were highly respected, and when I spent time in Europe (before the Muslim invasion) the people were well behaved. In Switzerland, a woman pointed out a man going into a store, and stated to me that he was a pastor. She went on to say that he was very well educated and well respected in the community. He was invited to speak to the schools and other gatherings because of his intellect and wisdom. Meanwhile, churches in America were mostly filled on Sunday mornings. Then, the 60’s brought in disrespect for ALL authority and especially targeted the churches. And they were able to persuade pastors that their messages are no longer relevant for today, that we are living in a whole new age, and that his messages needed to be updated or the church will go downhill. The pastor’s began watering down the Gospel so as to not offend anyone with the sin question. The pastors began acting in worldly ways, not living like a Pastor in words, deeds or overall carriage. And crime began to rise. To be conned into “fitting in with the world,” torpedoed their moral authority. This of course, disturbed citizens, causing their respect for pastors to diminish. And as they coasted downhill, they picked up speed. This was fatal. When the respect was there due to the proper conduct of all pastors, crime was not a major event. When pastors were persuaded to be like everyone else, and began acting like it, the crime rates began to rise, indeed even churches began to be vandalized and robbed. Church doors had to be double locked when no services were scheduled. Out and out public attacks on Christianity, the church and Jesus Christ Himself began to climb with a new boldness of atheists, the sexually confused and criminals, Pastors’ began promoting sexual deviance, defiling marriage as proclaimed by God and began, of all things, doing “wedding ceremonies” for same sex couples. They allowed LGBT folk to become workers in the church, even ordaining some as pastors. All of this which angers God. Then some joined in providing “blessing services” to the baby murder factory, Planned Parenthood, which brutally kills babies about to be born who are simply “inconvenient” for the parents. More and more pastors were caught in adultery with many pastors being charged with sexual harassment by…women…and men. This made a splotch on the whole church and pastors were no longer a figure of respect and authority. People in general became argumentative, rude, and disrespectful to one another. Life morphed into a chaotic free-for-all. Lawlessness was able to take over and kept all people on edge. Confused people became weak. The Soros’ Communists’ became bolder as church attendance began to drop away. A peaceful everyday life evolved into violent unrest. Any why? Pastors had simply abdicated their authority, integrity, moral compass and then manipulated the Gospel. This is why our lives are what they are today. Had the pastors been totally dedicated to the truth of God and held their pulpits throughout the years, and not been so weak as to be influenced by people like George Soros, America, would be a much better place today. So the headline reads: Pastors to Blame for America’s Downfall and that is no exaggeration. This is exactly what has taken place. Pastors would not man their pulpits, were not as totally dedicated as they should have been. How could Soros convince them to water down the Gospel of Jesus Christ? Money, women, and recognition. The greatest weakness of mankind. Three of the devil’s most effective weapons. Most pastors today are corrupt. Yes, MOST. However we still have enough true ministers that we call, Remnant Pastors, to turn this series of events around. These are Faithful, true men of God. They can be found. Let us strive to get together, and work together to reclaim our pulpits and drive out the fakes. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5-29-18 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Electronic license plates hit Bay Area, allow for custom message, GPS tracking

Traceable electronic license plates will likely become the new norm on every vehicle as government bureaucrats push for a total and complete police state technocracy

By Shepard Ambellas - May 29, 2018 @9:32 am, Tue

SACRAMENTO (INTELLIHUB) — Reviver Auto will be the first to market electronic license plates in the state of California which will allow for the vehicle’s administrator to display custom messages and track the vehicle’s location. However, the technology appears to be a dual-edged sword, to some extent, as it may also be extremely advantageous for select businesses, law enforcement agencies, and those in the private sector who feel a need to monitor the whereabouts of a specific vehicle, its driver, and/or its passengers at any given time. The pricey plates will retail at Bay Area dealerships for $699 as part of a Department of Motor Vehicles pilot program that’s aiming to make those old yearly stick-on tags a thing of the past, as users of the new technology will be allowed to update their vehicle registrations online which may be more convenient. Although, such convenience will come with a monthly fee of $7, which comes to $84 yearly. In terms of the unit, much like electronic pad or eBook, each unit comes equipped with its own data processing and storage chips, an Internet up-link, and a battery which enables the vehicle displaying the plate to then be tracked in real time. According to a report out of the Sacramento Bee: “Under the pilot program rules, the state can allow up to one-half of 1 percent of the state’s 35 million vehicles — or about 175,000 vehicles — to use the plates during the test period.” Right now about 120 vehicles in the state are equipped with the new electronic plates but the number is expected to steadily rise as the demand increases. At least 24 of the 120 vehicles equipped with the new plate system are government-operated. The city of Sacramento has become the first city in the United States to test out the new technology which the city is now using on its 24 vehicle in-house fleet. 

:: 5-28-18 Blacklisted News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Whole Foods Quietly Halts GMO Labeling Requirements

Published: May 28, 2018 Source: Brandon Turbeville

A year after Whole Foods was acquired by internet retail giant Amazon, the food company is backing off its commitment to ensuring that food suppliers inform the consumer and the store itself if their food products contain GMOs. There is some confusion about the decision by Whole Foods to walk back on its commitment but one thing is for sure – it is walking back. It an email sent by Whole Foods President and Chief Operations Officver A.C. Gallo announced that the company is pausing its GMO Food labeling requirements. The requirements, which were scheduled to take effect on September 1, would have required that suppliers disclose on their packaging whether or not their products contained genetically modified ingredients. The requirements, which were announced five years ago, were three months away from being implemented. As Business Insider reports, In a copy of the announcement obtained by The New Food Economy, Gallo and two vice presidents write that the pause is a response to suppliers' concerns about having to comply with two competing sets of rules: Whole Foods' own GMO labeling requirements, and rules newly proposed by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), which are currently open for public comment. "As the USDA finalizes the federal regulation in the coming months and the food industry assesses the impact, we do not want our Policy to pose further challenges for you and your business," the letter reads. All this begs a question: is Whole Foods softening its commitment to GMO-labeling transparency? The confusion is understandable. As currently proposed, the USDA policy would make several substantive changes to the way GMOs have traditionally been defined by the food industry — starting with the terminology itself. The government's preferred nomenclature is "bioengineered" (BE), which only refers to a food that has had another organism's genes spliced into it by a process called transgenesis. Other types of genetic modification, including some produced by gene-editing tools like CRISPR, would not need to be labeled. As currently written, Whole Foods' requirements would be more stringent than the proposed USDA rules in at least two significant ways. First, USDA has suggested letting companies label BE ingredients by QR code, meaning that customers would need to be directed to a website via smartphone to find out what's in their food — a method that has been criticized as a cumbersome extra step. Whole Foods has never planned to allow QR codes to count as GMO disclosures, Project Nosh reports. Second, USDA rules contain perplexing carveouts for meat products, which are regulated under a different system, as explained here and here. Whole Foods now faces a choice: It can move forward with its original plan, or defer to the government's less comprehensive new rules. The company has the ability to be clearer and more stringent than the federal regulations, requiring all foods that might contain genetically modified ingredients to say as much. Deferring to USDA rules would, instead, require only that some GMO-containing products are labeled as such — likely a sore point for non-GMO advocates, and not necessarily great for the Whole Foods brand. It would mean that a company that's long claimed the moral high ground would be no more transparent, as far as GMO labeling goes, than any other grocery store. The chain’s new position is in direct contrast to the one it announced five years ago in 2013 when co-CEO Walter Robb said in a statement that “We are putting a stake in the ground on GMO labeling to support the consumers’ right to know.” Unfortunately, Whole Foods has pulled up the stake on their promise. It remains to be seen how much the corporation will be hurt by this move since a sizeable portion of their customer base is opposed to consuming GMOs. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 5-28-18 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Citizens Fight Back as City Fines and Arrests Them for Cracked Driveways, Improperly Stacked Firewood

May 28, 2018 By Jack Burns

Doraville, GA – A city has been named as a defendant in a lawsuit from residents who claim that they have received tickets and have even been threatened with arrest and sentenced to court-ordered probation for the crime of having a cracked driveway, chipped paint on their houses, and overgrown vegetation or improperly stacked firewood in their yards. Hilda Brucker, a 25-year-resident of Doraville, said she was placed on criminal probation for “Rotted wood on house and chipping paint on fascia boards,” “High weeds in backyard and ivy on tree and vines on house,” and a “Driveway in a state of disrepair,” according to the lawsuit against the city. The town is being accused of setting up its own court with the city attorney acting as prosecutor and judge. Code enforcement officials, in conjunction with local law enforcement fine residents for such infractions. In essence, the town has transformed itself into a giant homeowners’ association where the only major difference is that the town has the power to place code violators in jail. The plaintiffs in the lawsuit claim the reason the city is comporting as judge, jury, and executioner over petty yard issues is that the town’s budget is driven largely by expected ticketing revenue. In other words, the town allegedly worked into the budget revenue spending over $3 million based solely on the prospect of being able to issue traffic citations, code violation citations, etc. Brucker said she was forced to pay a $100 fine and was placed on a 6-month probationary prison sentence. She even had to pay her $100 to her probation officer, not the town of Doraville directly. Terms of her probation for the violations included, “reporting to a probation officer, avoiding alcoholic intoxication, and cooperating with code enforcement upon request.” If the allegations are true, a citizen’s constitutional rights have been infringed upon solely because her home and yard were displeasing to a town official. Now, the city is stepping into her private life by claiming she should be limited in the amount of alcohol she can drink, and if she breaks the terms of her probation, she could possibly face prison time. Plaintiff Jeffery Thornton was also charged with code enforcement violations for having a woodpile behind his home. He used the wood for campfires and for his woodworking hobby but code calls for any wood to be cut to 4x4x8-foot pile dimensions. When code enforcement officials came to his home they ticketed him for the way he kept his wood and for having a screen leaning against his home. When Thornton failed to appear in court—he said he was never notified of the fines—an arrest warrant was issued for him. After going to the Doraville Municipal Court, he was placed on trial for his wood pile and found guilty. Thornton was then fined $1,000. After telling the judge he could not afford to pay, the judge reduced the fine to $300 and placed him on 12 months of probation. But when he still couldn’t pay, all the charges against him were dropped. His attorneys allege that the charges, the arrest warrant, the trial, the fines, and the probation were all about getting money and not about keeping anyone safe. Even though Doraville has just over 8,000 residents, its municipal court sees 15,000 cases per year, which typically brings in revenue in excess of $3 million—$1 million from traffic tickets alone. The city criminalizes violators of its city code with misdemeanors, a fine of $1,000 and the potential of spending a year in jail. Its town attorney acts as prosecutor and judge, and the revenue brought in by fining and ticketing its residents makes up 30 percent of the city’s annual budget. It has even been reported that Doraville’s police officers write up to 40 traffic tickets per day! And because 46 percent of the town’s budget goes to fund the police department, the plaintiffs’ attorneys allege that the town—as well as the police—have been “incentivized” to go after residents. On average, the residents reportedly pay $900 per person in fines per year. When residents cannot pay, their assets are confiscated and sold at auction by way of civil asset forfeiture. According to the lawsuit, the plaintiffs allege that the police are working in conjunction with the town to bilk its residents out of their hard-earned money. They are asking the U.S. District Court to declare the city of Doraville’s budgeting practices, its court system of generating revenue, and its practice of policing for profit, unconstitutional and a violation of their Fourteenth Amendment rights to Due Process. They are also seeking a monetary fine of $1. If the plaintiffs win in court, Doraville will have to readjust its budget NOT to include code violations, criminal citations, fines, and traffic tickets. In other words, they just want the U.S. court to step in and put an end to the judicial and police tyranny that exists in the town. In their minds, enough is enough! Unfortunately, practices such as the ones seen in the city of Doraville are not uncommon. An elderly couple in St. Peters, Missouri, was forced to plant turf grass on their lawn, even though the wife was allergic to it; and a man in Dallas, Texas, was threatened with fines for not mowing his grass while he was in the hospital, recovering from burns he received after a gas leak resulted in an explosion in his home. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

:: 5-29-18 Seven :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When the SHTF People Will Start Panicking And Looting: 72 Items That Will Disappear First When The SHTF

May 29, 2018 sevenpod Comment(0)

There are many “xx items that go first after SHTF” lists out there on the internet. Most are the same old outdated stuff rehashed over and over. Some are just terrible, written by bloggers looking for something else to write, and some are decent but usually contain items specific to one scenario or another that may not apply to other situations. Eventually everything will be gone if you wait long enough, but if you look at actual events such as a major hurricane here in the USA, the Greece financial meltdown, the collapse of USSR, the war in Syria, the situation in Venezuela, or any poor country that has been hit by a major disaster you’ll quickly see a pattern of items that disappear at the very beginning of a panic buying rush. I have tried to condensed this pattern down to only 72 items and categorized them, here they are in no particular order. Food & Supplies Bottled Water will be the first to go without fail. Canned Foods. People will just shove them into their carts without even looking at the labels. Another good barter item. Rice, Beans, Wheat, Flour and Yeast. All these basic ingredients will be traded in mass and quickly hoarded. Other grains whether marked for human or animal consumption will be hoarded quickly. Water Filters/Purifiers including bleach will be impossible to find after the first few days. Charcoal. Anyone without access to firewood will begin hoarding this immediately as they will see it as the only way to cook their food. Deer and wild game may be shot and wiped from your local area quickly. This is a heavily debated topic but at the very least all the non-hunters trampling through the woods will make them harder to find. Chickens, goats, cows, pigs and all other other forms of livestock will be worth their weight in gold, if not more. They will be hidden, hoarded, stolen, slaughtered, traded and sold quickly. Cooking Oils will go fast. They can also be used to make oil lamp Milk, both powdered and condensed. Salt is a precious and portable commodity. Salt has long been a cornerstone of economies throughout history. Greek slave traders often bartered salt for slaves, giving rise to the expression that someone was “not worth his salt.” Roman legionnaires were paid with salt—salarium, the Latin origin of the word “salary.” It is a vital nutrient and is used to preserve meat. At less than $.40 a pound salt makes a great barter item to stock up on, especially if it goes back to its pre-modern prices. Cast iron pots and dutch ovens are long lasting and are made to be used over an open fire.

Gardening Supplies such as seeds, books, and tools.

Canning supplies including the jars, lids, pressure cookers, pectin, and other supplies. Most stores do not many canning supplies (even walmart has at best one shelf full?) so just a small handful of people could easily clean out an entire store.

Jerky and other long lasting meats. Could snappin’ into a slim-jim save your life? Doubt it, I think roadkill has more nutrients (and more meat).

Teas, Coffee, Gatoraide and Koolaides. Instant, ground, bagged, and the pouches will go fast but not as fast as other items.

Medicine & Health

Hygiene supplies such as shampoo, toothbrushes and toothpaste, feminine hygiene products, mouthwash, floss, etc

First aid kits

OTC meds. Tylenol, Advil, cold & flu, cough syrup. Caffeine and sugar withdrawals are going to make everyone feel like crap at first. Expect heavy pain reliever use the first few weeks (especially for headaches and general soreness).

Toilet Paper, Kleenex, Toilet Paper, Paper Towels, and Toilet Paper. Did I mention toilet paper?

Vitamins and Herbal Supplements. Taking a daily vitamin could mean the different between surviving comfortably or dying from a nutrient deficiency disease such as scurvy.

Wine/Liquors will not be on the shelves for long. They are also good bartering tools, can be used medicinally, and are useful for making many herbal medicines (vodka is good for this).

Gas masks, if they can be found, will fly off the shelves because of tear gas etc, and for the non-preppers, the “cool factor” of having a piece of actual survival gear will compel them to grab one.

Baby/Toddler Supplies Things like formula, cloth diapers, wash cloths, and even cheap toys can mean a lot as barter items if you do not need them yourself.

More Advanced Surgical and Medicinal Items. I’m dealing mostly with store bought items in this list but hospitals, urgent care, and veterinary clinics will be cleaned out quickly once they are shut down.

Camping & Outdoor


Guns, cleaning kits, ammo, misc hunting and camping supplies. Pretty much anything in hunting and camping isles will be cleaned out and gone almost immediately.

Flashlights, lanterns, and glowsticks. And don’t forget the batteries or fuel.

Bow saws, axes and hatchets, wedges, machetes, hunting knives, sharpening stones and honing oil.

Fishing supplies/toolsHunting wild game requires more knowledge than fishing. Everyone knows or can quickly learn how to fish.

Camo and hunting clothes, kevlar body armor.

Bug traps and sprays, and mice traps. mmmmm, rat stew.

Tarps, plastic rolls, stakes, duct tape, twine, nails, rope, hammers and spikes or anything that can be used to fasten down something or improvise an shelter.

Survival and medical related magazines, books and guides. All those lacking even the basic skills needed to grow food and survive will look for any information available.

Wagons, wheelbarrows and carts (including shopping carts) will become a great way to transport things around.

Gasoline Containers or anything that could be a gas or water container.

Lumber and other building supplies.

Clothes pins/line/hangers are often overlooked but important prepping items. They make life without a washing machine and dryer much easier.

Insulated ice chests are half decent makeshift baskets and can keep items from freezing in the winter.

Gloves. Gloves, gloves, and more gloves. They can keep you warm and protect your hands.

Work boots, belts, blue jeans, thick socks.

Cold weather clothing and weather clothing. Look for wool or polyester. Avoid cotton in the winter.

Have you ever thought about living without electricity, internet or mobiles? We can guarantee that the majority of our readers can never imagine this kind of scenarios.

However, there are chances that this type of conditions arises in your life due to flooding, tornadoes, draught or even war.

How could you survive in this type of dangerous condition? We believe you should stay prepared by learning the essential skills needed to deal with these disasters, watching this video

Household Odds & Ins

Candles Lots of them, but unscented and long burning. Stocking up on scented candles can be a real mistake. That fresh linen smell or peppermint orange will really get annoying after several weeks of daily use.

Bleach. Make sure you get plain, NOT scented: 4 to 6% sodium hypochlorite bleach. Read the labels because, yes, you will be using this to purify your drinking water.

Knives & Sharpening tools are worth mentioning on their own. Carbon steel knives are better than stainless. Sharpening stones are a must. Possibly the best all around knife you could ever buy is a high carbon steel Mora knife ($10 on Amazon with free shipping). The material is harder than stainless steel and they have a Scandinavian grind that makes them extremely sharp, durable, and even easier to resharpen than most knives.

Backpacks, Duffel Bags. Don’t miss this. Everyone in your house should have at least one good quality good backpack or even a hiking bag. Hauling, supply runs, and bugging out are some of their many uses. Duffle bags might be cheaper but are a real pain to walk with compared to a backpack.

Large garbage cans and garbage bags can be used for trash, storage, water collection, hauling goods etc. Garbage bags have dozens and dozens of uses, the thick 55 gallon size being the best.

Cleaning and disinfecting supplies

Paper, pads, pencils, sharpeners, pens, and solar calculators

Sleeping Bags, Blankets, Pillows, Mats and Inflatable Mattresses. A manually operated handheld pump is a must if you want an inflatable mattress.

Buckets of all sizes and shapes. They will be used extensively. You never know how bad you need a container until you do not have one.

Plastic Wrap and Insulation

Glue, duct tape, nails, nuts, bolts, screws

Portable Toilets or 5 gallon bucket toilet lids.

Weapons, not just guns and ammo but also pepper spray, knives, clubs, bats, tasers, slingshots, pellet rifles.

Washboards, plungers, mop buckets with a wringer for your laundry.

Aluminum foil. The regular and heavy duty kinds can be used for cooking and to harness some power from the sun for purifying water and cooking.

Brooms, shovels, rakes, pitchforks, pick axes, hoes, general gardening tools.

Animal Control Products such as cage traps, dog collars and runners, etc.

Other Items Worth Having

Bibles. 83% percent of Americans identify themselves as Christians, and many more will find their religion when the SHTF. Bibles will be in demand and can be used to barter items. A box of 100 small Bibles cost about $20.

Prescription medications. How will you continue your medications without a pharmacy?

Duct Tape and Electrical Tape can fix just about anything.

Bicycles with tires, tubes, repair kits, pumps, chains, etc Bikes will become extremely valuable as they are the most efficient method of transportation.

Hand pumps & siphons for gas, water, oil.

Cigarettes A good bartering item, but salt is probably a better one.

Generators will fly off the shelves. Buy now cause nothing will be available when they are needed. Options include solar, gas, diesel, propane, and kerosene. Generators are loud and people will kill over generators.

Seasoned Firewood seasoned for 6 – 12 months.

Lighters, matches, flint and steel fire starters, fire pistons A good rule of thumb is get 3x more than you think you will need. And just in case you never heard of fire piston, it is a handheld device that can start a fire with just air, so it makes a great addition to any plan.

Batteries Buy all sizes and look at the expiration dates. Rechargeable batteries are ideal but more costly. Don’t forget about 12v car batteries and solar recharger stations.

Solar Power Most people cannot go full solar but a basic (and portable) system could be built for a few hundred dollars and could power a few basic necessities when necessary.

Smoke house and a root cellar can be invaluable for processing and storing food.

Gold and Silver will be the new currency when things begin to settle but not so much during an ongoing situation. Gold and silver coins don’t matter much when you have no food.

Motorcycles cheap(er), easy to maintain and gas goes a long way.


Extra items worth mentioning

A good manual or belt operated grain grinder would be a valuable tool. Put together a bug out bag (BOB) for every member of your family and set up multiple meeting areas around your neighborhood.

Walkie Talkies are great but remember to buy rechargeable batteries and a solar battery charger. Print out or copy any important documents you may need (especially ones online) now instead of later. Build any buildings you need ,such as a smoke house or root cellar, now instead of later. Stock up on some motor oil, it can be used to lubricate and protect metal items and tools.

Final Thoughts

These items will become so much more valuable after a SHTF situation happens, so now is the time to stock up on these things before something was to happen.

Think about when a hurricane is heading towards the United States. How quick does water, bread and other supplies sell out? When the SHTF people will start panicking and looting. All these items will be gone super quick so this is very important to go ahead and get some of these items. Plus they are good for bartering. So win-win. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 5--18 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Content with Loss of Freedom

Is it true that natural born citizens no longer cherish their personal freedom? What about the hordes of immigrant refugees that flock across our borders, do they have a desire to embrace the goals set down by the Founding Fathers or are these principles foreign to their mindset? Freedom is a concept that has many meaning to different peoples. However, the essence of historic and traditional freedom is always consistent with the way the individual is treated by the government that claims jurisdiction over their citizenship. Today, being a legal citizen matter little in a society that refuses to defend its borders and opens the floodgates to aliens who have as much in common with descendants of the original thirteen colonies as a transplant from a different galaxy. Freedom shares the same definition as obscenity. When Supreme Court Justice Potter Stewart stated, "I know it when I see it", he inadvertently provided a clue on how to view freedom. Sadly, society pushes the former, while extinguishing the latter. Look no further than to the Gallop Poll, Americans Less Satisfied With Freedom. "Fewer Americans are satisfied with the freedom to choose what they do with their lives compared with seven years ago -- dropping 12 percentage points from 91% in 2006 to 79% in 2013. In that same period, the percentage of Americans dissatisfied with the freedom to choose what they do with their lives more than doubled, from 9% to 21%." Definitive assessments as to the nature of a national issue, seldom reached by taking a sample of public sentiment, can be valuable as a gauge of trends and direction of attitudes. Expressing doubt regarding prospects for a better future is significant. If the chances for upward mobility are bleak, the unwashed masses will do little to clean up the social, political and economic system and demand that the country returns to an opportunity society. The courageous publisher of The American Dream, Michael Snyder, always reliable for insightful information and inferences, makes important points in the article, 79 Percent Of Americans Are Completely Okay With The Current Level Of Tyranny. "If most people believe that everything is "just fine", then our leaders are going to feel free to keep doing the same things that they have been doing. That is why it is so frustrating that so many American "sheeple" appear to be so apathetic about the loss of our freedoms and our liberties." Remember that Mr. Snyder uses the same Gallop Poll in his essay. By stating that "The good news is that Gallup has asked this question many times before, and over the years the percentage of Americans that are satisfied with the level of freedom in this country has been going down", may seems to give hope that Americans are starting to wake up. Nonetheless, the accurate brilliance from his appraisal comes from the negative reality, "The bad news is that most of the country still appears to be deeply asleep. Our liberties and freedoms are eroding with each passing day, and most Americans simply do not care." Read the entire list in his column and judge for yourself. How you react to the litany of lost freedoms tells more about you than any poll will ever say about the current attitudes. The glass half full has become a mug with a broken bottom. Cut to the end game and watch the short video, The NDAA Explained in 3 Minutes. Here is the challenge for any person who claims to calls themselves an American. If you can live with the tyrannical destruction of individual legal protections, encapsulated within the NDAA draconian despotism, respond with your argument and justification. BREAKING ALL THE RULES will publish your defense of the police state, as written. Our position is clear and emphatic. Maintaining the facade of government legitimacy in the face of brutal and systemic destruction of individual rights is untenable in any country that claims freedom is alive and administered fairly. Lest we forget, LIBERTY is a far greater and nobler foundation for government than mere arbitrary lack of restrictions. Yet the establishment half-truths from that same Gallop Poll would have you believe: "The decline in perceived freedom among Americans could be attributed to the U.S. economy. Many Americans continue to lack confidence in the economy and see it as one of the biggest problems facing the country. On the other hand, there are signs that Americans' attitudes toward the economy are improving. Compared with the days after the economic recession, Americans are feeling better about the national economy, spending habits in the U.S. have nearly recovered, and U.S. self-reported job creation has rebounded, if not improved." Obviously, the man on the street does not need to hear that the economy is drowning. Review the business articles on Negotium and Corporatocracy for case studies on the numerous assaults upon genuine free enterprise, from crony capitalism and collectivist statism. More closely to the truth, Gallop continues: "Among Americans, perceptions of widespread corruption in their government have been generally increasing over the past seven years. Perceived widespread corruption in the U.S. government could be on the rise for several reasons, including the significant media attention on issues such as the IRS targeting of conservative groups and the National Security Agency leaks. Americans not only feel that the U.S. government is performing poorly, as demonstrated by record-low congressional approval ratings, but they also report that the U.S. government itself is one of the biggest problem facing the country today." Such loss in freedom is self-evident, under corrupt bipartisan administrations for decades, which has become the rule. Still, the public has not achieved a critical mass of outrage and while dissatisfaction is growing, rebellion now characterized as an act of terror, is not an option for most lethargic vassals. The apathy of contaminated water comes from a much deeper cause than just fluoridated additives. The responsibility of civic duty does not mean blind obedience, especially when Bill of Right guarantees are routinely swept away. Often the popular culture treats civil liberties as the sole dimension of the left. This treatment ignores the actual foundation for individual freedom that is rooted in Conservative Civil Liberties. "The essence of conservative civil liberties links the relationship that all natural rights are bestowed with the ability for moral conduct by way of an orderly system that protects the exercise of individual rights. All the confusion about authentic conservatism and the misleading emphasis that civil liberties are the bailiwick of progressives, ignore the intellectual underpinnings of the traditional defenders of our heritage." It is because governments on every level of jurisdiction, ignore or worse yet, conspire to eradicate the common law that our once proud nation has sunk into the cesspool of authoritarianism. Another vocal voice for freedom, the Washingtons Blog, provides a valuable resource on information in analyzing the Bill of Rights, Americans Have Lost VIRTUALLY ALL of Our Constitutional Rights. Take the time to examine the long record of betrayal. So why do the vast majority accept the loss of freedom? Simply put, most Americans are cowards. Yes, the majority prove they are stupid by choice, but how do you explain when someone understands the depraved application of illicit authority and does nothing to resist? Fear of reprisals is an incomplete answer for those who want to find an easy way out of confronting the lack of self-respect in the hearts and souls of anyone who just sits back and watches the uninterrupted march into oblivion. If you listen to the idiocy form NeoCon John McCain that, "please remember there’s nothing nobler than serving a cause greater than your own self-interest", or Skull and Bones - George W. Bush, "someday understand what it means to serve a cause greater than self", you are a sucker for the pious and sanctimonious preaching of a Statist worshiper. The correct viewpoint against the supremacy of the state, cited by Edward H. Crane in the essay, The Fallacy of a Cause Greater than Yourself, explains the distinction – "it is all about is the radical phrase, "Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness." It is to secure these rights that proper governments are instituted." Are you ready for the truth? Just read the Varying Verity topic on Freedom. "Freedom requires individual action. Government can never be tamed without continuous confrontation. The State never raises the level of freedom for they are in the business of maintaining control. People create freedom when they defy the seducement of the charlatan, posing as a public benefactor. Civic institutions project the illusion of security and stability, for the mere price of surrendering personal freedom." Most people cannot handle the truth, so they capitulate to the conventional acceptance that government needs to define freedom. Lost in the tyranny of the majority is relevance of the Mahatma Gandhi truism, "Even if you are a minority of one, the truth is still the truth." There lies America’s contentment with their loss of freedom.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-28-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Is The Media So Terrified About? Huge Fake News Stories Exposed In Just Days As MSM Desperately Tries To Distract The Masses

May 28, 2018 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Multiple viral MSM stories, over the course of the last week, have turned out to be completely false, misleading, and have been exposed publicly as "fake news, leading to deleted promotions and excuses, while others are still sharing them as if they are true. The sheer amount and strangeness of them, in just the last week alone, indicates something is about to break and the media is desperately trying to find something that will distract the public from paying attention to it. CHILDREN IN CAGES DURING OBAMA'S PRESIDENCY SHARED WITH CLAIMS THAT TRUMP DID IT First Fake News Story: Images of children of illegal immigrants in cages, from 2014, shared like mad by the media and celebrities claiming "first photos," while blaming president Trump (who was not the president in 2014.) Journalists, celebrities and other blue-checked verified accounts at Twitter then start deleting those tweets and images after finding out that OOPS, that didn't happen under President Trump, it happened during Obama's presidency. In a now-deleted tweet ex Obama staffer Jon Favreau shared an image of children sleeping in cages, with a the message "First glimpse of immigrant children at holding facility. This is happening right now, and the only debate that matter is how we force our government to get these kids back to their families as fast as humanly possible." Others pushed the same narrative, such as CNN's Hadas Gold, NYT Magazine Jake Silverstein, Former special assistant to Obama, Jon B. Wolfsthal, along with dozens of other prominent liberals. The article all these people linked to, was from AZ Central, dated June 2014. AZArticle2014.jpg The mass-delete movement began, with the CNN reporter, the ex Obama staffer, and dozens of others deleting like mad, because sure, it was an OUTRAGE, until it became something that happened under Obama, then suddenly it was move along, nothing to see here. Others kept their original share up, while trying to change the topic into "But, children are being separated from their parents," oh the humanity! Yet not one places the blame where it belongs, on parents attempting to illegally enter the United States, breaking the law while knowing it will separate their family. Despite the truth coming out on May 27, liberals all across the internet continued to spread the fake news, claiming the images were new, throughout May 28th, as documented in-depth by Twitchy here, here, here and here. Related: Caged Migrant Children Photo Goes Viral As Left Rages At Trump; Except It Happened Under Obama DOUBLE DOSE OF MSM FAKERY Second Fake News Story: Another image shared by ABC13Houston's Antonio Arellano, showed a bus outfitted with baby seats, with the message "ICE's largest family detention center, Karnes County Residential Center in Texas, run by contractor GEO Group, has a prison bus just for babies." (Image of his tweet below in case he deletes it) The reactions were expressions of horror and attacks on President Trump. One user stated "We have entered the "Crimes Against Humanity" phase of the Trump regime." Ana Navarro, the "fake conservative" contributor for CNN and ABC News, dramatically declared "America, this cannot be who we are." Hollywood has-been Ron Perlman, never one to miss an opportunity to attack President Trump with manufactured claims, shared the story from Arellano's tweet, and said "The anger, the cynicism, the hatred, the sickness that goes into this act. Small, tiny, ugly people assaulting everything worth living for, from the Bible to the Constitution. Session, of course. Trump, of course. Ugly wannabes. But Gen Kelly, you are a disgrace to the uniform!" Tens of thousands of retweets, shares, exclamations of horror, (which they were called out for in their comment threads!) as the story went viral, but this one was a double dose of fakery as 1) The original claim that it was a "prison bus" was a complete and utter lie, as can be seen in the actual article content, for those that bothered to even click the article where they found that 2) It was from 2016, you know, when Barack Obama was president. So, those claiming this was recent, showing they didn't even bother to read the article, and blaming president Trump, were pushing fake news and the original person that shared, along with others were spreading more fake news because it wasn't a "prison bus," but was specially outfitted to transport immigrant children for field trips, to movies, the zoo, etc...... as the article in question, from April 2016, quite clearly described. The expansion created new demands to an already unique transportation mission by requiring larger capacity vehicles to provide offsite field trips. These field trips are part of the contract with the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Field trips are provided to all children, ages four through seventeen enrolled in educational programs provided by the John H. Wood Charter School, located at KCRC. Field trips consist of going to a variety of places, such as the San Antonio Zoo, seeing a movie at the local theater, going to the park, etc. The article also explained that each bus was "outfitted with standard commercial grade cushioned seating. Each seat has a convertible child safety seat and is equipped with a DVD system with four drop down screens to provide entertainment to the children with onboard movies during transport missions." Despite the entire premise of "baby prison buses" and the implication that this is "new" news having been debunked, the original article has already been shared over 200 more times, and liked over 200 more times, just in the time it took to write the last five paragraphs for this article. That number does not include how many more continue to repeat the lies of Navarro, Perlman and all the other brain-dead liberals that couldn't be bothered to even read the article before helping the fake news go viral. NOTE: Before getting into the other examples, from just the last week alone, of misleading MSM narratives, I would like to highlight the strangeness of these two previous examples. Unlike the majority of the "fake news" scandals that have plagued the Mockingbird Media over the last two years, these were not articles where some unnamed source got somehting wrong, or where the media selectively edited a statement to push a false narrative. The two examples above were actually linked to articles from 2014 and 2016, where the truth was clearly available by looking at the date of the linked article or even the content, yet there was a coordinated push, even by some former Obama staffers and officials, along with major media outlets, to make a completely fake narrative go viral. The strangeness of the easily disproved attacks against President Trump, and of this level of desperation to distract, will be addressed in my analysis after the next example of the MSM misleading the public, below. #WHEREARETHECHILDREN COMPLETELY FAKE NARRATIVE The fake news: CNN, Washington Post, NYT, USA Today and a ton of other liberal outlets and writers are busy telling their audience that the U.S. government has "lost" nearly 1,500 immigrant children. The truth is the U.S. government, via the Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR), releases unaccompanied minors that show up on the U.S. border to parents, relatives and/or other non-related sponsors within the U.S., as explained in congressional testimony by HHS official Steven Wagner. In FY 2017, children typically stayed in ORR custody for 51 days and so far in FY 2018 (through March) average length of stay has been 56 days. ORR releases the majority of UAC to sponsors. In FY 2017, ORR released 93 percent of children to a sponsor. Of those, ORR released 49 percent to parents, 41 percent to close relatives, and 10 percent to other-than-close relatives or non-relatives. In FY 2018, we have released 90 percent of children to individual sponsors and of those sponsors, 41 percent were parents, 47 percent were close relatives, and 11 percent were other-than-close relatives or non-relatives. ORR then arranges safety and well-being calls 30 days after settling the child with their families or sponsors. Here is the part of the testimony to which the Mockingbird Media is claiming the U.S. government "lost" children. From October to December 2017, ORR attempted to reach 7,635 UAC and their sponsors. Of this number, ORR reached and received agreement to participate in the safety and well-being call from approximately 86 percent of sponsors. From these calls, ORR learned that 6,075 UAC remained with their sponsors. Twenty-eight UAC had run away, five had been removed from the United States, and 52 had relocated to live with a non-sponsor. ORR was unable to determine with certainty the whereabouts of 1,475 UAC. Based on the calls, ORR referred 792 cases, which were in need of further assistance, to the National Call Center for additional information and services. The children were no longer in U.S. custody, the majority were handed over to parents or other relatives with a small percentage being placed with non-relative sponsors, but the ORR wasn't able to contact those sponsors, so the media screams THE CHILDREN ARE LOST! No, they are with their families and/or sponsors, and ORR simply couldn't reach them when they called. Huge difference, but as highlighted by the two examples of older articles being represented as new, the media assumes people will only pay attention to the headline, not the actual content, so they can push a massively misleading narrative to attack the Trump administration. Rich Lowry over at National Review describes the media's behavior, using the USA Today piece as his examples, stating "It’s a piece that’s a pretty good example of how “fake news” works — there’s some factual basis for the claim, but it’s exaggerated or misunderstood, and then fed into the maw of the perpetual outrage cycle, in this case about the alleged extreme carelessness and heartlessness of the Trump administration toward migrant children." Related: Media Double Down After New York Times Gets Busted Peddling Fake News BOTTOM LINE ANALYSIS - DESPERATE TO DISTRACT The last example, and the related link to a fourth fake news example, is the same type of deliberately misleading storyline the media has been caught pushing throughout the past two years, but the first two examples take it to a whole new level, with former Obama administrative officials, along with major media outlets, quite literally pushing old articles, while claiming they were new in order to attack President Trump. Not even the pretense of doing any "investigating" (which would have included clicking a link and looking at the date of the article) or reporting, just commenting on someone elses fake news post, pretending to be outraged to force it to go viral. This is a whole new level of desperation to distract and the one huge question is "why?" What exactly is getting ready to break that is making them so desperate they are willing to throw an unprecedented amount of crap at a wall to see if they can get some to stick? There is only one thing expected to be released soon, described as "explosive," which has had the media, the FBI, DOJ, former Obama officials, and Hillary Clinton tense and on edge, and that is the upcoming DOJ Inspector General report which is supposed to detail the wrongdoing, and misconduct on the part of intelligence agencies during the Obama presidency. The initial report was finished a few weeks ago, and was handed to the appropriate parties involved in order for them to present a response that would be added to the IG's findings. The release of the report is expected to also include criminal referrals by the IG against certain former, perhaps current, members of the agencies. Those that have seen the report had to sign NDA's (Non-disclosure agreements) while awaiting the IG to add their responses to finalize the report and then release it. Via former member of Congress, Jason Chaffetz last Friday: With the credibility of Michael Horowitz behind it and the access to internal documents Congress has been denied, the soon-to-be released report on the Clinton emails should carry a great deal of weight. I believe it represents our best shot yet to actually uncover the secrets hiding in the bowels of President Obama’s highly politicized Justice Department. No one knows the frustration of trying to hold government agencies accountable more acutely than I do. When I served in the House of Representatives, I saw firsthand how good officials in the Obama Justice Department became at hiding their tracks, stonewalling Congress, evading federal records laws, manipulating the media narrative, and ultimately escaping accountability. Fortunately for the American people, the truth is going to come out. When it does, the Trump administration must act swiftly and decisively to send a strong message that the investigative tools of the Justice Department should never be used as political weapons. While this is admittedly speculative, given the the fact that the FBI, DOJ and other intelligence agencies have been leaking like a sieve to the press, with the first IG report issuing a criminal referral against former FBI director Andrew McCabe, finding that he not only lied multiple times, even under oath, but also leaked to the press, it is not a stretch of the imagination at all to think that one or more of the parties that have seen the report have given a heads up to the media. The media, playing their part to try to minimize the expected "eruption" over what will be real news of government corruption that led to the top of multiple intelligence agencies under Obama, they are carelessly, and sloppily, pushing old news, two to four year old news, without outright lies claiming it is "new" news, in an attempt to create such outrage over disinformation, that the IG report is ignored. Those of us that have been carefully watching the dribble of actual news regarding the high levels of corruption within the Obama administration, and have been awaiting the IG report, seeing the example of how in-depth and thorough the IG was in his last report, have expected there to be some huge news contained within the next one, but after seeing the media's antics this past week...... I think we have underestimated exactly how damning this new report will be. 

:: 5--18 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is the Reality of the Venezuelan Collapse

by J. G. Martinez D.

Sometimes, even regular journalists, who are used to write about bad stuff as much as writing about good news, face nasty events that have to be documented, registered and broadcasted. It´s my guess that writers develop, on time, a thick layer of skin to resist all the things they see and experience. I am not used to some of the gross reality checks that I have found as collateral damage of this collapse. After becoming a father, some kind of internal re-wiring changes in the brain structure. Or it should change. Our sensitivity to kids welfare, for those who (like me) never even believed that someday would responsible of some little lads. This said, I just tripped a few days ago upon pictures of a dying baby. This is something really hard. It´s one of those things that really can´t be unseen. I believe in God because have studied enough sciences in my life to understand why there is no such thing as a dice game going down here. It seems to be all over the place. That incredible look in those eyes…I still remain deeply impressed. Having seen pictures of kids under those sad conditions all over the world, but far away enough to not being able to do nothing. But that baby was in my own country. In my own state and even in the city where we were living. That baby died of malnourishment in a world where food should be available. It is so deeply…disturbing…for lack of words. I can´t find words to explain these feelings in my own language, so you will have to excuse me if I can´t explain myself in English. This is what it is like in Venezuela now. Transportation has stopped. I received some reports this week, about how the general strike of the transport companies and private transport owners have stopped their services. This entire last week has been rough: no transport means it is increasingly difficult to attend work. Perhaps you did not know this, but the buses have been out of service for almost one year. People are using some cattle an vegetable trucks with makeshift restrainers and holders so the people can avoid falling. But even with this, a lot of dead people has resulted because of this improvised transport. I have been told that the transport issue is big these days and some had to get over a cattle truck to be able to get home. This said I believe that a nice small motorcycle, quad, or trike with some spares and enough oil changes for a couple of years (or maybe 3) would be a great thing to have. Of course, this would be for local transportation only, in secondary roads and not highways unless life or death situations. Remember I used my cruising motorcycle when my SUV engine went to meet the holy spirit, and I used it an entire year because I had the needed spares. Grocery shop, errands, school, rain or sun. Mostly burning sun. This vehicle should be very inconspicuous, and low profile (not like mine with a free exhaust that could be heard 2 kilometers away). It should be very common on the roads, and without any noticeable mods. I would suggest even a recumbent trike or cart. If you don´t have money, makeshift one. It should not be that hard, and it would be pretty useful. For us, it would have been a great vehicle because riding a heavy bike while it’s raining with your kid in the back is stressful enough, and even more if you know medical attention is not going to be available as it was once. Children are being abandoned. I just read that over 100 babies aged 1-36 months have been abandoned all over the country. For USA standards maybe this amount seems low. But in a country with a capital city barely over 4 million people I believe this is extremely high, given that we have a strong family tradition and whenever a relative can´t sustain one of his offsprings, a single aunt or granny appears to take care of the child. I myself have received at home a couple of my nephews when they were having a harsh time for a few months. They could overcome those times, though. What I mean, we don´t leave our kids behind. For this to happen with such small children, a real war-like collateral damage has to be happening. I am not exaggerating. This is happening. I am extremely mad because I see our health minister lying to the entire world about this. She defends the thugs in power, by saying there is no such thing as a humanitarian crisis while people are starving in the streets. This is a situation that has is repeating itself. It happened in Cambodia. It is just an advance of a delinquent mafia disguised as a political party. Now, please let me go back on track. The hyperinflation continues According to my last reports, the dollar is almost 1 million Bolivares, cash. Paypal and electronic currency is around 790-800K Bolivares. 1 kilogram is about 2 pounds, slightly over. Workers make the equivalent of $8 per month. Here is a small market list:

Beef 6.500.000 Bs/kg. – $65

Poultry 3.000.000 Bs/kg – $30

Pork 3.000.000 Bs/kg – $30

Ham 3.000.000 Bs/kg – $30

Cheese(white) 2.200.000 Bs/kg – $22

Wheat flour 950.000 Bs/kg – $9.50

Butter (one pound) 750.000 – $7.50

Onions 450.000Bs/kg – $4.50

Tomato 500.000 Bs/kg – $5.00

Potatoes 650.00 Bs/kg – $6.50

Eggplant 220.000 Bs/kg – $2.20

Carrots 300.000 Bs/kg – $3.00

This is something never seen. The monthly inflationary rate is unknown. There is no way the government officially delivers some numbers. There is no way to measure it because the prices all over the country seems to be subject to an entire underground economy. Some products are getting out of some small, very low profile farms in very small amounts, inside passenger cars, in a couple of coolers in the trunk. If there is any road control, the car driver has even the receipt of the staples. They usually travel with kids and wife in the car so they won´t be stopped. This has worked for those whom I suggested this as a means of getting their production out to the market, and there is an entire underground economy growing. As usual, lots of foreigners have come to take advantage of the situation. Chinese supermarkets owners are importing GARLIC from China. Can you believe it? We have a lot of fertile land 45 minutes away from my city, and these thugs prefer importing vegetables from China, with dollars “assigned” (I have come to hate that word) for some government functionary after getting paid a nice bribe (in dollars, of course). I told this to the owner, and in his supposedly limited Spanish (they understand more than they pretend to) he tried to explain that the farmers are charging too much money for their products. Nothing else than bull waste. I know they use the dollars that the government transfers them for 10 tons of garlic, so to speak, bring just one ton (overpricing the bill) and the remaining is kept in their accounts. That is why we are so screwed. They pay the dollar at 10 Bolivares per dollar. Sell them later in the black market at 1.000.000 bolivares. See my point?. The same has been done year after year under the currency exchange until it has drained the entire country. This is one of the reasons this guys don´t want to let loose the country. They have tons of properties bought under this scheme in the name of third parties so they don´t get linked to illegal activities. But a proper investigation would take down that giant cards castle. The turmoil is spreading About the social turmoil, it seems to be spreading, not so slowly, but it is enough to take a look and receive some reports of like-minded fellow “preppers” (perhaps a little bit primitive compared with our USA friends but they have been dealing with some hard stuff and they are on their feet still) all over the country. This time it is more than that, as the “opposition” party is no longer seen as a real opposition but instead as a collaborationist organization. Things are going to get funny, and I mean crazy funny. A cattle farmer was shot in the middle of the chest two weeks ago and a media news campaign followed to make him appear like a foreign paramilitary supporter by one guy now “nominated” to be the “defense” minister. Go figure. In the capital, there was a lot of Special Forces members that have been imprisoned for treason and conspiration. This is no joke. Those are serious words, especially these days, and with that band of thugs torturing people looking for information. The “good” part is, the testimony of those who are being tortured is going to be key in the coming trials. I just did some research about the Convention on Torture treaty that was ratified in 1994, and it was really enlightening. These guys don´t know really what they are doing, and desperation is always a bad advisor. The situation is slowly arriving at a non-return point. The troops are starting to feel more and more the effect of the scarcity. Their rations are smaller every week and this is reaching even in the social networks (a great tool for the rebels). Just as a side note, there is even a colonel imprisoned these last few days (and a general of the very own official party!! His name is Marcos Rodriguez Torres, one of the creators of the repressive institution of intelligence that I won´t name here). You can imagine the potential scenario. Thank God our house there is being inhabited by my dad and a good friends of ours…who happens to be a Scout and a prepper too. This is a brief report of the current situation. It is worse every day. I have been emotionally affected because of the effect in my city, where my child was born and where I was so happy, has been devastating to the most vulnerable populations. I have seen serious reports with dying babies, and it has been horrendous. I have seen pictures of my friends of the oil company, and they have lost lots of weight. Thanks for your time, and for your understanding. I ask God to bless all of us, that this nightmare ends soon, and we can start over again the rebuilding of our country as an immense brotherhood, including you, our brothers and sister from America 

:: 5-28-18 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ramadan Rage: Islamic Terrorists Kill at Least 203, Wound 322 in First 10 Days

By Edwin Mora 28 May 2018

Jihadists have killed more than 200 people and injured an excess of 300 others so far during Ramadan, the holiest month for Muslims, according to a Breitbart News tally. In the first ten days of the holy month, which started on May 17 for most Muslims across the world, the number of casualties reached at least 525 (203 deaths, 322 injuries). Islamic terrorists killed about 20 people and injured another 30 each day on average since the beginning of Ramadan. At least 52 attacks have taken place so far during the holy month. Many jihadists believe it is exceptionally heroic and Allah especially rewards “martyrdom” during the sacred month. Jihadist groups and other Islamists are known to urge their members and supporters to engage in jihad on Ramadan. Nevertheless, the majority of Muslims solely abide by Ramadan’s fasting tradition: abstaining from eating, drinking, smoking, having sex, and other physical needs each day, starting from before the break of dawn until sunset. So far this year, the Afghan Taliban appears to be the deadliest group, followed by the Islamic State (ISIS/ISIL), which still poses a threat in the wake of the devastating loss it suffered in Iraq and Syria at the hands of the U.S.-led coalition and local forces. ISIS was the most prolific terrorist group last year, when Ramadan casualties reached 3,343 (1639 deaths, 1704 injuries), marking the bloodiest Muslim holy month in recent history. Breitbart News primarily gleans its tally from the Religion of Peace website in coordination with news and government reports. Given that news outlets and governments fail to report many of the terrorist attacks in real time, the casualty total for the first ten days is subject to change. Government officials may update some of the casualty totals as some of the injured victims succumb to their injuries, which may also prompt a change in the count after Breitbart News publishes this report. All the terrorist attacks so far during Ramadan 2018, as documented by Breitbart News, include:

May 17 — Farah, Afghanistan — Taliban kills three foreign engineers.

May 17 — Kashmir, India — Terrorists kidnap, slit throat of a 23-year-old man after Indian government declares first Ramadan ceasefire in 18 years.

May 17 — Borno, Nigeria — Suspected Boko Haram jihadists detonated a bomb at camp for people displaced by insurgency, killing four and wounding 15.

May 17 — Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP), Pakistan — Jamaat-ul-Ahrar (JuA) terrorist group claims responsibility for a suicide bombing that kills one and injures 14.

May 17 — North Sinai, Egypt — Sunni hardliners bombed an area, killing one and injuring another.

May 17 — Uruzgan, Afghanistan — Taliban kill two police officers.

May 18 — Raqqa, Syria — Leftover Islamic State (ISIS/ISIL) improvised explosive device (IED) kills two civilians.

May 18 — Diyala, Iraq — Suspected ISIS terrorists are behind a bomb blast that kills one and wounds another.

May 18 — Kirkuk, Iraq — Suspected ISIS terrorists kill a member of Kurdish Kakayi minority group with IED.

May 18 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Taliban attacked police security posts, killing five police officers and wounding six others.

May 18 — Ghani, Afghanistan — Taliban attacked remote Ajristan district, killing nine security forces and wounding seven others.

May 18 — Nangarhar, Afghanistan — Suspected Islamic State terrorists attacked “Ramadan Cup” cricket tournament in Jalalabad, the capital of the group’s stronghold, killing eight and wounding 55.

May 18 — Faryab, Afghanistan — Taliban rockets kill four police officers, wound four others in Qaisar district.

May 19 — Chechnya, Russia — Islamic State claimed responsibility for an attack at church that kills two police officers and a worshipper and also wounds another police officer.

May 19 — Mogadishu, Somalia — Suspected al-Shabaab jihadists fit explosives on car, killing one local security troop.

May 19 — Nineveh, Iraq — Suspected Islamic State jihadists kill the mayor of Hammam al-Alil region.

May 19 — Ghazni, Afghanistan — Taliban kill 14 security forces, wound ten others.

May 20 — Nineveh, Iraq — ISIS kills two Shiite fighters in Sinjar town.

May 21 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Taliban terrorists kill five workers clearing landmines in Maiwand.

May 21 — Baghdad, Iraq — Terrorist car bomb kills one civilian.

May 21 — Ghazni, Afghanistan — Taliban jihadists kill 14 security forces, wound 12 others in Dih Yak and Jaghatu districts.

May 21 — Sidi Bel Abbes, Algeria — Terrorists kill two men inside a mosque, including the muezzin, who calls Muslims to prayer.

May 21 — Paktia, Afghanistan — Taliban kills six police officers, captures five others.

May 21 — Herat, Afghanistan — Taliban kills two policemen, wounds seven others.

May 22 — Mogadishu, Somalia — Islamic kills policeman in Bakara Market.

May 22 — Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso — Suspected terrorists kill one police officer, wound five, including a civilian.

May 22 — Ajdabiya, Libya — ISIS suicide bomber kills two fighters loyal to militia leader Khalifa Haftar, wounds two others

May 22 — Marib, Yemen — Iran-allied Houthis launch missile that kills five civilians, wound 22 others.

May 22 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Minivan stuffed with explosives by suspected Taliban terrorists kills 16, wounds 38, including security forces and civilians.

May 22 — Palmyra, Syria — ISIS kills at least 30 Syrian troops and Iranian-backed militiamen, wounds 14.

May 22 — Kirkuk, Iraq — ISIS executes an elderly man.

May 23 — Diyala, Iraq — ISIS attacked a family house in Jalawla region, killing three, wounding three others.

May 23 — Kashmir, India — Suspected terrorists launch a grenade, injuring ten civilians, including a woman and a 12-year-old boy.

May 23 — Mudug, Somalia — Suspected al-Shabaab jihadi kills lawmaker in Galkayo.

May 23 — Kandahar, Afghanistan — Suspected Taliban terrorists kill kidnapped mine-clearance worker.

May 23 — Baghdad, Iraq — Terrorist blows himself up in a crowded park in Shiite-majority Shoala, killing seven and wounding 16.

May 23 — Uruzgan, Afghanistan — Suspected Taliban terrorists kill eight Afghan security forces in Chora district, including military and police units.

May 23 — Basra, Iraq — Masked terrorists on a motorbike kill three civilians.

May 24 — Benghazi, Libya — Suspected jihadists carry out car bombing behind city’s largest hotel, killing seven, including a girl, and wounding 20.

May 24 — Diyala, Iraq — ISIS kills two civilians in Jalawla region.

May 24 — Kirkuk, Iraq — Suspected terrorist mortar shell landed on a home, killing a 53-year-old woman.

May 24 — Balochistan, Pakistan — Lashkar-e-Jhangvi (LEJ) terrorists kill one, injure another with a landmine in Kalat district.

May 24 — Maidan Wardak, Afghanistan — Suspected Taliban roadside bomb rips through a vehicle, killing four civilians, injuring two others.

May 25 — KP, Pakistan — Terrorists in Dera Ismail Khan region kill a police officer, wound another.

May 25 — Kashmir, India — Suspected Lashkar-e-Toiba terrorist slits throat of a 36-year-old man in Bandipora district.

May 25 — Kirkuk, Iraq — ISIS kills three policemen, wounds three others near Gharib village.

May 25 —Narathiwat, Thailand — Gunmen in country’s Muslim-majority region kill two civilians at a tea shop in Ra-ngae district.

May 26 — Idlib, Syria — Terrorists kill five and wound 43.

May 27 — Helmand, Afghanistan — Taliban terrorists carry out Vehicle-borne Improvised Explosive Device (VBIED) near a military base in Nadali district, killing two local soldiers, wounding four. 

:: 5-19-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tragedy in Gaza

By Hal Lindsey

Gaza is an ongoing humanitarian disaster. In just the last few days, dozens of Gazans have needlessly died attacking the Israeli border. They were killed by Israeli soldiers defending said border. But that’s not the whole story. They were really killed by the people they entrusted with their spiritual and physical well-being. According to the Palestinians, a 10-month-old baby girl named Layla died on May 14th from inhalation of Israeli tear gas. They said nothing about the potential harm that may have come to Layla from the deep, black smoke of burning tires. Later, a Palestinian doctor at the hospital treating the child, admitted that she died of a pre-existing heart condition — not Israeli tear gas. Nevertheless, within hours, the Hamas PR machine turned the baby’s death into international rage against Israel. Almost universally, the media blamed Israel. But they ignored the more obvious question. Why was a 10-month-old present at these horrific, violent protests? The Los Angeles Times wrote that Layla’s 12-year-old cousin took her to the scene of the riots in search of the girl’s mother. He knew just how to get there. Hamas leaders provided buses to get as many people to the border as possible, regardless of their age. How many adults saw him board the bus carrying the infant? That bus was going to a war zone. The bus driver knew it. Every adult and young adult on that bus knew it. It didn’t matter. They let the baby go. Layla shouldn’t have been at the border. Her 12-year-old cousin shouldn’t have been there either. Neither should the cousin’s mother, or other family members. Did anyone really believe these women and children would successfully breach Israel’s line of defense? No. At least 35,000 Gazans went to that border because they were told to. Gaza’s political leadership, Hamas, worked with Gaza’s spiritual leaders, the Muslim imams, to whip the crowds into a fury. Hamas designed the event for a single purpose — to maximum Palestinian casualties. Monday the 14th was the 70th anniversary of Israel’s rebirth as a nation. It was also the day the US opened its embassy in Jerusalem. Hamas and their allies wanted split-screen TV coverage of the event. On one side of the TV screen, they wanted the festivities of the embassy opening. And on the other side, they wanted the screen to show death and mayhem. They got exactly that. Hamas created the riots at the border and staged them for television. They made certain there would be casualties. In fact, it is a tribute to the Israeli Defense Forces that more didn’t die. The media says the people of Gaza were reacting to their terrible living conditions. And from all accounts, those conditions are bad. People suffer from lack of food, jobs, money, education, and healthcare. But how did this happen? And why does the suffering continue despite billions in humanitarian aid pouring into the small area? Let’s go back to February of 2005. That’s when Israel did exactly what the Palestinians asked. They unilaterally pulled out of the Gaza Strip. Every Jew left the region. Israel got nothing. Palestinians got everything. For Israel, it was a straightforward show of goodwill. And Israel did not set the Gazans up to fail. In fact, they set them up to succeed. The Jews left millions of dollars in infrastructure. That included five hundred acres of sophisticated and expensive greenhouses. As Israel’s withdrawal from Gaza was being planned, NBC News said, “The greenhouses are a centerpiece of Palestinian plans for rebuilding Gaza.” But immediately following Israel’s withdrawal from the area, riots broke out across Gaza. During those riots, Palestinian mobs destroyed the greenhouses. Chaos reigned. It didn’t have to be that way. Israel wanted the Palestinians of Gaza to succeed. They wanted and needed a secure and stable neighbor. The nations of the world poured vast sums of money and materials into Gaza. It should have worked. Here’s why it did not work. Just a few weeks after Israel’s withdrawal, the people of Gaza elected a known terrorist group, Hamas, to govern them. With that choice, the Muslim people of Gaza chose hatred over happiness. They chose death over life. They chose rage over prosperity. They chose failure when success was ripe for the picking. A wide variety of both Muslim and non-Muslim nations have designated Hamas as a terrorist organization. They include Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Jordan, Israel, the United States, Japan, the European Union, New Zealand, Australia, and the United Kingdom. Some of the suffering in Gaza comes from the isolation imposed on it by its two neighbors — Israel and Egypt. Why does Egypt limit what goes in and out of Gaza from their side of the border? Because they don’t want to import terrorism into their nation any more than Israel does. The biggest cause of suffering in Gaza is the corruption of the Hamas-led Gazan government. Hamas leaders live in luxury while nearby children go hungry. They line their pockets with money brought into Gaza for humanitarian relief. Much of what they don’t spend on themselves, they spend on strengthening the military arm of Hamas. When nations send concrete and steel for building houses, hospitals, and schools, Hamas uses it on terror tunnels running beneath the border as they plan future attacks on Israel. Gaza is a sad story — a reminder that elections matter. It is also a reminder of God’s promise to Abraham over 4000 years ago. In Genesis 12:3, God said to Abraham, “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse. And in you all the families of the earth shall be blessed.” The last part of that promise — the part about all the families of the earth being blessed — will soon be fulfilled. It will happen when Jesus of Nazareth, a Jewish descendant of Abraham, returns to rule and reign on planet earth. 

:: 5-28-18 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NFL Owners Finally Listen to the Fans

By CP Op-ed Contributor Jeff Crouere | Mon 28 May 2018 15:43 EDT

After a year of intense controversy concerning player protests during the National Anthem, the NFL finally decided to act. At the spring NFL owners meeting, a decision was made to require players to "stand and show respect" during the National Anthem if they are on the playing field. Otherwise, players will be given the option to remain in the locker room. If players or club personnel on the field show disrespect during the National Anthem by not standing, their team will be fined by the NFL. In accordance with instituting the anthem policy, the 32 NFL team owners also "reaffirmed their strong commitment to work alongside our players to strengthen our communities and advance social justice." This commitment will include "extraordinary resources" for programs that "promote positive social change in our communities." According to NFL Commissioner Roger Goodell, "We are honored to work with our players to drive progress." While Goodell acknowledged a desire to strongly support social justice causes, he made clear his displeasure with the on-field anthem protests, which he claimed, "created a false perception among many that thousands of NFL players were unpatriotic." With such an impression taking hold in the country, it was imperative that the NFL act before the start of the next season. This decision is not the perfect answer for it does not require all players to stand for the anthem, but at least it is a better to have an official policy. Previously, the NFL had no policy, so the players were allowed to disrespect the National Anthem with no consequences. This new stance is similar to the official position of the National Basketball Association. Of course, liberal activists were not pleased with the announcement. The head coach of the Golden State Warriors, Steve Kerr, called the policy, "idiotic." Plenty of media personalities also slammed the decision as being unfair to players who wanted to protest. For example, Marc Lamont Hill of CNN tweeted, "If the NFL players want to resist, they should ALL remain in the locker room during the anthem." While some players obviously supported the decision and chose to remain quiet, others decided to publicly condemn it. Pittsburgh Steelers cornerback Artie Burns called the new NFL anthem policy another type of "bullying." Chris Long, a defensive end with the Philadelphia Eagles, said that the decision was made because of a "fear of a diminished bottom line." He also claimed it was "not patriotism" to enact this new policy. Not surprisingly, President Trump had a much more favorable response to the new NFL policy. Last year, he strongly condemned players who refused to stand for the National Anthem. He encouraged owners to fire any of their players who participated in the protests and tell them to get "off the field." In an interview on Fox News, the President said, "You have to stand proudly for the National Anthem. You shouldn't be playing, you shouldn't be there. Maybe they shouldn't be in the country...the NFL owners did the right thing." Of course, the President is correct. It is not too much to ask millionaire football players to show some basic respect toward their country by standing during the National Anthem. Those who refuse to stand are clearly insulting our brave military veterans who have sacrificed so much to allow our citizens the freedom to enjoy games such as football. Football players earn outrageous salaries due to the generosity of hard working fans, including veterans, who pay for high priced tickets. Most of these fans expect NFL players to display reverence for the American flag and to stand for our National Anthem. A protest during this period is both inappropriate and insulting as there are many other ways NFL players can demonstrate their opposition to police tactics or the nation's criminal justice system, Last year, the anthem protests had a very negative impact on the NFL. In 2017, the average viewing audience for an NFL game plunged 9.7% to 14.9 million viewers. It was even larger downturn than the 8% decline in audience in the previous year. Obviously, there are multiple factors leading to the loss of viewers; however, it is undeniable that the National Anthem controversy was a major contributing factor last year. The NFL owners' decision is a step in the right direction, but it will not solve the problem entirely. If league officials hope the new policy will bring this issue to a resolution, they are sadly mistaken. The anthem protests are going to continue in 2018 despite this new policy and the major investment the NFL is making in community-based organizations. The key reason is that liberal media organizations and social justice groups will continue to encourage and support players who participate. Nonetheless, players should understand that if they continue with these protests, it will only harm their careers. If there are any doubts, just ask unemployed NFL quarterback Colin Kaepernick. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-28-18 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lava Covers Potentially Explosive Well at Israeli Company's Plant in Hawaii

Although officials assure that wells are 'safe' and 'secure,' lava has never engulfed a geothermal plant anywhere in the world and the potential threat is untested

The Associated Press May 28, 2018 12:19 PM

HONOLULU – Lava from the Hawaii's erupting Kilauea volcano volcano covered at least one well Sunday at a geothermal power plant on the island owned and operated by Israeli company Ormat Technologiers, according to a Hawaii County Civil Defense report. The well was successfully plugged in anticipation of the lava flow on Big Island, and a second well nearly 100 feet (30.5 meters) away has also been secured, according to the report. The plugs protect against the release of gas that could turn toxic when mixed with lava. The lava breached the property overnight. David Mace, a spokesman for the Federal Emergency Management Agency, said the flow started about 590 feet away from the nearest well. But he said safety precautions went into effect before the breach. “I think it’s safe to say authorities have been concerned about the flow of lava onto the plant property since the eruption started,” he said. Puna Geothermal was shut down shortly after Kilauea began spewing lava on May 3. But Ormat remained optimistic that the lava would not reach the plant, which is responsible for 4.5 percent of Ormat’s total geothermal power production worldwide. Ormat owns a 63.25 percent interest in Puna itself, and the minority interest is held by the Canadian investment fund Northleaf. Ormat shares were down 2.2 percent at 182.50 shekels ($51) in late trading on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange on Monday. The company had issued no statement on the latest developments at Puna, which harnesses heat and steam from the Earth’s core to spin turbines to generate power. A flammable gas called pentane is used as part of the process, though earlier this month officials removed 189,000 liters (nearly 50,000 gallons) of the gas from the plant to reduce the chance of explosions. They also capped the 11 wells at the property to try to prevent a breach. Before the lava reached the well, plant spokesman Mike Kaleikini told the news agency Hawaii News Now there was no indication of the release of the poisonous gas hydrogen sulfide – the greatest fear should lava hit the wells. “As long as conditions are safe, we will have personnel on site,” Kaleikini said. “Primary concern is sulfur dioxide from the eruption and lava coming on site. We monitor for hydrogen sulfide and sulfur dioxide on a continuous basis.” Steve Brantley of the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory said the flow seemed to have halted Sunday morning, before it picked back up and covered the well at the plant – which lies on the southeast flank of the volcano, nestled between residential neighborhoods. Lava-filled fissures have torn apart chunks of the southeastern side of Big Island over the past three weeks as Kilauea has become more active. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-28-18 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drone with explosives infiltrates Israel from Gaza

The IDF several days ago located a drone that was intended to explode inside Israeli territory.

Contact Editor Elad Benari, 28/05/18 00:19

The IDF several days ago located a drone with explosives on the Gaza border that was intended to explode in Israeli territory, it was cleared for publication on Sunday night. The IDF Spokesperson's Unit said that "a few days ago, a drone was located after it crossed from the northern Gaza Strip into Israel and fell in the Sha'ar Hanegev Regional Council. An examination found explosives on the drone." Earlier on Sunday, three terrorists were killed in Gaza after Israeli army tanks opened fire in retaliation for a bomb attack along the Israel-Gaza border. Terrorists planted the explosive device on the Israeli border fence, following attacks on the fence and the infiltration of four Gaza terrorists into Israeli territory on Saturday. The terrorists crossed into Israeli territory, threw firebombs at Israeli security personnel, then returned to the Strip after IDF forces opened fire on them. Israeli Air Force jets hit Hamas targets in Gaza Saturday night in retaliation for the infiltration. Following the discovery of the bomb along the security fence Sunday, Israeli tanks opened fire on an observation post operated by the Islamic Jihad terror group. 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 5-28-18 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Moves Hundreds of Tanks to Poland; Calling it a Drill - But CLEARLY Prep for War

Category: World News Monday, 28 May 2018 21:44

First military equipment, including M1A2 Abrams tanks and M88A2 HERCULES repair vehicles from "Iron Horse" Brigade, 1st Cavalry Division, has arrived in Poland, allegedly to support Operation Atlantic Resolve. Very troubling about this deployment is the inclusion of so many M88's; far more of them than any "drill" would ever require, but the number expected prior to going into actual battle. While this is said to be an exercise, clearly someone is planning for an actual war - and the only one in that neighborhood requiring that much firepower to fight, would be Russia. Does this look like a Drill to you? Count them yourselves: M-88 HERCULES The M88's primary role is to repair or replace damaged parts in fighting vehicles while under fire, as well as extricate vehicles that have become bogged down or entangled. The main winch on the M88A2 is capable of a 70-ton, single line recovery, and a 140-ton 2:1 recovery when used with the 140 ton pulley. The A-frame boom of the A2 can lift 35 tons when used in conjunction with the spade down. The spade can be used for light earth moving, and can be used to anchor the vehicle when using the main winch. The M88 employs an Auxiliary power unit (APU) to provide auxiliary electrical and hydraulic power when the main engine is not in operation. It can also be used to slave start other vehicles, provide power for the hydraulic impact wrench, as well as the means to refuel or de-fuel vehicles as required. The M88 series of vehicles can refuel M1 tanks from its own fuel tanks, but this is a last resort due to the possibility of clogging the AGT-1500s fuel filters. Here's another photo from inside the columns of M-88's: Why so many? In a "drill" how many of America's finest tanks might anyone expect to "get stuck?" Flip over? Stall out? One? Three? There are almost as many M-88's as there are tanks! That means they're expecting to need a lot of them, over a very wide geographic area. In my view, this is not for a drill, this is preparation for war. With Russia. 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

:: 5-29-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Panic, Crisis In Italy: Dealers Pull Bids As Bonds, Stocks Crash; Euro, Deutsche Bank Tumble As Contagion Spreads

by Tyler Durden Tue, 05/29/2018 - 06:44

With UK traders returning from vacation, Italy woke up to a sheer selling panic as yesterday's "modest" selloff mutated into a full-blown liquidation avalanche, lead by a furious repricing of the BTP curve, where 2Y yields exploded another 170 bps higher on the day rising to 2.60% from negative just a few days ago... ... the biggest one day move in Italian 2Y yield in history... ... while the 10Y blew out as much as 70bps to 3.40%, now finally higher than US Treasurys... ... its biggest one day move since the 2011 European debt crisis... ... sending the Germany-Italian spread wider by 50bps to over 300 bps, the highest in 5 years. Confirming the market revulsion to anything Italian, today's 6-month bill sale by Rome was met with surprisingly poor demand, covered 1.19 only times, the lowest since April 2010, despite what continues to be an ECB backstop. Stocks fared no better, with Italian equities tumbling as much as 3% today and now back to the lowest level since last July... ... while Italian banks are now well inside a bear market, down 24% from their recent April highs. As a result of the panic selling, not seen since the days of the European sovereign debt crisis in 2011/2012, dealers pulled their price indications, which according to Bloomberg signalled dealer unwillingness to trade given the excessive volatility. But what is even worse is that this is no longer just an Italian crisis, as Deutsche Bank stock tumbled below €10 for the first time since its existential close encounter in September 2016, and just why of all time lows, on fears Italy's problems will spread beyond its borders... ... but it's not just Germany as French banks are also getting slammed: FRENCH MAJOR BANKS' 5-YEAR CDS JUMP 50 BPS OR MORE FROM MONDAY CLOSE ON ITALIAN POLITICAL RISK, BNP PARIBAS HIGHEST SINCE APRIL 2017 -IHS MARKIT ... while the EURUSD tumbles below 1.16, the lowest since last July as murmurs of "parity" are once again emerging. Yesterday we predicted that it is only a matter of time before Europe and the ECB ban shorting of Italian bonds, and we are sticking with it, although at this point - now well past contagion - it is unclear if such a dramatic action will have much of an impact. Meanwhile, all eyes on Draghi to see how the ECB responds now that Europe is once again facing threats to both its currency, as well as its very existence. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-29-18 Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel, Russia agree to boot Iran and Hezbollah from northern border

The report says Jerusalem and Moscow agreed to allow Israel to maintain its ability to act against Iran's expansion in Syria.

By Anna Ahronheim, Herb Keinon May 28, 2018 21:27

Ahead of an expected regime offensive in southern Syria, Syrian government troops should be the only ones present on the country’s southern border, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said Monday. The statement carries great significance south of the border in Israel.Of course, all non-Syrian forces should be withdrawn on a reciprocal basis,” he was quoted as saying by the RIA news agency. “This should be a two-way process. The situation, when only representatives of the Syrian armed forces will be deployed on the Syrian side of the border with Israel, should become the outcome of such work.” Lavrov made his comments at a joint news conference in Moscow with his Mozambique counterpart, Jose Condungua Pacheco. He also touched on the US military camp at al-Tanf on the Syrian-Jordanian-Iraqi border, which has been criticized repeatedly by Moscow. According to a Channel 2 report, Lavrov’s comments are part of an understanding reached between Israel and Russia to keep Iranian and Hezbollah forces away from Syria’s border with Israel on the Golan Heights. According to the report, Israel and Russia have reached an agreement whereby Israel will not intervene to prevent the deployment of Syrian President Bashar Assad’s troops to the southern border and the Golan Heights, effectively reasserting Assad’s control there, and Moscow will make sure that these troops do not include Iranian or Hezbollah forces. The report said Israel will also retain its freedom of action against Syrian entrenchment inside Syria. In addition, according to the report, Russia will call publicly for all foreign forces to leave Syria – something Lavrov did on Monday. Jerusalem has been urging Moscow for months to ensure that Iran, the Shia militias under its control and Hezbollah leave Syria. Moscow, according to Israeli officials, recently has become more amenable to the request out of concern that an Israeli-Iranian confrontation in Syria – likely if Iran continues to entrench itself militarily in the country – would endanger Moscow’s gains there. Meanwhile, several Arabic- language media outlets carried unconfirmed reports of indirect negotiations between Israel and Iran. Another report claimed the Syrian regime has proposed a deal in which Hezbollah and Iranian militias would be pulled some 25 kilometers from the border with Israel’s Golan Heights “The Syrian regime has sent a proposal through mediators to regional countries that will ensure the withdrawal of Hezbollah and Iranian militias about 25 kilometers away from the disengagement line in the Golan,” an unnamed Western diplomat was quoted as saying by the London-based Al Sharq al Awsat newspaper. The report also said US Deputy Assistant Secretary of State David Satterfield has been working on a deal that would see, among other things, the withdrawal of all Syrian and non-Syrian militias some 20 to 25 km. from the Jordanian border and the formation of a US-Russian mechanism to control the implementation of the agreement. The Syrian regime allegedly proposed arrangements to allow local councils to govern in the villages of the Syrian Golan, including Beit Jinn, which was recaptured by troops loyal to the Assad regime several months ago. It also included the possibility of considering reviving the disengagement agreement between Syria and Israel from 1974, allowing for UN troops to monitor the demilitarized zone between the two countries. Phillip Smyth, a Soref Fellow at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy, told The Jerusalem Post pulling Iranian forces out from southern Syria “requires further definition.” “There are numerous forces, including some that are locally based in southern Syria under the control of Tehran and Lebanese Hezbollah,” he said, adding that he has “a hard time believing that Iran will adhere to any arrangement involving their pullout from this zone. How long will it be before they are back in the area? It is a key strategic goal for Tehran to maintain a presence in southern Syria, and they have tried to do this since at least 2013.” Another unconfirmed report on Monday in the Syrian opposition newspaper Zaman al-Wasl claimed the commander of the Syrian Air Force has decided Damascus will no longer allow Iranian- backed Shi’ite militias to use its bases to store ammunition and host fighters. According to the report, the Assad regime has been in a “panic following recent Israeli attacks.” But according to Aymenn al-Tamimi, a research fellow at the Middle East Forum, it is “highly implausible” that the Assad regime will break its alliance with Tehran Iran has expended considerable resources to ensure Assad’s survival,” he told the Post, adding that nevertheless, “Assad recognizes that some actions by Iran or Iranian- backed groups would not be in his interest, such as if they were to clear out border areas with the Golan and establish bases there. Accordingly, there are certain measures he can take to prevent that outcome: for instance, through trying to bring about reconciliation agreements in the border areas that allow the local rebel factions to act as holding forces, an outcome we have seen in Beit Jinn.” The unconfirmed reports by Al Sharq al Awsat and Zaman al-Wasl come as the Saudi-owned Elaph news site reported that Israel and Iran had been engaged in indirect negotiations in Amman, Jordan, over the weekend. According to Elaph, “The talks with the Israelis were related to fighting in Syria and the nearing campaign in southern Syria, particularly in Dera’a and Kuneitra.” Iran’s ambassador to Jordan pledged not to participate in the upcoming offensive by the Assad regime in southwestern Syria against rebel groups, while Israel agreed not to intervene in the battles in the tri-border area as long as Hezbollah and Iranian-backed Shi’ite militias are not involved. The alleged negotiations were said to be mediated by a Jordanian who carried messages between the Iranian ambassador to Jordan, who was in one hotel room with Iranian security personnel, while senior Israeli security officials, including the deputy head of the Mossad, were in the next room. On Monday, it was announced that Defense Minister Avigdor Lieberman will leave for a working visit to Russia on Wednesday along with the head of IDF Military Intelligence, Maj.- Gen. Tamir Hyman, at the invitation of his Russian counterpart, Sergei Shoigu. Liberman will also be joined by Zohar Palti, head of the Defense Ministry’s Political- Military Affairs Bureau, and other representatives of the defense establishment. Channel 10, meanwhile, reported that National Security Adviser Meir Ben-Shabbat will travel to Washington on Tuesday for his first meeting with new US National Security Adviser John Bolton. The talks are expected to focus on coordinating positions regarding both the US withdrawal from the Iranian nuclear deal, as well as efforts to prevent Iranian entrenchment in Syria. 

:: 5-28-18 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heightening Mid-East Tensions

By Hal Lindsey

On Saturday, Syria apparently launched another chemical attack against its people — including small children … By the time you read this, the expected US military response may have already begun … Russia has warned that it will shoot down US missiles and even target the US naval vessels that fire the missilesAfter the chemical attack, came a mystery air strike against Syria — probably launched by Israel … Russia then began a war of words with Israel, finally showing their long-held but usually camouflaged disdain for the Jewish stateHamas continues to stir up violent anti-Israel protests along Israel’s Gaza borderIran says it will soon restart its nuclear program — as if it had ever actually stopped. And that’s just part of what’s gone on, in only the last few days! The first big question is whether the Trump Administration can really be sure that Syria launched the chemical attack. Russia and Syria both deny it. That’s what they would say in either case, but the timing seems suspicious. Only a few days ago, the President said that with ISIS defeated, he wanted to pull US troops out of Syria, and soon. That would seem to be in Syria’s favor. Why rock the boat now? But while tweeting on the subject, Mr. Trump made a good case that the chemical attack really was a Syrian operation. “Many dead,” he tweeted, “including women and children, in mindless CHEMICAL attack in Syria. Area of atrocity is in lockdown and encircled by Syrian Army, making it completely inaccessible to outside world. President Putin, Russia and Iran are responsible for backing Animal Assad. Big price...” If the area is “in lockdown and encircled by Syrian Army… completely inaccessible to outside world,” then who else could it be? As President, Donald Trump surely knows the facts, and he has no reason to lie about it. After all, a Syrian chemical attack will delay the troop withdrawal he’s anxious for. The President answered the last major chemical attack in Syria by launching 59 cruise missiles at Syria’s Shayrat Airbase. Most observers expect a bigger response this time, but Russia’s increasingly close relationship with Syria and Iran complicates things. Alexander Zasypkin, Russia’s ambassador to Lebanon, made an ominous threat. He said, “If there is a strike by the Americans, then… the missiles will be downed and even the sources from which the missiles were fired.” It’s unlikely that Russia has the ability to shoot down US cruise missiles. It’s also unlikely that they would actually try to sink the US Navy ships launching the attacks. But even the threat shows how dangerous things have become. A world soaked in gasoline is playing with matches. President Trump has worked hard to form a better relationship with Russia. But by the time of Trump’s election, Putin’s course was already set. He committed to it when he sent the Russian military into Syria in 2015. It’s ironic that Trump’s critics have called him weak on Russia and have demanded a more hardline approach. Yesterday’s peaceniks have turned into today’s warmongers. But in this case, the President has pulled no punches. He directly blamed Putin for Assad’s action, and practically dared Russia to try and stop the US response. On Wednesday, President Trump tweeted, “Russia vows to shoot down any and all missiles fired at Syria. Get ready Russia, because they will be coming, nice and new and ‘smart!’ You shouldn’t be partners with a Gas Killing Animal who kills his people and enjoys it!” Assad has placed his troops on alert, evacuating bases near the border with Lebanon, and transporting personnel to Russian installations — presumably safe from a US missile strike. The “mystery air strike” took place Monday on an air base in the Homs province. At first, Syria blamed the US. But after the Pentagon issued a strong denial, they and the Russians switched the blame to Israel. Was it Israel? They didn’t confirm it, but neither did they deny it. Israeli Defense Forces play their cards close to the vest. Just last month they finally acknowledged an air strike on a Syrian nuclear reactor way back in 2007. The Syrian civil war began four years later, so we can all be glad that Israel chose to forcibly shut down the Syrian nuclear program. The strike on Monday caused the deaths of several Iranians as well as Syrians. There were no Russian deaths or injuries reported, but Russia had soldiers assigned to the base. That’s a problem for US forces as well. We don’t know for sure where Russian soldiers are embedded with Syrians. On Monday, Israeli fighter jets hit a Hamas target in Gaza. It was clearly a military target, and no one was hurt. But Russia used it as another excuse to ramp up their anti-Israel rhetoric. In January, Putin and Netanyahu met at the Jewish Museum and Tolerance Center in Moscow. They seemed to hit it off. Netanyahu’s main purpose in the trip was to express concern about Iran’s stronghold in Syria, and their movement of advanced weaponry into Lebanon and Syria. The two got along well, but looking at it now, the effort seems to have been wasted. Putin knows that his alliance with Iran is one of the chief causes of unrest in the region. He’s playing a dangerous, high-stakes game. Newsweek reported on Wednesday that Russia is instructing its citizens to stock up on water and buy gas masks in anticipation of nuclear war. The world right now is teetering on many dangerous precipices. All of them fit the dramatic scenario laid out in the Bible for the end times. For Christian believers, I have two pieces of extremely good news. First, God has already shown us how these things eventually work out. We win! In the meantime, we will face difficulties. But that’s where the second piece of good news comes in. God’s promises remain in effect even when the world seems to be falling apart. Trust Him. 

:: 5-13-18 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Russia Warned Iran Ahead of Israel's Extensive Strikes in Syria

Russia's deputy foreign minister visited Iran and updated counterpart after Netanyahu met Putin in Moscow, London-based Asharq al-Aswat reports. Israel earlier told Russia in advance of its plans

Haaretz May 13, 2018 8:43 AM

Russia gave Iran advance warning about this week's Israeli attack in Syria, the Saudi-owned and London-based Asharq al-Awswat newspaper reported Friday. Israel told Russia about the imminent attack as part of the two countries' ongoing security coordination in Syria. According to the report, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov visited Tehran a few hours before the Israeli attack. Ryabkov gave his Iranian counterpart, Abbas Araghchi, information that reached Syria during Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's visit to Moscow on Wednesday. >> Putin is giving Israel a free hand against Iran in Syria. But he may soon have to pick a side | Iran might restrain itself from striking Israel in bid to save nuclear deal << According to the newspaper's source, after Ryabkov gave the information to Iran an argument erupted between Iranian President Hassan Rohani and military commander Mohammad Bagheri, about the intention to fire missiles at Israel. The argument involved international repercussions for firing the missiles, as well as diplomacy with European countries, Russia and China over the nuclear deal. The Israel Air Force on Wednesday night attacked dozens of Iranian targets in Syria, including intelligence outposts, military camps and weapons depots. The Israel Defense Forces said it was the most large-scale Israeli attack in Syria in decades. It was conducted after some 20 rockets were fired from Syria at IDF outposts in the Golan Heights. Iran's operation failed, with four rockets penetrating Israeli airspace and being intercepted by Israeli defenses, while the rest landed in Syrian territory. The rockets caused no injuries or damage in Israel. The IDF blamed the Iranian Revolutionary Guards' Quds Force for the rocket fire. The rockets were fired from Syria close to midnight and targeted the IDF's first line of defensive outposts near the Syrian border. The rocket fire was in line with early IDF intelligence assessments, which predicted projectiles launched at military targets in northern Israel and that Iran would act against Israel in a way that it believed would not lead to an all-out war. 

:: 5-18-18 The Jewish Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kuwait Demanding UN Force to Protect Gaza Arabs against Israel

By JNi.Media - 4 Sivan 5778 – May 18, 2018

Kuwait asked the UN Security Council to “guarantee the safety and protection of the Palestinian civilian population,” and to consider the deployment of “an international protection mission,” the AP reported on Friday. Kuwait is a current member of the UNSC. The draft circulated by Kuwait demands that Israel “immediately cease its military reprisals, collective punishment and unlawful use of force against civilians, including in the Gaza Strip.” The resolution has no chance of passing while the United States remains a staunch defender of Israel’s right to defend itself against infiltrators from the Gaza Strip, so that if the resolution is put to a vote it would be vetoed. However, it would be interesting to see how many of the members, permanent and otherwise, would support the idea. The last time an international UN force was posted between Israel and the Gaza Strip was in May of 1967, and it packed up and left as soon as Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser ordered it to scram. This would be as good a time as any to remind readers about the 1990-91 “Palestinian exodus from Kuwait,” during and after the Gulf War. There were 400,000 “Palestinians” living in Kuwait before the Gulf War. During the Iraqi occupation of Kuwait, 200,000 of them left Kuwait for fear of persecution, food shortages, lack of medical care, financial shortages, and fear of arrest and mistreatment at roadblocks by the invading Iraqis. Enter PLO leader Yasser Arafat, who picked the wrong horse in the Golf conflict, embracing Saddam Hussein. So after the war, nearly 200,000 “Palestinians” were pushed out of Kuwait by the returning royal family, which severely curbed their right to residence and subjected them to abuse by Kuwaiti security forces. In 2004, Mahmoud Abbas officially apologized for the PLO support for the Iraqi invasion in 1991. In 2012, the official PLO embassy in Kuwait was re-opened, and it is estimated that 80,000 “Palestinians” live in Kuwait today. 

:: 5--18 Neonnettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Apple founder Steve Wozniak has said he believes that Bitcoin is more valuable than the gold or the US dollar. Wozniak believes Bitcoin and Blockchain are the “next major IT revolution.” Wozniak, who co-founded Apple Inc with Steve Jobs and Ronald Wayne, said that Bitcoin is much better than Gold and the US dollar as a currency. The Apple founder gave cryptocurrency and its underlying Blockchain technology a powerful endorsement during a conference on Thursday. Mr. Wozniak hailed the “revolutionary” tech while speaking in Vienna on stage at the WeAreDevelopers World Congress. Wozniak said that Blockchain is “the next major IT revolution that is about to happen,” and he believes it will have a massive impact on the technology sector. Despite his confident words about Bitcoin and Blockchain, the Apple founder said in a separate interview that he was disappointed with centralized technology. Referencing Facebook’s Cambridge Analytica scandal, he said he was “bothered by what technology has become.” “We used to be able to have conversations in secret with people,” the American inventor said. “If I were to say something to you in private now, others wouldn’t hear it — that isn’t the case anymore.” “We lost our security a long time ago. “We’ve lost our privacy and it’s been abused. “If I think I have a level of privacy that I don’t, that’s deceit. “And that bothers me. “I hit a limit. “I can’t take that. “It’s one step in a long series of steps that are all in the same direction.” Mr. Wozniak hasn’t given up on other Silicon Valley companies just yet, however. The Apple founder, revealing his excitement about buying himself a Tesla after buying his wife a Mercedes, said” “Elon Musk emailed me, said that I bought a gas guzzler, said that I’m not a ‘true Silicon Valley boy’ – I love that phrase. “After a few months, my wife came into my office one night and said ‘if you want a Tesla you can order it.’ “30 seconds later [I ordered it].” Traditional currencies are ‘kind of phony’ His promulgations about Blockchain technology follow previous statements about how Bitcoin is better than gold and the US dollar in significant ways. Speaking in Las Vegas last October at the Money 20/2- events, the Apple founders described traditional currencies as “kind of phony.” “Woz” said this was due to the fact governments can create new units of the currency for political reasons. He added that gold also lacks a fixed supply, saying: “There is a certain finite amount of bitcoin that can ever exist. “30 seconds later [I ordered it].” Traditional currencies are ‘kind of phony’ His promulgations about Blockchain technology follow previous statements about how Bitcoin is better than gold and the US dollar in significant ways. Speaking in Las Vegas last October at the Money 20/2- events, the Apple founders described traditional currencies as “kind of phony.” “Woz” said this was due to the fact governments can create new units of the currency for political reasons. He added that gold also lacks a fixed supply, saying: “There is a certain finite amount of bitcoin that can ever exist. “Gold gets mined and mined and mined. “Maybe there’s a finite amount of gold in the world, but cryptocurrency is even more mathematical and regulated and nobody can change mathematics.”

Read more at:


:: 5-23-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'We call them The Walking Dead': At least TWENTY-FIVE people 'looking like zombies' collapse after overdosing on synthetic marijuana known as 'K2' on the same New York street where 33 people overdosed two years ago

At least 25 people were hospitalized after overdosing on synthetic marijuana

Police responded at 7.30pm to Brooklyn's Bedford-Stuyvesant neighborhood

The neighborhood has become known as 'ground zero' for K2 addicts

All those who were hospitalized do not have life-threatening conditions

One man was arrested on Saturday night in connection to the mass overdose

K2 has been known to induce paranoia, confusion, vomiting and hallucinations

By Mary Kekatos and Anneta Konstantinides For Published: 16:07 EDT, 20 May 2018 | Updated: 12:45 EDT, 23 May 2018

They looked more like zombies than New Yorkers as they slumped against buildings and lay down on the sidewalks. Police say they all had taken a bad batch of drugs known to induce paranoia, vomiting and hallucinations. At least 25 people were hospitalized in New York City after a possible overdose of synthetic marijuana known as 'K2'. Police responded to an intersection in Brooklyn's Bedford-Stuyvesant neighborhood on Saturday and loaded dazed and confused users onto stretchers and into ambulances. On Saturday night, NBC 4 New York reported that the number of those who overdosed was believed to be 16 before those figures were corrected on Sunday. Authorities received a call around 7.30pm of people found unresponsive on the corner of Broadway and Myrtle Avenue. Those hospitalized were taken to Interfaith Medical Center, Wyckoff Heights Medical Center and Woodhull Medical Center, and all are expected to live. Witnesses at the scene said the drug users looked like zombies and could barely keep their bodies upright. 'We call them The Walking Dead,' Israel P told The New York Daily News. The 23-year-old, who works at his family's nearby restaurant, said he saw three people get taken away in ambulances. Another man, who declined to give his name told The News: 'One of them, a guy, was upside down. His body up, his head down...Another one was lying down flat.' Police arrested Tyquan Holley, 41, on Saturday night for criminal possession of a controlled substance after he was found with synthetic marijuana on Myrtle Avenue near Broadway. Holley has a lengthy rap sheet with 18 prior arrests on charges ranging from patronizing a prostitute, robbery and grand larceny, police said. Additionally, two search warrants were executed at Big Boy Deli at 930 Broadway and the Star Deli and Grill at 943 Broadway, according to police. Authorities have called Big Boy Deli the 'sole distributor' of K2 in the area, according to Three other men were arrested for selling untaxed cigarettes including Raddwan Alsaidi, 24; Marcial Cortez, 26; and Ashraf Rayshani, 22. Cortez was also charged with criminal possession of a weapon, a knife, reported The New York Times. Two people were taken into custody at the Deli and Grill on charges related to selling untaxed cigarettes, police said. K2 contains man-made chemicals that act on the same cell receptors in the brain that THC does in natural marijuana. It is dirt cheap, often sold for one to five dollars for a stick or package. Researchers have found instances in which chemicals in synthetic marijuana can bind much more strongly to cell receptors than THC, producing stronger effects. Because the chemicals vary from packet to packet, the effects of K2 are unpredictable and can change from use to use, according to the New York City Health Department. Packaged under names like Spice, AK-47, Smacked, Green Giant Scooby Snax, iBlown and Dank, K2 can lead to seizures, psychosis, dependence and death. The products can also cause a rapid increase in heart, paranoia, confusion, vomiting and hallucinations. Richard Rojas, who plowed into a crowd of pedestrian in Times Square in May 2017 - killing an 18-year-old girl, was reportedly high on K2 at the time, reported ABC 7. More than 6,000 people have been sent to the emergency room in New York because of K2 since 2015 and there have been two confirmed deaths caused by the drug. New York Mayor Bill de Blasio signed a bill in October that made it illegal to sell or produce K2, making it a crime punishable by up to a year in jail and fines of more than $100,000. In May 2016, he announced that there had been an 85 percent decline in K2-related emergency visits in the last 10 months. Councilman Robert Cornegy Jr and Councilwoman Laurie Cumbo, whose districts includes Beford-Stuyvesant, held a press conference on Sunday during which they asked for extra law enforcement outside Big Boy Deli. 'Right now we are talking about step up enforcements in the local area to make sure that this doesn't happen again,' Cornegy told reporters. Shops that are caught selling the drug lose their license to sell cigarettes. But Cornegy said many area shops have found ways to get around the law. [rewrite[ 'Some of the local shop owners are now using what's called runners. So, not selling it absolutely out of the store, but having people who are working outside of the store who are loosely associated with the stores doing their business for them,' the councilman told New York 1. 'So we have to escalate our efforts in an effort to stop this scourge in our community.'

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5-20-18 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – 10s Of Millions Are Already Struggling To Survive In The US But This Is The Scary Part

May 20, 2018

As the world edges closer to the next crisis, today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies, told King World News that tens of millions are already struggling to survive in the US, but this is the really scary part. 51 Million Households In Trouble

May 20 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: “There are 51 million American households that cannot make ends meet. This means that 43% of American households can’t afford a basic middle class life. Of these, 35 million are dubbed ALICE which stands for Asset Limited, Income Constrained, Employed with a further 16 million households living in poverty… In Volatile Markets, Is Wealth Preservation King? In a King World News interview I spoke with the man who predicted the Swiss National Bank would experience staggering losses and that the Fed would also experience massive losses that will destabilize the global financial system! His company is the only one in the world offering a precious metals investment service outside the banking system, with direct ownership and full control by the investor. He has also become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, and major global events. To find out what he and his company can do to help answer that age old question for you CLICK HERE. Struggling To Survive Egon von Greyerz continues: “It is absolutely remarkable that in the world’s biggest and “richest” country, just under 50% of the households are struggling to afford a basic middle class life and that 50 million people live in poverty. And this is after decades of prosperity and economic growth. What this proves is that the average person in the US is seeing no prosperity at all. All the official figures of employment, production, growth, GDP, etc, are just humbug. They are fake data which is completely misleading and paints a totally false picture. The official unemployment figure is 4% but the real figure is 22%. There are 95 million Americans capable of working who are not in the labour force. The US economy consists of a small minority which has benefitted dramatically from the credit expansion and money printing. And then there is the big majority that earn low incomes and have enormous debts who struggle to make interest payments on debts that they can never repay. Real median hourly wages have not increased in the US for 50 years! Today, 66% of Americans earn less than $20 per hour. Trump was aware of the situation of the average American during the election campaign. And by appealing to this group, he won the election. But sadly, making promises is a lot easier than solving an insoluble debt problem. The US and global economies are soon going to be crushed by the massive global debt situation, as I outlined in my article last week about “Alice in Horrorland.” Since 1/3 of Americans have less than $5,000 in savings, they have nothing to fall back on when they lose their jobs and hit hard times. At that point, the government will default and there will be no social security net. They will of course print unlimited amounts of money, which will be totally worthless and thus have no effect except for causing hyperinflation. It is not just the personal debt situation in the US that is cause for concern. Corporate debt is now at an extreme, in a similar position as before the 1990, 2000, 2008 economic crises and stock market collapses. As the graph below shows, corporate Debt to GDP is currently giving a warning that the next economic and market decline is imminent. The fact that US national debt has doubled since 2009 is certainly not going to make the situation easier. But these problems are not limited to the US. Almost 50% of the world’s population, which is more than 3 billion people, live on less than $2.50 per day. And 17% live in extreme poverty on less than $1.25 a day. The World Bank has defined the “International Poverty Line” as $1.90 a day and around 2.5 billion people are below that line. So after over 100 years of major growth in GDP, technological innovations, industrialism, food production, health care, etc, there are still 2.5 billion below the poverty line. A major reason is the fact that world population has exploded in the last 175 years. In the 1850s, global population was 1 billion and today we are at 7.5 billion. A graph of a major sample, like world population, that is a spike straight up, will at some point turn into a spike straight down. This means that world population will come down dramatically due to poverty, disease, war or a combination of all three factors. Thus, a major decline in world population is likely in the next few decades to maybe half or 3 billion. This sounds dramatic and terrifying but similar reductions have happened throughout history. Thus, in spite of a century with remarkable growth, credit expansion and money printing, the world has a major economic and poverty problem. This will, sadly, not end well when the current global debt and asset bubbles burst. We will see a global contagion of, defaults and economic misery. Central banks will embark on unlimited money printing in a futile attempt to save the world but this time it will fail. Printed money has zero value and will therefore have no effect. You cannot solve a debt problem by issuing more debt. The mess in Europe is getting worse. The US has broken the Iran agreement and is now putting massive pressure on Merkel and the rest of Europe to do likewise. But European countries are unwilling to comply. The US is threatening to sanction any country that trades with Iran and also with Russia. The unelected and unaccountable bureaucrats in Brussels are under increasing pressure. They are doing all they can to stop Brexit. Theresa May has a very weak hand as the leader of a party that does not have majority in parliament. The problem is that she can’t even get agreement in her own cabinet. This makes her so weak that she is unlikely to reach the Brexit agreement that a majority of the British people voted for. The Brussels mafia is skillfully taking advantage of this and are currently succeeding in preventing the UK from getting anywhere. The European Union has become a failed attempt at constructing a European superstate run by the Brussels elite. A free trade union was an excellent idea but the political union which is Brussel’s aim is a disaster waiting to happen. Also, a common currency can never work for a region in such a disparate area, with different cultures, wage rates, growth rates, inflation and limited mobility of labor. The elites’ dream of a common fiscal and economic policy will never be accepted by most member states. Personally I am totally against the EU as a political union since I don’t believe in an unelected and irresponsible elite ruling over 500 million people who have very little in common. Instead, small is beautiful. The smaller a country, the more accountable politicians become. Even more so when power is decentralised to the regions and when there is direct democracy like in Switzerland. Even though Switzerland has its own problems, the political system is superior to any other country’s in the world. This is why the Swiss economy and currency has consistently been the strongest in the world. But sadly, the Swiss banking system and the Swiss National Bank are as badly managed as most banks in the world. Also, the Swiss financial system is as vulnerable as the rest of the world and much too big for the country. Therefore, I would not keep any major asset in the Swiss banks, nor in any other banks for that matter. The Brussel elite, together with Macron and Merkel, are now under increasing pressure to keep the EU together. Many Eastern European countries like Poland, Hungary and the Czech Republic are increasingly unhappy with EU policies and in particular the migration problem. The weak Mediterranean economies should all leave the EU and the Euro, reestablish their own currencies and renege on the debt to the ECB. This is the only way for them to put their countries on a sound footing. The Brussels elite has used all methods to keep the Mediterranean countries in the EU by extending increasing amounts of loans that will never be repaid. Greece should have left the EU many years ago and so should Italy. The coming Italian coalition government will make life even more difficult for Brussels than the UK is doing. The unholy alliance between the anti-establishment Five Star Movement and the far right, The League, won over 50% of the votes together in the election. They are anti EU, anti Euro and anti immigration. They want the ECB to wipe out EUR 250 billion of debt. Italy has EUR 2.4 billion of government debt and EUR 450 billion of Target 2 debt to the ECB. The proposed Italian government has also promised to cut taxes and introduce a basic wage. Italy’s debt to GDP is already 130% and is unlikely to go down with these measures but reneging on EU debt would certainly help. The elitist paper the Financial Times called the proposed Italian government “Modern Barbarians.” Salvini, the leader of the League retorted: “It is better to be a barbarian than a slave that sells Italy’s dignity, future, business and borders.” It is very clear that we are now seeing the beginning of the end to the European Union. Brussels is not going to give up easily and it will take time. But economic pressures in many European countries, exacerbated by the very high number of migrants, will certainly contribute to a faster breakup of the EU. Finally, let us look at a chart that predicts the future very clearly. Commodities are at 60 year low relative to equities. This doesn’t just mean that stocks will collapse. More importantly, many commodities will surge in price. Part of the reason for this is the coming inflation, leading to hyperinflation and a weak dollar. Commodities will be a major beneficiary of the coming repricing of assets. As bubble assets like stocks, bonds and property collapse, commodities will surge. This will lead to the biggest wealth transfer in history. Many commodities will make new highs with oil, for example, very likely to go above $150 per barrel. But the main beneficiaries of the coming commodity boom will be the precious metals. Although I wouldn’t call gold and silver commodities, they are classified as such. Precious metal investors have had to be patient for quite a few years since the 2011 top. For the people who hold physical gold and silver for wealth preservation purposes, the price is less relevant. But as the chart above warns us, the metals are now on the verge of a major breakout that will not only take gold above the $1,920 high and silver above $50, but to levels that will reflect the real inflation adjusted values of the metals, which is certainly at least $10,000 for gold and $650 for silver. With real hyperinflation we will have to add a few zeroes. But we must remember that physical gold and silver is not held as investments but as the only money which has survived in history. We are now on the eve of an economic crisis of unfathomable proportions due to an insoluble debt problem. Holding precious metals will be invaluable insurance to survive this crisis financially.” 

:: 5-19-18 Strategic Culture Foundation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex GORKA | 19.05.2018 | WORLD /

Brussels Rises in Revolt Against Washington: a Turning Point in the US-European Relationship

The May 16-17 EU-Western Balkans summit did address the problems of integration, but it was eclipsed by another issue. The meeting turned out to be a landmark event that will go down in history as the day Europe united to openly defy the US. The EU will neither review the Iran nuclear deal (JPCOA) nor join the sanctions against Tehran that have been reintroduced and even intensified by America. Washington’s unilateral withdrawal from the JPCOA was the last straw, forcing the collapse of Western unity. The Europeans found themselves up against a wall. There is no point in discussing further integration or any other matter if the EU cannot protect its own members. But now it can. President Trump has his own reasons to shred the Iran deal, but he needs Europe to strong-arm Tehran into signing a “better” agreement. Were it to do so, the US administration would make it look like a big victory. Washington does not shy away from threatening its allies with punitive measures but the EU is standing tall, deepening the rift. As European Council President Donald Tusk put it, “With friends like Trump, who needs enemies?” According to him, the US president has “rid Europe of all illusions.” Mr. Tusk wants Europe to “stick to our guns” against new US policies. Jean-Claude Juncker, the head of the EU Commission, believes that “Europe must take America's place as global leader” because Washington has turned its back on its allies. Washington “no longer wants to cooperate.” It is turning away from friendly relations “with ferocity.” Mr. Juncker thinks the time is ripe for Europe “to replace the United States, which as an international actor has lost vigor.” It would have been unthinkable not long ago for a top EU official to say such things and challenge the US global leadership. Now the unthinkable has become reality. The process of shifting away from America does not boil down to just words of indignation and open defiance. Plans are underway to take practical steps. For instance, the EU is to ditch the use of the US currency in its payments for Iranian oil. It can be done. Russia and Iran have already launched an oil-for-goods exchange program in order to leave the greenback behind. The bloc plans to activate a 1996 law (the blocking statute), which bans European businesses from compliance with US sanctions on Iran. The legislation protects "against the effects of the extra-territorial application of legislation adopted by a third country." The EU-Iran discussions have already been held. And it is America’s closest ally who is to deal the first powerful blow against US global dominance. This is a demonstration of the “no retreat, no surrender” spirit before the not-yet-unleased war is in full swing. True, this applies to only a relatively small sector of business activities, and Iran’s $400-billion market can’t be compared to the $18-trillion US market, but the important factor here is the show of political will to stand up to America’s challenge. This rift is taking place amid a looming trade war over aluminum and steel, the US withdrawal from the Paris climate accords, the relocation of the embassy to Jerusalem with no regard for the allies’ opinion, and the controversy over Europe’s NATO spending. On May 15, the EU defense heads gathered at a meeting of the European Union Military Committee to discuss deeper integration and an independent defense policy, which envisages greater efficiency to reduce expenditures, given the US demands to increase those outlays under the auspices of NATO. The PESCO agreement is the backbone of the EU defense policy and it’s purely European. Sandra Oudkirk, US Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Energy, has just threatened to sanction the Europeans if they continue with the Nord Stream 2 pipeline project to bring gas in from Russia across the Baltic Sea. That country is also seen by the US as an adversary and its approach is by and large the same – to issue orders for Europe to adopt a confrontational policy, doing as it is told without asking too many questions. Iran and Nord Stream 2 unite Moscow and Brussels in their opposition to this diktat. On May 17, Iran signed a provisional free-trade-zone agreement with a Russia-led Eurasian Economic Union (EEU) that seeks to increase the current levels of trade valued at $2.7 billion. The deal lowers or abolishes customs duties. It also establishes a three-year process for reaching a permanent trade agreement. If Iran becomes a member of the group, it would expand its economic horizons beyond the Middle Eastern region. So, Europe and Russia are in the same boat, both holding talks with Iran on economic cooperation. President Donald Trump has just instructed Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to prepare a list of new sanctions against the Russian Federation for its alleged violations of the 1987 Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty. This is the agreement the US has so egregiously and openly breached. But nobody in Europe has announced that they want US nuclear-tipped intermediate- range weapons on their territory that will be a target for a potential retaliatory strike by Russia. It’s an example of yet another European problem with having the decision-making process located in Washington. If Europe is resolved to fend off US attempts to dictate its policy on Iran, why should it reconcile itself to the pressure to keep the sanctions against Russia intact? May 17 marked a turning point in the US-European relationship. Europeans joined ranks to resist a policy that encroaches on their right to decide their own fate. It’s Europe, not the US, who is negatively affected by the punitive measures, creating deep divisions within the EU at a time when that group is faced with many problems. The time is ripe for Brussels to stop this sanctions-counter-sanctions mayhem and stake out its own independent policies on Russia, Iran, defense, and other issues, that will protect European, not US, national interests. May 17 is the day the revolt started and there is no going back. Europe has said goodbye to trans-Atlantic unity. It looks like it has had enough. 

:: 5-21-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When 43% Of Americans Can't Pay For Food And Rent, We Can Say Economic Collapse Is Here

by Tyler Durden Mon, 05/21/2018 - 17:45

The Organic Prepper

When 43% of Americans Can’t Pay for Food and Rent, We Can Safely Say the Economic Collapse Is HERE by Daisy Luther You know all those reports about how lots of Americans can’t afford a $1000 surprise expense like a medical bill or a car repair? Well, forget additional expenses. It turns out that nearly half of the families in America are struggling to pay for food and rent. And that means that the economic collapse isn’t just “coming.” It’s HERE. United Way has done a study on a group of Americans they call ALICE: Asset Limited, Income Constrained, Employed. The study found that this group does not make the money needed “to survive in the modern economy.” ALICE is your child care worker, your parent on Social Security, the cashier at your supermarket, the gas attendant, the salesperson at your big box store, your waitress, a home health aide, an office clerk. ALICE cannot always pay the bills, has little or nothing in savings, and is forced to make tough choices such as deciding between quality child care or paying the rent. One unexpected car repair or medical bill can push these financially strapped families over the edge. ALICE is a hardworking member of the community who is employed yet does not earn enough to afford the basic necessities of life. ALICE earns above the federal poverty level but does not earn enough to afford a bare-bones household budget of housing, child care, food, transportation, and healthcare. (source) Between families living below the poverty line due to unemployment or disability and ALICEs, the study discovered that 43% of Americans were struggling to cover basic necessities like rent and food. Where are families struggling the most? Some states have more families living in ALICE levels than others. The 3 states with the most families barely surviving paycheck to paycheck are California, New Mexico, and Hawaii. Each of these states saw 49% of families struggling. North Dakota had the lowest ALICE percentage with 32%. You can check how your state fares right here. Despite the lowest unemployment rate since 2000, families all over the country are barely getting by. The media page of the ALICE website is jammed with headlines that are all too familiar for many Americans: Report: Michigan makes little progress in lifting working poor to financial stability After a decade of tax cuts — Ohioans in financial hardship Louisiana families work hard, but still can’t cover necessities 44 percent of Florida households, mostly working poor, struggling to meet basic needs Third of New Jersey households can’t afford basic necessities 42 percent of Wisconsin households struggle to pay bills And on and on and on… The economic collapse of America is here. While many families are still doing okay, the specter of poverty looms over many of us. Many of us know that we’re one personal financial catastrophe away from disaster. I wrote recently about my own family’s struggle with a large medical bill. Obviously, I’m not telling you about our financial saga to make myself look bad. I’m telling you because I want you to know that no matter how much you try to do everything right, financial problems can happen to anyone, at any time. Whether you have $100 in the bank or $100,000 in the bank, something can happen that wipes out your emergency fund just like it did mine. This doesn’t mean that you failed financially – it means that circumstances can affect you, just like they do everyone else, no matter how careful you are. Before my daughter’s illness, I was doing everything “right.”

I had enough money in my emergency fund to carry me through 3 lean months

I had numerous credit cards with zero balances

My only debt was my car

My kids are going to school without student loans

I opted out of health insurance because it was more financially practical to pay cash (and I still agree with that decision)

Everything was great. Until it wasn’t. (source) This is a story that probably rings true to more and more familiar to a growing number of families every week. While my income hasn’t dropped – it’s grown – I am still struggling to pay off those bills and recover. I’ve taken on a significant amount of extra work to get things back under control, and still, I worry it won’t be enough. Sound familiar? If it does, it’s because – and of this, I am quite certain – the long-heralded economic collapse of America is upon us. When hard-working families who should be “middle class” can barely afford to eat and keep a roof over their heads, things are only going to devolve further. Look at other examples of economic collapse This is just the beginning of a looming collapse in America. Remember back when Greece began to collapse? It was the same thing – no one could afford the basics and things went downhill pretty quickly from there. It really hit the papers when a strict austerity program was instituted and culminated when a “bank holiday” shut down the financial system for an entire week. There are similar stories in the UK (where the taxpayers can still fund a 45 million dollar wedding but poor families can’t afford to eat every day), Argentina, and Cyprus. Jose wrote for us about the warning signs that the collapse of Venezuela was approaching and they’re eerily familiar. Food rationing began, the cost of medical care became prohibitive, the health insurance system began to fail, and people began to make difficult choices about rent versus food. I don’t know how it could be any more clear than the fact that nearly half of the American population is also making that decision each month. What’s the answer? While the United Way hopes to boost the minimum wage, I don’t feel that is the answer because it will drive businesses to let employees go when they can’t afford to pay them. We have seen this happen in fast food establishments in which humans are on their way to being replaced by self-service kiosks and burger-flipping robots. I believe the only answer is to begin to produce more than we consume. Currently, Americans are like a horde of locusts, working at jobs that produce nothing, but consuming rabidly the imports that feed us, clothe us, and entertain us. We’re looking at economic tariffs on imports that may increase their price up to 40% and our own exports will be subject to tariffs in return. If you find yourself in a tough spot, these tips from The Cheapskate’s Guide to the Galaxy may help. Audit your situation. See where all your money is going, see how much debt you’re in, and see what the most immediate ramifications will be. Take care of the most important things first. In most situations, keeping your home paid for (rent or mortgage), paying utilities, and making your auto and insurance payments should come first. Take care of the things that will have the most immediate ramifications first. You may have to make some late payments on less vital things. If so, communicate with those to whom you owe money and try to make arrangements. This may affect your credit, but by communicating with them, you can keep damage to a minimum. Cut your expenses. When you audit your situation, you may find some places that you can slash your regular expenses. Don’t hesitate to reduce services that are unnecessary or to whittle down your monthly obligations. (More ideas here) Put a little money back into your emergency fund as soon as possible. This may sound counterintuitive but having a bit of money for minor emergencies means that you won’t need to rely on credit cards for these things, putting you even further in the hole. Pay off your debts. Use the snowball method to attack your debts. Start paying these off AFTER you pay for the things I recommended in step 2. Use the things you have on hand. Delay a trip to the store for as long as possible by planning a menu using the food in your pantry and freezer. (Think about the stockpile challenge we did and use those strategies. Get some ideas for meals from your stockpile in this article) Use the shampoo, soap, and personal hygiene products that you have already instead of buying new products. Raise extra money. This may come from selling things you don’t need, taking on some extra work, or by creating a product or service to sell. However you do this, use the extra revenue wisely to get out of debt and to rebuild your emergency fund. There are more ideas for making money quickly in this issue. And to harden yourself against the collapse that will only get worse, make these changes to help your family survive. What can you store?” is not the right question to ask. “What can you make?” – that’s the right question. Your focus has to be on long-term sustainability, frugality, and self-reliance. Don’t get me wrong – a stockpile is sensible and an essential course of action. It should definitely be part of your preparedness plan. However, you need to also be ready for the time when the supplies in your well-stocked pantry are no longer available. You need to be able to meet as many of your own needs as possible or you’ll end up being one of those people wearing dirty clothes because you can’t find laundry soap or going hungry because you can’t find any food at the stores – or can’t afford it if you can find it. You need to be ready for the end of a consumer-driven lifestyle, because quite frankly, there may soon come a day when there are no consumer goods to be had. Here are some ways to work on your Here are some ways to work on your self-reliance: Looking for the thrifty answer using things you have on hand, instead of purchasing a solution to every problem Fixing things that are broken instead of replacing them Eating simple food you prepare from scratch Producing as much of your own food as possible Learning to forage Using “old-fashioned” alternatives for disposable things like diapers, wipes, feminine hygiene supplies, paper towels, and the like

Learning to make cleaning supplies and soaps, especially from accessible supplies (like vinegar, ash, and foraged natural ingredients)

Learning to make pantry basics like vinegar, sourdough, and cultured dairy products

Learning to preserve your harvests to see you through the lean days of winter

Providing your own services like heat, garbage disposal, and water

Learning about natural remedies from accessible sources

Learning to protect your family and property

It’s only by reducing your need for the things sold in stores that you can exempt yourself from the chaos and desperation that will erupt when everyone realizes that an economic collapse has occurred. 

:: 5-20-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Information Confirms There Is A Major Political Reckoning On The Horizon And Things Are About To Get Very Ugly - Insider Warns: IT Is About To Hit The Fan

May 20, 2018 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Part 1: MSM Desperately Starts Spinning And Distracting From Huge News Revealing FBI Spy Infiltrated Trump Campaign To Frame Him Before Russia Probe Began Part 2: The Fallout- After the media went into meltdown mode in order to spin and distract from the blockbusting news that the Obama administration, via the intelligence agencies under his control, did indeed order surveillance on the Trump campaign before the official "Russia investigation" began as well as before and after the 2016 presidential election, a rapid series of articles, legal opinions, and reactions followed. One of which, perhaps the most in-depth and objective, came from Shapiro Professor of Public Interest Law at George Washington University, Jonathan Turley. I say Turley's reaction and commentary is the most objective because Turley is not what anyone would consider a "Trump fan," or on the "Trump train," but has always provided fair and balanced analysis on the legalities and optics of the whole Russia-gate issue. Turley's piece over at The Hill is titled "After year of investigation, Trump can rightly claim some vindication," in where he describes the most recent revelation that had the media immediately spinning tales, offering justifications, making sure to provide a take that categorically seemed "sympathetic" to the "deep state," all the while ignoring the ramifications of a sitting administration targeting a candidate from an opposing political party for surveillance, giving the appearance that much of the intelligence community was being used as a political tool to prevent the opposing party's candidate from winning a presidential election. Turley on why he feels President Trump "can rightly claim some vindication": The New York Times this week disclosed that the FBI made a conscious effort to use secret counterintelligence powers to investigate Trump officials and may have had a confidential informant who was used in connection with key Trump figures long before the November 2016 election. (Officials stated anonymously that this was a longstanding source who worked with both the FBI and CIA for years.) In early 2017, President Trump was widely ridiculed for alleging that the Obama administration placed his campaign under surveillance. The response from experts on CNN and other sites was open mockery. Former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper came forward to assure the media that he could categorically deny the allegation and stated, “There was no such wiretap activity mounted against the president, the president-elect at the time, or as a candidate, or against his campaign.” The range of media analysis seemed to run from whether Trump was a clinical paranoid or a delusional demagogue. We now know there was, indeed, surveillance ordered repeatedly on Trump campaign figures before and after the election. Rather than acknowledge the troubling implications of an administration investigating the opposing party’s leading candidate for president, the media shifted to saying that there was ample reason to order the surveillance. While the entire article is worth the read, we will jump straight to Turley's concluding paragraphs, which leads us to the instantaneous reaction to president Trump's announcement from today, which seems to have sent the MSM into yet another tailspin. As a nation committed to the rule of law, we need a full and transparent investigation of these allegations. All of the allegations. That includes both the investigation of special counsel Mueller and the investigation of these latest allegations involving the FBI. For many Trump supporters, this new information deepens suspicions of the role of the “deep state.” If we ever hope to come out of these poisonous times as a unified nation, the public must be allowed to see the full record on both sides. Until then, many Americans across the country will continue to believe that, like “Jumpin’ Jack Flash,” Trump was greeted after his election by being “crowned with a spike” right through his head. Related: 10 Key Takeaways From The New York Times’ Error-Ridden Defense Of FBI Spying On Trump Campaign Transparency. Legal experts, Trump supporters, congressional Republicans on oversight committees, have all been demanding transparency. The FBI and DOJ, have blocked congress from accessing documents, to the point where they have threatened to subpoena them and hold members of the intelligence community in contempt of congress for their refusal to provide the documentation needed for them to provide the oversight they are charged with. Well, this morning, as part of a series of hard-hitting tweets, President Trump made an announcement that has Washington Post, the intel community mouth-piece, melting down. Trump said "I hereby demand, and will do so officially tomorrow, that the Department of Justice look into whether or not the FBI/DOJ infiltrated or surveilled the Trump Campaign for Political Purposes - and if any such demands or requests were made by people within the Obama Administration!" In response to that particular tweet, former United States Secret Service agent Dan Bongino, predicted "Excellent! The s%^* is about to hit the fan. Watch the media desperately try to insulate Obama as the disturbing truth about the police-state Obama administration comes out." It took a little bit over an hour for his prediction to be proven true as the propaganda arm of the "deep state," otherwise known as Washington Post, to publish their weak attempt to "insulate" the Obama administration, by hyperventilating about Trump's tweet, then claiming how it would be "more explosive" for the president to "order the Justice Department to turn over documents on the confidential source to Congress — which department leaders have said they are unwilling to do." Wait, what?? Yesterday's bombshells about a "source" spying on the Trump campaign at the behest of the FBI, before the Russia probe was even started, came in the form of a NYT article and four Wapo articles, in which they all described said source, in such a manner, that as The Intercept's Glenn Greenwald pointed out, that while they did not use his name they provided "so many details about him that anyone with Google would be able to instantly know his name." This is not about hiding a source. The MSM, with the help of anonymous intelligence community sources, already outed the source, while at the same time refusing to hand the information over to congressional investigators. The fact that they all basically sacrificed the source after such a long, protracted and very public battle about identifying the source, tells us there is something even bigger, much more damning and damaging to the intelligence community and specifically the former Obama officials, getting ready to drop. Whether that information will be part of the upcoming DOJ OIG report regarding misconduct on the part of the FBI, DOJ, and other intelligence agencies, or something else, is unknown at this point. Immediately following the Wapo article, the other propaganda arm of the intel community, the New York Times, jumped into action, claiming that Trump's tweet "went beyond his usual tactics of suggesting wrongdoing and political bias by those investigating him, and crossed over into applying overt presidential pressure on the Justice Department to do his bidding, an extraordinary realm where past presidents have rarely tread." NYT took their hyperbole even further than Wapo did, claiming Trump's demand "could force a clash between the sitting president and his Justice Department that is reminiscent of the one surrounding Richard M. Nixon during Watergate." Other freakouts include media personalities via social media, with MSNBC's Justice & Security Analyst Matthew Miller declaring that President Trump has "crossed the red line." BuzzFeed's legal editor Chris Geidner, states "The tweet could set up a constitutional crisis......" While a whole host of media personalities are running to protect the Obama/Clinton cabal of "deep staters," one of the most ironic comes from CNN analyst and liberal-leaning lawfareblog contributing editor Carrie Cordero, who says "The Department of Justice doesn't open investigations for political purposes, which is what the president says today he will order tomorrow. There are rules. And I'm convinced there are people left in this government who will follow them." Considering the investigation President Trump is demanding is into how the DOJ, under Obama, did open investigations into Trump campaign members being opened for "political purposes," which is now public knowledge, her assertion is actually laughable. Americans now get to see how opposed to transparency the liberal media is, to truth seeing the light of day and to governmental wrongdoings being exposed. Frankly this is unprecedented. It is unbelievable the lengths the liberal media is willing to go to prevent the American people from seeing how politicized the intelligence community had become during the Obama administration, to the point where they spied on an opposing party's presidential campaign, withheld information from the FISA court about who funded their "probable cause" (Steele dossier) to apply for a surveillance warrant, created the Russia investigation as an "insurance policy," in case Donald Trump won the 2016 election, and then the former FBI Director, James Comey admitted to leaking classified memos to a friend with the sole purpose of having his friend leak it to the media in order to spur a special counsel to conduct the Russia probe. The media need to be held accountable by their audience for their attempts to prevent their followers from learning the extent of corruption the media has refused to inform them of. There is a major reckoning on the horizon, not just for corrupt intelligence officials, former and current, but for the liberal media. Related Must-Read: “Collusion against Trump” timeline BOTTOM LINE - ANALYSIS ON TIMING President Trump's original tweets regarding being surveilled by the Obama administration before the election came in March 2017, so what exactly took so long to finally get to the point where everything is coming out now? A step back to look at the bigger picture and what has occurred over the last year-plus, provides us with some clues. In February 2017, described as the "bloodbath" at the State Department, former Secretary of State Rex Tillerson cleared out the "seventh floor," who had previously been quoted as calling themselves "The Shadow Government." Since President Trump took office, we have seen a number of people terminated, including but not limited to Former Acting Attorney General Sally Yates, Former FBI Director James Comey, and Former Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe. We have also seen a number of other FBI and DOJ senior level employees reassigned (Peter Strzok/Lisa Page), demoted (Bruce Ohr) and others taken out of positions of influence. During that time, President Trump has also set a record for the most ever federal appeals judges confirmed during the first year of a presidency, as well as a Supreme Court Judge. In other words, the president has re-positioned or removed Obama holdovers that could have influenced or obstructed a proper investigation, while re-balancing the courts that became full of liberal activists, while giving the DOJ Inspector General times to conclude his investigations into possible misconduct on the part of those intelligence members. The IG report is finished, has been handed over to the proper parties for viewing so that they can submit their official response to be added to the report before it is released publicly and word is, the IG has prepared criminal referrals in regards to their conduct in the Clinton investigation. The IG has also been tasked with investigating possible FISA abuses. Now that the intelligence community has been forced to admit they did indeed spy on the Trump campaign before the Russia investigation officially began, it is time to expose the rest, which is exactly what President Trump just announced he planned on doing. Things are about to get very ugly. [Update] Rod Rosenstein hasn't even waited for President Trump to officially order the investigation, he has already "asked the Justice Department's inspector general Sunday to review whether there was improper politically motivated surveillance of the Trump campaign in 2016," according to Washington Examiner. 

:: 5-20-18 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stopping Robert Mueller to protect us all

By Mark Penn, opinion contributor — 05/20/18 07:00 PM EDT

19,488  The views expressed by contributors are their own and not the view of The Hill

The “deep state” is in a deep state of desperation. With little time left before the Justice Department inspector general’s report becomes public, and with special counsel Robert Mueller having failed to bring down Donald Trump after a year of trying, they know a reckoning is coming. At this point, there is little doubt that the highest echelons of the FBI and the Justice Department broke their own rules to end the Hillary Clinton “matter,” but we can expect the inspector general to document what was done or, more pointedly, not done. It is hard to see how a yearlong investigation of this won’t come down hard on former FBI Director James Comey and perhaps even former Attorney General Loretta Lynch, who definitely wasn’t playing mahjong in a secret “no aides allowed” meeting with former President Clinton on a Phoenix airport tarmac. With this report on the way and congressional investigators beginning to zero in on the lack of hard, verified evidence for starting the Trump probe, current and former intelligence and Justice Department officials are dumping everything they can think of to save their reputations. But it is backfiring. They started by telling the story of Alexander Downer, an Australian diplomat, as having remembered a bar conversation with George Papadopoulos, a foreign policy adviser to the Trump campaign. But how did the FBI know they should talk to him? That’s left out of their narrative. Downer’s signature appears on a $25 million contribution to the Clinton Foundation. You don’t need much imagination to figure that he was close with Clinton Foundation operatives who relayed information to the State Department, which then called the FBI to complete the loop. This wasn’t intelligence. It was likely opposition research from the start. In no way would a fourth-hand report from a Maltese professor justify wholesale targeting of four or five members of the Trump campaign. It took Christopher Steele, with his funding concealed through false campaign filings, to be incredibly successful at creating a vast echo chamber around his unverified, fanciful dossier, bouncing it back and forth between the press and the FBI so it appeared that there were multiple sources all coming to the same conclusion. Time and time again, investigators came up empty. Even several sting operations with an FBI spy we just learned about failed to produce a DeLorean-like video with cash on the table. But rather than close the probe, the deep state just expanded it. All they had were a few isolated contacts with Russians and absolutely nothing related to Trump himself, yet they pressed forward. Egged on by Steele, they simply believed Trump and his team must be dirty. They just needed to dig deep enough. Perhaps the murkiest event in the timeline is Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein’s appointment of a special counsel after he personally recommended Comey’s firing in blistering terms. With Attorney General Jeff Sessions shoved out of the way, Rosenstein and Mueller then ignored their own conflicts and took charge anyway. Rosenstein is a fact witness, and Mueller is a friend of Comey, disqualifying them both. Flush with 16 prosecutors, including a former lawyer for the Clinton Foundation, and an undisclosed budget, the Mueller investigation has been a scorched-earth effort to investigate the entirety of the Trump campaign, Trump business dealings, the entire administration and now, if it was not Russia, maybe it’s some other country. The president’s earlier legal team was naive in believing that, when Mueller found nothing, he would just end it. Instead, the less investigators found, the more determined and expansive they became. This president and his team now are on a better road to put appropriate limits on all this. This process must now be stopped, preferably long before a vote in the Senate. Rather than a fair, limited and impartial investigation, the Mueller investigation became a partisan, open-ended inquisition that, by its precedent, is a threat to all those who ever want to participate in a national campaign or an administration again. Its prosecutions have all been principally to pressure witnesses with unrelated charges and threats to family, or just for a public relations effect, like the indictment of Russian internet trolls. Unfortunately, just like the Doomsday Machine in “Dr. Strangelove” that was supposed to save the world but instead destroys it, the Mueller investigation comes with no “off” switch: You can’t fire Mueller. He needs to be defeated, like Ken Starr, the independent counsel who investigated President Clinton. Finding the “off” switch will not be easy. Step one here is for the Justice Department inspector general report to knock Comey out of the witness box. Next, the full origins of the investigation and its lack of any real intelligence needs to come out in the open. The attorney general, himself the target of a secret investigation, needs to take back his Justice Department. Sessions needs to act quickly, along with U.S. Attorney John Huber, appointed to conduct an internal review of the FBI, on the Comey and McCabe matters following the inspector general report, and then announce an expanded probe into other abuses of power. The president’s lawyers need to extend their new aggressiveness from words to action, filing complaints with the Justice Department’s Office of Professional Responsibility on the failure of Mueller and Rosenstein to recuse themselves and going into court to question the tactics of the special counsel, from selective prosecutions on unrelated matters, illegally seizing Government Services Administration emails, covering up the phone texts of FBI officials Peter Strzok and Lisa Page, and operating without a scope approved by the attorney general. (The regulations call for the attorney general to recuse himself from the investigation but appear to still leave him responsible for the scope.) The final stopper may be the president himself, offering two hours of testimony, perhaps even televised live from the White House. The last time America became obsessed with Russian influence in America was the McCarthy hearings in the 1950s. Those ended only when Sen. Joseph McCarthy (R-Wis.) attacked an associate of the U.S. Army counsel, Joseph Welch, and Welch famously responded: “Sir, have you no decency?” In this case, virtually every associate and family member of the president has been subject to smears conveniently leaked to the press. Stopping Mueller isn’t about one president or one party. It’s about all presidents and all parties. It’s about cleaning out and reforming the deep state so that our intelligence operations are never used against opposing campaigns without the firmest of evidence. It’s about letting people work for campaigns and administrations without needing legal defense funds. It’s about relying on our elections to decide our differences. Mark Penn is a managing partner of the Stagwell Group, a private equity firm specializing in marketing services companies, as well as chairman of the Harris Poll and author of “Microtrends Squared.” He served as pollster and adviser to President Clinton from 1995 to 2000, including during Clinton’s impeachment. You can follow him on Twitter @Mark_Penn. 

:: 5-20-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex and 199 Others Accused of Being Russian Agents


The Common Sense Show Published on May 20, 2018 

:: 5-20-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As 5G Techno Kill Grid Is Established All Around Us, Experts Warn The Odds Of An AI Catastrophe Could Be As High As One In Ten

- In Scientific Game, Rogue AI Destroys Humanity, Bringing An Instant 'Loss' Of The Game

May 20, 2018 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this May 18th story over at Market Watch titled "How To Prevent Artificial-Intelligence-Driven Machines From Taking Over The World", they report that parameters and policies on the usage of AI should be set now with companies and government's deploying the powerful technologies which are now transforming nearly ever sector of our society. Reporting within their story that the reason why many people can't quite understand the apocalyptic view of AI potentially taking over the world is because they don't understand the difference between the two types of AI, they then explain the difference between the two, 'narrow AI' and 'artificial general intelligence', which helps bring things into focus. And while their story also paints a balanced picture of AI, it's quite clear to those paying attention that AI is ushering in the the 'beast system' before our very eyes as Sharon Gilbert reports in this must-read new story over at Sky Watch TV titled "SUMMONING THE DRAGON: Artificial Intelligence And The Coming Beast System". With 5G and the 'internet of things' also being rolled out at this time and helping to comprise the 'summoning of the dragon', we've previously warned on ANP that those who aren't prepared for this opening of pandora's box are going to be bushwhacked by it. And as we see in 1st video below from videographer The Fullerton Informer, there are signs to indicate this 5G kill grid that is being established around us will result in forced vaccinations as the elite continue their plans to cull humanity. First, from the Market Watch story on the difference between the two kinds of AI. To understand what is at stake, consider the distinction between “narrow AI” and “artificial general intelligence” (AGI). Narrow AI can operate only in one or a few domains at a time, so while it may outperform humans in select tasks, it remains under human control. AGI, by contrast, can reason across a wide range of domains, and thus could replicate many human intellectual skills, while retaining all of the advantages of computers, such as perfect memory recall. Run on sophisticated computer hardware, AGI could outpace human cognition. In fact, it is hard to conceive an upper limit for how advanced AGI could become. Another way of thinking about the potential threat of AGI is to compare it to other catastrophic risks. In the 1990s, the U.S. Congress saw fit to have NASA track large asteroids that could collide with the earth, even though the odds of that happening are around one in 5,000 per century. With AGI, the odds of a catastrophe over the upcoming century could be as high as one in a hundred, or even one in ten, judging by the pace of R&D and the strength of expert concern. While their story takes a very balanced look at AI, they also warn that "what matters most is that we take constructive action now to minimize the risk of a catastrophe down the road. This is not a task that we can hope to complete at the last minute." Yet as AI experts such as Elon Musk have warned, very little in the AI or transhumanists fields are being regulated. As Gilbert reports within her story over at Sky Watch TV, "those who keep an eye on trends can see what lies ahead, but even the sharpest vision may not foresee everything." Yet as Steve Quayle warns in his new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here", "refusing to recognize the dangers that we face, even when it stared them in the face, will lead to the end of the human race". As this January story over at Newsweek reported, scientists recently simulated such AGI intelligence within a video game that was a modification of the strategy game "Civilization 5" and quite predictably, the AI soon took over. Reporting that at first, AI provided some benefits to humanity, those benefits didn't last long at all. From their story: One outcome offers a dire prophecy of the demise of humanity, achieving the game’s aim of helping players better understand the existential threat posed by advanced artificial intelligence.Artificial intelligence can initially provide some benefits, and eventually can turn into superintelligence that brings mastery of science to its discoverer,” the researchers write in the add-on’s description. “However, if too much artificial intelligence research goes uncontrolled, rogue superintelligence can destroy humanity and bring an instant loss of the game.” In this scenario, a message appears in the game that reads: “A device for creating utopia on Earth has been discovered, and your civilization was not the one to discover it. Future generations will live in a perfect world, but someone else’s perfect world, as your civilization lies forgotten in the ancient books of history.” The Newsweek story goes on to report that this wasn't the first time that such a video game had been created that resulted in detrimental consequences to humanity from 'rogue AI' and as they tell us, while the goals of AI may be simple, if it is not programmed to value human life, catastrophe absolutely awaits. Warning also that a huge fear is once AI becomes smarter than those who created it, it will be impossible for people to shut down, it's long been warned that once the AI genie is out of the bottle, there will be no way to cap it. Once again, from the Newsweek story: The game Paperclips explored the parable of an AI programmed to manufacture paperclips, first described by the philosopher Nick Bostrom in a 2003 paper exploring ethical issues in advanced artificial intelligence. While the goal of the AI is simple, if it is not programmed to value human life then it could eventually gather all matter in the universeincluding human beings—in order to create more paperclips. Both games highlight the fear that a machine smarter than humans will be impossible to switch off. At a conference in 2015, Bostrom hypothesized why neanderthals didn’t wipe out humans when they had the chance to avoid being taken over as the dominant species on the planet. “They certainly had reasons,” Bostrom said in his TED (technology, entertainment and design) talk. “The reason is that we are an intelligent adversary. We can anticipate threats and plan around them. But so could a super intelligent agent and it would be much better at that than we are.” Other academics are already working on safeguards and ways to preclude such risk, most notably Google’s DeepMind—headed by another video game simulation pioneer, Demis Hassabis. In a peer-reviewed paper in 2016, researchers from DeepMind described an off switch that would override any previous commands and shut down the AI and prevent any potential apocalyptic scenarios. Dire warnings about advanced AI have become increasingly common in recent years within academic and tech circles, with Stephen Hawking one of the most outspoken voices. “Success in creating AI could be the biggest event in the history of our civilization,” Hawking said at an event in Cambridge in 2016. “But it could also be the last—unless we learn how to avoid the risks. Alongside the benefits, AI will also bring dangers like powerful autonomous weapons or new ways for the few to oppress the many.” And while just a metaphor, might rogue AI one day 'turn human beings into paperclips'? With government's and corporations leading the way in the rollout of AI and no real regulation to ensure that such AI is being programmed to value human life, the warnings from 'the watchmen' about the potential dangers of AI cannot be over-emphasized. In an episode of the television show "Person Of Interest", a show which features a 'present day' America watched over every second of every day by an artificially intelligent 'machine', the plot of one particular story featured a wealthy business woman who is murdered because she questioned the safety of a technology used with one of her company's new product. The technology? 5G. We have embedded the 2nd video below which features one of the main characters warning that microwave radiation from 5G will cook the human body and as our videographer points out, "Person Of Interest" pointed out these potential dangers of 5G years ahead of its rollout. With the show also warning of the dangers of AI and the still unfolding 'surveillance state' in America, as Susan Duclos mentioned to me while we were watching the episode, it shouldn't be a surprise that "Person Of Interest" was cancelled as their warnings about 5G and the potential dangers of AI cut far too close to 'the truth'. And while the mainstream media would never admit that deadly marriage between 5G and AI could spawn the destruction of the human race, the excerpt republished below from this story over at Washington's Blog helps to put things into proper perspective. The Same Frequencies Used for Pain-Inflicting Crowd Control Weapons Form the Foundation of the Network that Will Tie Together More Than 50 Billion Devices As Part of the Internet of Things. We previously noted that the Internet of Things (IoT) is a scam … being pushed so that Big Brother can spy on us. Believe it or not, IoT may also pose health and safety risks. Devra Lee Davis – Founding Director of the Board on Environmental Studies and Toxicology of the U.S. National Research Council says that the 5G wavelengths used in IoT have never been tested for health effects, and may adversely impact our skin and sweat glands: Dr. Davis’ group – Environmental Health Trust – explains: Israeli research studies presented at an international conference reveal that the same electromagnetic frequencies used for crowd control weapons form the foundation of the latest network – branded as 5G – that will tie together more than 50 billion devices as part of the Internet of Things. Current investigations of wireless frequencies in the millimeter and submillimeter range confirm that these waves interact directly with human skin, specifically the sweat glands. Dr. Ben-Ishai of the Department of Physics, Hebrew University, Israel recently detailed how human sweat ducts act like an array of helical antennas when exposed to these wavelengths. Scientists cautioned that before rolling out 5G technologies that use these frequencies, research on human health effects needed to be done first to ensure the public and environment are protected. In another new story over at Skywatch TV they report that the world's most influential synthetic biologist is now testing genetic engineering that might be used to make 'post-humans' immortal. Just the latest recent story we've read that shows that one of the main goals of transhumanism is 'eternal life', New Scientist recently reported the transhumanists goals of "ultimately escape death by turning themselves into machines – is hundreds of years old, and as controversial as ever." With the globalists also pushing transhumanism as a new religion, will the merging of man and machine bring with it the globalists desired 'utopia' or be another step that eventually brings about the end of the human race? As Steve Quayle has warned, those who fall for transhumanism and merging themselves with machines have fallen for the globalists "ultimate seduction". How can we prepare for what is coming? Embrace Jesus and get off the grid if any way possible. While the 'father of transhumanism' promotes that robotic implants in human brains will bring 'Godhood' to those who've fallen for that 'ultimate seduction', as we read in this April of 2017 story over at Linked In titled "AI (Artificial Intelligence) and Transhumanism are the Dead End of Humanity as We KNOW it...", it'll eventually bring just the opposite. The final video below is the trailer for Steve Quayle's new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here". I certainly do not agree that technology will make us "godlike". Just the opposite, it will make us "subhuman and technological garbage". If GOD would just be a computer in the universe, He would have created humanity as little chips and computer interfaces, instead GOD chose to give MAN free will. So we shall use our free will to break free from this technology Prison Planet and go back to interacting with each other as Human Beings. 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc..

:: 5--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Russians Can Take Down Our Grid and Communications

By Dave Hodges

Our country has been sold out. Over the past 7 years, the Russians have been put into position to take down our grid and our communications. Obama was the catalyst, but his dirty work continues. Here is an outline of what Obama has done to the safety and security of the American people. He helped author a bilateral agreement in 2011 with the Russian Foreign Ministry which brought the FIRST 15,000 Russian troops to America. This was the first ever appearance of Russian soldiers on American soil. In 2013, Obama allowed the Russians and the Chinese to participate in the Grid Ex drills. The Russians would have learned how to take down the grid. Paul Martin, through a high level, deep-cover source has learned that Russian operatives have been placed in key positions in the telecoms. So, not only do the Russians know how to take down our grid. They have been put into position to take down our communications as well. Why do I believe Paul Martin’s source? Because his revelations fit hand in glove with what I already know to be true about the Russian infiltration. Here is a brief recounting of the Russian infiltration with enough documentation to circumstantially validate Paul Martin’s claims. What is going on in America, is part of a generations-old plan by the Soviets. Stanislav Lunev and Long-Term Russian Preparations for War Against the U.S. Former Russian Colonel Stanislav Lunev has the distinction of being the highest ranking Russian military officer to defect from to the United States after doing so in 1992, after Boris Yeltsin came to power. Lunev’s information was considered to be so volatile, but accurate, that the CIA, DIA, FBI, NSA placed Lunev, where he remains to this day, in the FBI’s Witness Protection Program. Lunev served as the top GRU agent in America in the 1980’s and 1990’s. While in the United States, Lunev mission involved gathering intelligence information about America’s defenses and recommending Russian war strategies against America. Some of Lunev’s information came to light, when in the 1997, he published his bestselling book Through the Eyes of the Enemy. In the book, Lunev reports that Russia’s military, despite “losing the cold war”, continues in its war preparations which are designed to conquer the United States by stealth. Since his defection, Lunev has served as a special agent to the FBI, CIA as well as many large corporations. Lunev is best known for revealing the missing 100+ missing suitcase nuclear bombs and the threat they would pose to the United States as they would be smuggled across the Mexican border. He also talked about the destruction of American infrastructure through multi-generational infiltration. Obama’s Treason In a treasonous act that would even make Benedict Arnold turn green with envy, FEMA and Russia engaged in an extra-constitutional “agreements” (that means illegal agreements), which were inked in the spring of 2012 in Washington, D.C., at the fourth annual meeting of the illegally created “U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.” This extra-governmental organization, formed under the Obama administration, is one of almost two dozen similar “working groups” bringing together top U.S. and Russian officials. These documents go on to state that FEMA and the Russian military are cooperating on everything from the drug war and agriculture to terror, science, enforcing the “rule of law” (could that be code for martial law?), health, environment, energy, nuclear issues, education, culture, media, business, arms control, and more, according to the U.S. State Department. The following is a quote from the Russian Emergency Situations Ministry: “The Russian Emergency Situations Ministry and the USA Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) are going to exchange experts during joint rescue operations in major disasters. This is provided by a protocol of the fourth meeting of the U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations and seventeenth meeting of Joint U.S.-Russia Cooperation Committee on Emergency Situations, which took place in Washington on 25 June. The document provides for expert cooperation in disaster response operations and to study the latest practices. In addition, the parties approved of U.S.-Russian cooperation in this field in 2013-2014, which envisages exchange of experience including in monitoring and forecasting emergency situations, training of rescuers, development of mine-rescuing and provision of security at mass events.Don’t be deceived America, this is not just another example of international cooperation between two nations. As far back January of 2012, Russia threatened nuclear war and the threat was issued by the outgoing Russian ambassador to NATO, Dmitry Rogozin, when he said that “Russia has given Iran its bear hug and warns Israel and the West that an attack on Tehran would be considered an attack on Moscow”…. The nuclear attack threatened of the former Russian NATO ambassador is not the only time that the Russians have threatened to nuke the United States. Several years ago, the Russians threatened to nuke targeted American sites in retaliation for a nuclear shield that the US erected in Europe. The unmistakable conclusion is that the Russian government is an enemy of the United States and as such their military does not belong on our soil in any way shape or form. Not only were the Russian troops used in the Grid EX II drill, they were used to police major events on American soil. This is martial law desensitization training in which the Russians are trained to interact with American citizens. In short, these enemies of the Republic are a part of the new martial law enforcement troops and this development defies belief and as I have documented, this will be done under the authority of the United Nations. Obama opened the backdoor and let our enemies in the country in this version of the ultimate “Trojan Horse” scenario. This also explains why Obama turned the United States military upside down on its ear with his endless series of purges of our military leadership. Obama knows that most of the previous military leadership was not on board with the treason coming out of the White House. Therefore, Obama was reshuffling the deck in an attempt to find American generals and admirals who will do his unconstitutional bidding. The agreement even called for Russian troops to engage in policing activities at American public events on American soil. And we are seeing the same thing at the Army base at Fort Carson, Colorado where Russian soldiers were training at the local base and are engaged in local policing activities. This is an euphemism for martial law training as the Russians are being trained to interact with the American public in positions of authority. The backdoor that Obama opened has a lot to do with our power grid. With the news that Hackers can take over the grid on command, we must consider the fact that when Obama allowed the Russians and the Chinese to participate in the EMP prep drills calls Grid EX, he gave our enemies the know how on to simulate an EMP attack and take down the Grid. This has potentially dire consequences for every man, woman and child in America. Here is the complete story… As if this is not bad enough. Paul Martin’s source came forward to announce that the Russians are occupying key positions in the telecom industry. So, they can take down our grid and take down our communications. Here is my intereview with Paul Martin about this development. Rawlins, Wyoming: UN Command and Control with EMP Proof Communications There is more circumstantial proof that Paul’s source is making a legitimate claim. I previously filed a report on UN activity in Rawlins, WY., in which the UN possessed communications equipment that our experts told us would survive an EMP attack upon the grid. “…Both Paul Martin and myself have received voluminous reports about foreign/UN troop activity in the region. Some of these reports led me to file the following report in December of 2017 along with photographic evidence of UN EMP proof communications equipment, as identified my expert, in this region. Here is the previously published report: Over the past 18 months, the small town of Rawlins, Wyoming has come to my attention because of its intimate association with DHS and the UN. Further, this small town of under 10,ooo people has played host to some very large scale bioweapon response drills as well as testing the efficacy of the Federal authorities to be able to respond to a terrorist chemical attack. I have taken the following photos to military personnel who tell me this is an United Nations operation. The particular equipment you are looking at is designed to operate and persevere through an EMP attack. Most recently, Paul Martin and myself have received an identical communication from the Rawlins area. Please take note the following photos:” Now we see UN EMP proof communications in this very bizarre place. If the Russians can now take down our grid and communications, but there similar UN equipment survive, who will win when the fighting starts? Shortly after this report, I started receiving information of similar devices around the country with the first report coming in from Aurora, Colorado. We are in a lot of trouble. Perhaps this kind of historical and current evidence will begin to wake up a slumbering country that we are being conquered by stealth right under our noses. 

:: 5-20-18 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dick’s Sporting Goods sales sink after new gun policy

Posted on May 20, 2018 by Dr. Eowyn | 43 Comments

We could have told you so. Mairead Mcardle reports for National Review, March 22, 2018, that Dick’s Sporting Goods has suffered a surprisingly steep downturn in sales since promising to stop selling certain guns: Stock tumbled to the lowest in four months after the sports store banned assault-style weapons from its Field & Stream stores and raised the minimum age for a customer to buy a firearm from 18 to 21. The company’s shares fell 7.3% after going up 13% this year. Sales failed to hit the projected $2.74 billion, tapering off at $2.66 billion for this quarter. However, the store has also suffered problems with overstocking and high discounts, as well as increased competition from places like Nike and Amazon. After the Parkland school shooting last month that killed 17, Dick’s executives were aghast to learn that the young gunman had bought one of his many guns from them, though not the one he used in the shooting. As a sign of solidarity with the student protesters calling for gun control laws, Dick’s announced it would no longer sell assault-style firearms and high-capacity magazines. Dick’s instituted a similar ban after the 2012 Sandy Hook shooting but rescinded it a few months later by introducing assault weapons to its Field & Stream stores. This time, however, the ban is permanent. The company virtue-signaled in a statement: “Thoughts and prayers are not enough. We support and respect the Second Amendment, and we recognize and appreciate that the vast majority of gun owners in this country are responsible, law-abiding citizens. But we have to help solve the problem that’s in front of us.” CEO Edward Stack said the decision to stop selling assault-style firearms and high-capacity magazines is “not going to be positive from a traffic standpoint and a sales standpoint. There’s going to be some pushback and we expected that. There are going to be the people who don’t shop us anymore for anything.” Dick’s still plans to open 19 new stores this year and hopes it will boost their brand. 

:: 5-20-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Contaminated Fukushima Water Storage Tanks "Close To Capacity", TEPCO Admits

by Tyler Durden Sun, 05/20/2018 - 23:15

The Tokyo Electric Power Company is running out of container space to store water contaminated by tritium outside the Fukushima No. 1 nuclear power plant, and it's also running out of room for building more tanks, according to Yomiuri Shimbum, a Japanese newspaper, which is creating an intractable problem for the utility, which has been tasked with supervising the cleanup of Fukushima. The Japanese government has been desperately trying to accelerate the cleanup ahead of the upcoming 2020 Olympic Games in Tokyo - and it's a miracle it hasn't run into this issue sooner. TEPCO is still struggling with how to dispose of the tritium-tainted water. Options discussed have included dumping it into the ocean, but that proposal has angered local fishing communities. At some point, TEPCO and the government will need to make a difficult decision. Until then, ground water will continue to seep into the ruined reactor, where it becomes contaminated. Afterward, TEPCO can treat the contaminated water to purify it, but they can't remove the tritium, which is why the supply of water contaminated with tritium continues to grow. As one government official pointed out, Japan can't simply store the radioactive water forever. As of now, the company should be able to store water until 2020. Efforts have been made to increase storage capacity by constructing bigger tanks when the time comes for replacing the current ones. But a senior official of the Economy, Trade and Industry Ministry said, "Operation of tanks is close to its capacity." TEPCO plans to secure 1.37 million tons of storage capacity by the end of 2020, but it has not yet decided on a plan for after 2021. Akira Ono, chief decommissioning officer of TEPCO, said, "It is impossible to continue to store [treated water] forever." But after that, Tepco is either going to need to start releasing the tritium water into the ocean (something that has been done by many power plants, but is politically popular in Japan) or find another solution. In fact, an average of 380 trillion becquerels had been annually released into the sea across Japan during the five years before the accident. If the water from Fukushima is diluted to the point that tritium content is only 1 million becquerels per liter, which is more than 10 times higher than the national average for sea release. But if it's diluted, it can eventually be released. However, an industry report has determined that sea release would be the safest and most efficient option. Regarding disposal methods for the treated water, the industry ministry’s working group compiled a report in June 2016 that said that the method of release into the sea is the cheapest and quickest among five ideas it examined. The ideas were (1) release into the sea, (2) release by evaporation, (3) release after electrolysis, (4) burial underground and (5) injection into geological layers. After that, the industry ministry also established an expert committee to look into measures against harmful misinformation. Although a year and a half has passed since the first meeting of the committee, it has not yet reached a conclusion. At the eighth meeting of the committee held on Friday, various opinions were expressed. One expert said, "While the fishery industry [in Fukushima and other prefectures] is in the process of revival, should we dispose of [the treated water] now?" The other said, "In order to advance the decommissioning, the number of tanks should be decreased at an early date." The working group is planning to hold a public hearing to consider other methods of disposal. But if none can be found, Japan will have no choice but to dump the contaminated water into the ocean. 

:: 5--18 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

State Sets Massive Precedent, Passes Law To Effectively Ban The NSA

By Rachel Blevins

Michigan has become the first state to ban the National Security Agency’s intrusive data collection practices by passing a law that prohibits law enforcement and state agencies from turning over personal data to the federal government without due process. The Fourth Amendment Rights Protection Act, or HB4430, will go into effect next month after it passed the Michigan state legislature with overwhelming support and only one “no” vote. The text of the bill states that its purpose is to prohibit this state and certain other governmental agents, employees, and entities in this state from assisting a federal agency in obtaining certain forms of data without a warrant; and to prohibit certain uses of certain data collected without a warrant. According to the new law, the state and its political subdivisions “shall not assist, participate with, or provide material support or resources to a federal agency to enable it to collect or to facilitate in the collection or use of a person’s electronic data or metadata,” unless at least or more of the following criteria are met: The person has given informed consent. The action is pursuant to a warrant that is based upon probable cause and particularly describes the person, place, or thing to be searched or seized. The action is in accordance with a legally recognized exception to warrant requirements. The action will not infringe on any reasonable expectation of privacy the person may have. This state or a political subdivision of this state collected the electronic data or metadata legally.” As the Washington Examiner reported, the new law is “the biggest accomplishment yet growing out of efforts to block water to a massive NSA data-storage center in Bluffdale, Utah.” Similar laws have been proposed and have fallen short in states such as Alaska, Maryland, South Carolina, and Washington. The Fourth Amendment Rights Protection Act in Michigan claims the “electronic data” that will be protected from the NSA includes “an electronic communication or the use of an electronic communication service,” “the precise or approximate location of the sender or recipients of an electronic communication,” and “the identity of an individual or device involved in the communication.” Michigan State Rep. Martin Howrylak, a sponsor of the bill, told the Examiner that he believes its passage “speaks to the fact that a lot of the domestic surveillance of American citizens is highly unpopular.” “It hangs up a sign on Michigan’s door saying, ‘No violation of the Fourth Amendment, look elsewhere,’” Howrylak said. “Democrats, as well as Republicans, would certainly stand very strong in our position on what this law means.” While Howrylak said he thinks the law makes “a strong court case saying this is what the state intends,” he hopes other states will join in by passing similar legislation, in an effort to cripple the NSA’s illegal activities. Next month marks 5 years since former NSA contractor Edward Snowden released a trove of classified documents revealing that the United States government was routinely collecting metadata from innocent American citizens without warrants, and using “national security” to justify its actions. Secret $1.8 Million Cryptocurrency Script While the NSA’s warrantless data collection was ruled illegal by a court in June 2015, it has continued and the government has attempted to cover up its illegal actions by writing them into law. The latest example of this occurred earlier this year when Congress reauthorized Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). Section 702 has served as the foundation for the NSA’s largest and most egregious surveillance programs for the last decade. The first attempt to reauthorize it was through the introduction of the USA Liberty Act. As The Free Thought Project reported, Congress claimed the bill would “better protect Americans’ privacy” by requiring the government to have “a legitimate national security purpose” before searching an individual’s database. However, what the bill did not advertise was the fact that it did not actually address the legitimate problems that exist with Section 702. The FBI’s “legitimate national security purpose” could be justified by just about any reason the agency chooses to give, and agents would only need supervisory authority in order to search Americans’ metadata. When the USA Liberty Act failed, the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence introduced the FISA Amendments Reauthorization Act of 2017, which renewed Section 702 for six years, after it was included in a massive spending bill passed by Congress. By signing the Fourth Amendment Rights Protection Act into law, the state of Michigan is taking a stand against the federal government’s unconstitutional practice of stealing data from innocent Americans without a warrant, and it is setting a precedent for other states in the country to follow. Rachel Blevins is an independent journalist from Texas, who aspires to break the false left/right paradigm in media and politics by pursuing truth and questioning existing narratives. Follow Rachel on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Steemit and Patreon. This article first appeared at The Free Thought Project. 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 5-20-18 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuelans Vote in Election Overshadowed by Crisis

By Andrew Rosati

May 20, 2018, 7:00 AM EDT Updated on May 20, 2018, 10:03 PM EDT

Venezuelans went to the polls Sunday in an election ignored by much of the country, but one that could set its path for decades to come. Scant, apathetic crowds formed outside Caracas voting stations. Many Venezuelans are shunning what they say is sham that will guarantee President Nicolas Maduro another six-year term. The country’s main opposition coalition is boycotting the vote, leaving Henri Falcon, a former governor, and televangelist Javier Bertucci, to attempt to animate a nation ravaged by hunger and hyperinflation. Just before 10 p.m., Falcon said the results of the election were suspect and illegitimate. In a late-night press conference, Falcon told reporters the vote was “neither transparent or clean.” “For us, there were no elections,” he said. “There need to be new elections.” Government supporters were gathering outside the Miraflores presidential palace in anticipation of a Maduro victory celebration. Food Shortages Earlier Sunday, Hector Hernandez, a 42-year-old military sergeant standing outside a voting center in the eastern district of Chacao, said his superiors required him to vote. “I’m here because I have to be,” said Hernandez, who said he struggles to feed his four children given hyperinflation and food shortages. Hernandez said he planned to cast his ballot against Maduro but held little hope it would bring change. “We’re in the middle of a disaster, but there is no chance they’re leaving. If I were a civilian, I’d be at home.” The United Nations has refused to certify Venezuela’s polling as fair. On Sunday, U.S. Deputy Secretary of State John Sullivan reiterated during an interview in Buenos Aires that America wouldn’t recognize the winner and that oil sanctions are under “active review.” While election observers have been invited from across the region and from Russia and Europe, they’re powerless to control a government accused of employing dirty tricks from intimidating voters to stuffing ballot boxes. Weekend Chores In neighborhoods such as 23 de Enero, Catia and Propatria -- some of the most populous in Caracas -- none of the voting centers had lines and only about a sixth of the electorate had voted by late morning. In Chacao, an opposition stronghold, more people were attending Mass at a church on a plaza than were in line to vote. Most business were shuttered and streets were eerily empty as many residents stayed home or busied themselves with weekend chores. “Today’s plan is to watch television and go to the pool,” said Andres Gonzalez, 25, the owner of a locksmith business, as he emerged from a supermarket. ‘Red Points’ Government supporters set up kiosks called “Red Points” near polling stations, which were to close at 6 p.m. They asked people who voted to show the Maduro-promoted Fatherland Card that’s required to receive subsidized food, and questioned them about their jobs and what government programs they use. Outside a station in the working-class neighborhood of San Martin near downtown Caracas, Maribel Machado, a 60-year-old retired teacher, helped take down names. She denied that voters were being threatened with hunger, saying the state was simply trying to better distribute its resources. “The opposition simply doesn’t want people to vote, what they have called for is violence and have spread lies,” Machado said. Falcon cast his vote in the western state of Lara, the state he once ran as governor, and called the Red Points an “intimidation mechanism, a form of political and social bribery that tried to buy voter’s dignity by scanning their I.D." Maduro rebutted claims that the vote was unfair and demanded “respect” for Venezuela’s election. “To the world, I say stop the ferocious campaign of confusion,” he said at press conference broadcast from a voting center in central Caracas, where he cast his ballot early in the day. The opposition alliance shunned the elections after the government refused to satisfy its demands, including restaffing a compliant electoral authority and providing additional time for primaries. While many polls have given a commanding lead to Falcon, he’s struggled to gain widespread support as many Maduro opponents accused him legitimizing a sham vote. And Bertucci has further split the diminished opposition bloc. But even as Maduro, 55, has consolidated political power, reviving Venezuela’s economy has been beyond his grasp. After years of mismanagement and a plunge in oil prices, it’s deteriorated to the point that electricity and running water have become luxuries, and malnutrition is rampant. Maduro has dealt out large and profitable sectors of the economy to the armed forces, installing soldiers in key positions at the state oil producer, PDVSA, and empowered the military to oversee the nation’s food supply. Unlucky Numbers However, the president, a former bus driver and foreign minister, has given little indication of his plans to remedy inflation that may hit 13,000 percent this year, and an economic contraction that could reach 9.2 percent. Maduro’s promise of an “economic revolution” is complicated by the threats from U.S. to punish the nation’s oil industry. Five years ago, oil was trading at over $100 a barrel, which gave the ruling socialists leeway. Now, it’s near $67 a barrel -- even after significant gains this year -- and the state producer’s creditors are already seizing its assets. Few expect that Maduro, who insists the crisis is the result of sabotage by business leaders and political foes, will change course if he wins, as expected, another six-year term. But if he loses, the nation may begin to climb out of a deep hole. “There is no evidence to suggest that Maduro has the intention or the ability to reform,” said Phil Gunson, a Caracas-based analyst at the International Crisis group. Worthless Currency Falcon and his adviser Francisco Rodriguez -- until recently the chief economist at boutique investment firm Torino Capital -- want to dollarize Venezuela’s moribund economy, swapping the worthless bolivar for the greenback, as Ecuador and El Salvador have done. They say their proposal would unwind years of byzantine currency controls and provide monthly subsidies to offset the adjustment. Bertucci, a businessman and evangelical preacher, has focused on promoting “Christian values” rather than on specific policy proposals. He said the economy must be fixed, corruption fought, and the nation’s humanitarian crisis healed, but has offered few ideas about how he might go about doing that. On Sunday, evidence of Venezuela’s economic crisis could be seen on every corner where trash bags had been dumped. Each had been ripped open and the contents spread across the sidewalks as hungry residents scavenged for food. — With assistance by Patricia Laya, and Noris Soto 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-20-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man gets dangerously close to a river of lava to take photo amid new warning for Hawaii residents of toxic cloud of GLASS particles and hydrochloric ACID from the Kilauea volcano

The Kilauea volcano on Hawaii's Big Island has become increasingly hazardous

The man donning shorts and flip-flops was seen taking pictures of a sea of lava that has consumed a valley

Molten rock poured into the ocean and sent clouds of hydrochloric acid and volcanic glass into the air

Lava flows have picked up speed in recent days, spattering molten rock that hit a man in the leg on Saturday

Kilauea volcano began erupting more than two weeks ago and burned dozens of homes

By Associated Press Published: 00:54 EDT, 20 May 2018 | Updated: 07:44 EDT, 21 May 2018

A man in shorts, T-shirt and flip-flops was seen on Sunday taking pictures of a sea of lava that has consumed a valley and woodland in the Puna District of Hawaii. The volcano that is oozing, spewing and exploding on Hawaii's Big Island became more hazardous - sending rivers of molten rock pouring into the ocean as well as hydrochloric acid and volcanic glass into the air. Kilauea volcano began erupting more than two weeks ago and has burned dozens of homes, forced thousands of people to flee and shot up ash clouds from its summit that led officials to distribute face masks. Lava flows have picked up speed in recent days, spattering molten rock that hit a man in the leg, the first major injury to occur. He was outside his home Saturday in the remote, rural region affected by the volcano when the lava 'hit him on the shin and shattered everything from there down on his leg,' Janet Snyder, Hawaii County mayor's spokeswoman, told the Hawaii News Now TV station. Lava that's flying through the air from cracks in the Earth can weigh as much as a refrigerator and even small pieces can be deadly, officials said. The injury came the same day that lava began streaming across a highway and flowing into the ocean. The interaction of lava and seawater has created a cloud of steam laced with hydrochloric acid and fine glass particles that can irrigate the skin and eyes and cause breathing problems. The lava haze, or 'laze,' extended as far as 15 miles (24 kilometers) west of where the lava gushed into the ocean on the Big Island's southern coast. It was just offshore and running parallel to the coast, said U.S. Geological Survey scientist Wendy Stovall. Residents view lava erupting from a Kilauea volcano fissure, at a small viewing party on a neighbor's porch, on Hawaii's Big Island on Saturday. Residents can't do much but stay informed and be ready to get out of the way Authorities warn that the plume could shift direction if the winds change. The Hawaiian Volcano Observatory says sulfur dioxide emissions also have tripled. Residents in the area have been evacuated, and the highway that the lava crossed has shut down in places. Joseph Kekedi, an orchid grower who lives and works about 3 miles (5 kilometers) from where lava is pouring into the sea, said luckily the flow didn't head his way. At one point, it was about a mile upslope from his property in the coastal community of Kapoho. He said residents can't do much but stay informed and be ready to get out of the way. 'Here's nature reminding us again who's boss,' Kekedi said. He is hosting a 90-year-old who evacuated from the Leilani Estates neighborhood, where lava started spewing May 3. He also was storing belongings for other friends who had to leave their homes. Kekedi said most of his neighbors are optimistic. He has friends who lost houses when lava smothered the town of Kalapana in the 1990s but they built again, found a good life and 'life went on.'

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 5-19-18 Canoe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HAWAII VOLCANO: No end in sight as fresh magma mixes with old

Associated Press Published: May 19, 2018 Updated: May 19, 2018 11:09 PM EDT

PAHOA, Hawaii — Lava oozing out of cracks for two weeks in rural Hawaii neighbourhoods took on new characteristics as fresher magma mixed with decades-old magma, sending a flow toward the ocean Saturday. Since a first fissure opened in a community on May 3, lava was mostly spattering up and collecting at the edges of the cracks in the ground. Two neighbourhoods with nearly 2,000 people were forced to evacuate as lava claimed 40 structures. On Friday afternoon, the lava changed dramatically with one fissure ramping up and sending a flow across a road, destroying four more homes and isolating residents, some of whom had to be air-lifted to safety. The change is attributed to new magma mixing with 1955-era magma in the ground, creating hotter and more fluid flows, scientists said “There’s much more stuff coming out of the ground and it’s going to produce flows that move further away,” said Wendy Stovall, a U.S. Geological Survey volcanologist. By Saturday morning, two of 22 fissures had merged, creating a wide flow advancing at rates of up to 300 yards (274 metres) per hour. Aerial footage from the USGS showed fast-moving lava advancing to the southeast. The flow was 1.5 miles (2.4 kilometres) from the ocean, scientists said. In the background, the footage showed lava fountaining 328 feet (100 metres) high at one of the fissures. The fountains are created by vents closing, forcing magma to burst through a single outpoint, Stovall said. If lava threatens main highways, more people will be told to prepare for voluntary evacuation. A lava flow was less than a mile (kilometre) away from Highway 137 and would reach it in a matter of hours, officials warned Saturday afternoon. No one lives in its path and another highway remained open as an escape route, said Hawaii County spokeswoman Janet Snyder. A handful of people were trapped when lava crossed a road Friday and some of them needed to be airlifted to safety. “They shouldn’t be in that area,” said County Managing Director Wil Okabe. He wants people to heed evacuation warnings. Edwin Montoya, who lives with his daughter on her farm near the site where lava crossed the road and cut off access, said the fissure opened and grew quickly. “It was just a little crack in the ground, with a little lava coming out,” he said. “Now it’s a big crater that opened up where the small little crack in the ground was.” Experts are uncertain about when the volcano might calm down. The Big Island volcano released a small explosion at its summit just before midnight Friday, sending an ash cloud 10,000 feet (3,048 metres) into the sky. The USGS’s Hawaiian Volcano Observatory said eruptions that create even minor amounts of ashfall could occur at any time. This follows the more explosive eruption Thursday, which emitted ash and rocks thousands of feet into the sky. No one was injured and there were no reports of damaged property. It came two weeks after the volcano began sending lava flows into neighbourhoods 25 miles (40 kilometres) to the east of the summit. Several open fissure vents are still producing lava splatter and flow in evacuated areas. Gas is also pouring from the vents, cloaking homes and trees in smoke. Meanwhile, more explosive eruptions from the summit are possible. “We have no way of knowing whether this is really the beginning or toward the end of this eruption,” said Tom Shea, a volcanologist at the University of Hawaii. “We’re kind of all right now in this world of uncertainty.” U.S. government scientists, however, are trying to pin down those signals “so we have a little better warning,” said Wendy Stovall, a volcanologist with the observatory. The greatest ongoing hazard stems from the lava flows and the hot, toxic gases spewing from open fissure vents close to homes and critical infrastructure, said Charles Mandeville of the U.S. Geological Survey’s volcano hazards program. Authorities have been measuring gases, including sulfur dioxide, rising in little puffs from open vents. The area affected by lava and ash is small compared to the Big Island, which is about 4,000 square miles. Most of the island and the rest of the Hawaiian chain is unaffected by the volcanic activity on Kilauea. State and local officials have been reminding tourists that flights in and out of the entire state, including the Big Island, have not been impacted. Even on the Big Island, most tourist activities are still available and businesses are open. 

:: 5-20-18 Hawaii News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coast Guard enforcing safety zone around lava entry point to the ocean

Dillon Ancheta Posted: 05/20/2018 10:16 AM

PUNA, BIG ISLAND (HawaiiNewsNow) - Two lava flows are now pouring into the Pacific Ocean from the Kilauea eruption. The flows are dripping into the water on the southeast side of the island, in the vicinity of the Mackenzie State Park. It's a beautiful sight that could come with the hazardous effects of a new concern: Laze. Civil Defense officials say laze is formed when hot lava hits the ocean. The change in temperature creates hydrochloric acid and steam. Within the steam, fine glass particles may be dispersed through the air. Officials say laze is hazardous, and can result in lung, eye and skin irritation. Laze travels through the air and the plume is dispersed with the wind. The spread of the plume may change at a moment's notice. It is always safest to observe lava flows from appropriate areas and lookouts as designated by officials. With the Kilauea eruption in Puna, officials are asking the public to stay out the Leilani Estates and Lanipuna Gardens areas and avoid sightseeing. etc. Full Story 

:: 5-20-18 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Washington’s Glacier Peak volcano is among the most dangerous but remains the least-monitored and the least-studied in the Cascade range

By Strange Sounds - May 20, 2018

Washington’s hidden Glacier Peak volcano is among the most dangerous. The volcanic peak is ranked by volcanologists among the country’s highest-threat volcanoes and has unleased eruptions five times bigger than Mount St. Helens’ stupendous blast 38 years ago this month. But the volcano in Snohomish County remains the least-monitored and the least-studied in the Cascade range. As Kilauea continues its rampage on Hawaii’s Big Island, the 38th anniversary this month of Mount St. Helens’ cataclysmic eruption is an uneasy reminder that the snow-capped volcanoes of the Pacific Northwest can awaken at any time. Yet one of Washington’s most dangerous volcanoes remains the least-monitored and the least-studied in the Cascade range. Tucked deep inside its namesake 566,000-acre wilderness a scant 70 miles northeast of Seattle, Glacier Peak is the state’s hidden volcano. At a modest 10,541 feet, its summit doesn’t tower over the landscape like Rainier, Baker or Adams. Settlers didn’t even realize it was a volcano until the 1850s, when Native Americans told the naturalist and ethnologist George Gibbs about a small mountain north of Rainier that once smoked. Geologists have since discovered that Glacier Peak is one of the state’s most active and explosive volcanoes, said Seth Moran, scientist-in-charge at the U.S. Geological Survey’s Cascades Volcano Observatory. Its most recent eruption, about 300 years ago, was a small one. But since the end of the last ice age, the volcano has erupted repeatedly in at least six episodes — including two outbursts five times bigger than the blast that blew Mount St. Helens apart on May 18, 1980. An eruption of that scale today would bury nearby communities like Darrington and Rockport under slurries of mud and debris called lahars. Roiling columns of ash more than 100,000 feet high would disrupt air traffic across the region, while sediment-laden floods could reach the Puget Sound lowlands and possibly even threaten Interstate 5. The USGS ranks Glacier Peak among the country’s highest-threat volcanoes. But the only monitoring is done by a single seismometer southwest of the summit — far less instrumentation than on any other Cascade volcano. The agency also has yet to complete a geologic map of the area, Moran said. The problem is partly lack of money and staff, and partly because Glacier Peak is so hard to get to, he explained. Because it’s in wilderness, geologists have to pack in all their gear — then pack out heavy rock samples. Hiking in to a base camp takes nearly two days, then it’s a cross-country scramble to reach remote ridges and valleys in search of signs of past eruptions. “It’s a lot of forcing your way through the devil’s club and dense forests and navigating really, really steep terrain,” Moran said. The USGS hopes to install four additional seismometers soon, while ongoing geologic field studies aim to fill in gaps in the volcano’s eruptive history. But the agency estimates it needs at least a dozen instruments on Glacier Peak to effectively track the tiny earthquakes and ground motion that can signal an impending eruption, Moran said. Progress could be accelerated if Congress approves the Volcano Early Warning and Monitoring Bill sponsored by Sen. Maria Cantwell, D-Wash. The bill, which passed the Senate last week, would authorize $55 million over the next five years, partly to modernize and expand monitoring at Glacier Peak and other volcanoes. Sponsored in the House by Alaska Rep. Don Young, the bill would fund volcano research and establish a center to track data from volcanoes around the clock. “The safety of our communities is paramount, and our legislation will ensure we have the science, technology and monitoring needed to keep people informed and safe,” Cantwell said in a statement. In addition to explosive eruptions and lahars, Glacier Peak’s repertoire includes formation of lava domes, parts of which collapsed repeatedly during past eruptions to form scorching avalanches of rock and debris called pyroclastic flows. The flows incinerate everything in their path — which makes Glacier Peak’s lack of close neighbors a good thing. The thick vegetation that covers the mountain makes it hard to trace the path of past pyroclastic flows and lahars, so the USGS commissioned lidar, or laser mapping, that was finished in 2016. The technique digitally strips away vegetation, revealing the bare landscape. Features like lahars and lava flows pop out with unprecedented clarity, Moran explained. The resulting maps underscore the risk to the Stillaguamish and Skagit Valley communities closest to the mountain, many of which were built on the thick deposits left by past lahars. In a worst-case eruption, debris flows or their muddy remnants might reach as far as Arlington, Stanwood, Mount Vernon and La Conner, according to USGS analyses. As scientists assemble a fuller picture of Glacier Peak’s hazards, officials in Snohomish County have been working to raise awareness and reduce the danger, where possible. The county requires anyone who wants to build in the danger zone to sign a disclosure that makes it clear the property is “subject to periodic and potentially life-threatening destructive mud, water and debris flows.” Over the past year, emergency managers posted the first education and warning signs in the Darrington area. They plan to install more in the near future, said Dara Salmon, deputy emergency management director. County residents can also sign up to get emergency alerts for a wide range of natural disasters, including eruptions and lahars. “I think awareness is higher than it used to be,” Salmon said, “But we still have a ways to go.” And nobody knows when this very dangerous volcano will erupt next! Be ready, Get prepared. 

:: 5-21-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Arizona prepares for statewide drill to practice how it would respond to a migration of 400,000 people in case of a catastrophic California earthquake

Several Arizona businesses and organizations are preparing for a drill

The exercise will be a practice for how the state would respond to a migration of 400,000 people in case of an earthquake

Participants in the National Mass Care Exercise in the coming week will take part

The planning has been underway for nearly a year, the Arizona Department of Emergency and Military Affairs said

Earlier this month, a light earthquake was felt widely in Southern California, but there were no reports of damage or injuries

By Associated Press and Reporter Published: 02:06 EDT, 21 May 2018 | Updated: 12:27 EDT, 21 May 2018

Government agencies, businesses and other organizations in Arizona plan to participate in an exercise to practice how the state would respond to a migration of 400,000 people in case of an earthquake. The exercise will be a drill in case a catastrophic earthquake occurs in Southern California. The Arizona Department of Emergency and Military Affairs said participants in the National Mass Care Exercise in the coming week will take part in the drill. They will tackle how to organize operations such as providing food, shelter and medical services. The department added that the exercise planning has been underway for nearly a year. The State Emergency Operations Center in Phoenix, along with many county, tribal and municipal emergency operations centers will activate during the exercise. The centers are prepared to test activation procedures and staff training. A light earthquake was felt widely in Southern California two weeks ago May 8 but there were no reports of damage. The magnitude 4.5 tremor occurred at 4:49 a.m. beneath the rugged San Bernardino Mountains in the inland region about 100 miles east of Los Angeles and about the same distance north of San Diego. More than 9,000 people used the U.S. Geological Survey's citizen reporting website to say they felt it, but the Riverside County Fire Department received no reports of injuries. The quake occurred 8 miles beneath wilderness north of Cabazon, a lightly populated desert community best known to travelers along Interstate 10 as the location of giant dinosaur statues, a casino resort, outlet stores and giant spinning windmills that turn the gusty winds of San Gorgonio Pass into electricity. 'You heard the shaking before you felt it,' Cristina Candelaria told KABC-TV in Redlands, about 30 miles west of Cabazon. Veteran seismologist Lucy Jones tweeted that the quake occurred near a complex part of the San Andreas fault that cannot be clearly seen on the surface there because it is covered by another fault. She said the movement was mostly that of a thrust fault in which one side moves up over the other side. The 4.5 quake was followed by a smaller 3.2 aftershock and numerous micro quakes, according to the USGS.

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 5-18-18 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two huge vaccine scandals the press is ignoring

By Jon Rappoport - May 18, 2018, @9:06 am EDT

Some lies are so big, many people can’t accept the fact that they’re lies. Their minds are boggled. “No,” they say, “that couldn’t be.” But yes, that could be, and is. Two giant vaccine scandals are in progress at the moment. The mainstream press is mentioning them, here and there, but without any intent to raise alarms, dig in, investigate, and get down to the core of the problem. So I’ll get to the core. The first scandal revolves around the flu vaccine for the current year. The CDC and other “experts” have admitted the vaccine has a very low effectiveness rate. Why is it a dud? Because the vaccine is produced using chicken eggs, and in that medium, the flu virus—which is intentionally placed in the eggs—mutates. Therefore, it isn’t the same virus which is causing flu this year. Therefore, no protection against the flu. FiercePharma reports: “Based on data from Australia, which already had its flu season, scientists warn that this season’s flu shot might be only 10% effective. And the reason for such a low level of protection might lie in the method by which the majority of flu vaccines are made: in eggs.” Ten percent effectiveness. Now that’s ridiculous. And it’s assuming you accept the whole model of how vaccines work—that they actually do protect (safely) against disease, rather than, at best, repressing the visible symptoms of the disease. Amidst their spotty coverage of this scandal, here is what the press is failing to mention: the problem with the flu vaccine isn’t just a 2017-2018 flaw. It would be the same problem ever since chicken eggs have been used to manufacture the vaccine. Are you ready? “The majority of flu vaccines are grown in chicken eggs, a method of vaccine development that’s been used for 70 years.” Hello? Anyone home? Seventy years. The same problem. The same “low effectiveness” problem. That’s a page-one story with a giant headline. That’s the lead item on the nightly news. That’s a pounding investigative series about the lunatic promotion of a massively ineffective—but universally promoted—vaccine going back decades and decades. But it isn’t a giant headline. It isn’t an investigation. It’s a here-today-gone-tomorrow piece. That’s all. The second scandal keeps unfolding in the Philippines, where drug giant Sanofi’s Dengvaxia, given to prevent Dengue Fever, is facing enormous pushback from government officials, who stopped the national vaccination campaign, after thousands of children already received the shot. The issue? Safety. FiercePharma: “The Philippines stopped vaccinations shortly after the company warned that Dengvaxia can cause more serious infections in those who previously hadn’t had exposure to the virus. The country also kicked off a probe and plans legal action, according to health secretary Francisco Duque.” Did you get that? The company (Sanofi) itself warned that vaccine might not be safe. FiercePharma: “…the [Philippine] Department of Health didn’t heed warnings from an advisory group of doctors and pharmacologists, who concluded early last year that the vaccine’s safety and efficacy were unproven.” My, my. But let’s dig even deeper. Sanofi saying is saying the vaccine might be dangerous for those who haven’t been exposed to the Dengue virus before getting the shot. What on Earth does that mean? It means a child who had naturally come in contact with the virus would have developed his own antibodies to it. And later, those antibodies would protect him against the Dengue virus IN THE VACCINE. Otherwise, the virus in the vaccine could give him a case of Dengue or cause some other form of damage. This is saying, “If a child is ALREADY immune to Dengue Fever, because his immune system has successfully dealt with the virus, then the vaccine won’t damage him.” And THAT is saying, “If the child has naturally developed an immunity to Dengue, then the vaccine, WHICH HE DOESN’T NEED, won’t harm him.” Of course, the press isn’t getting the picture. If any reporters are seeing the light, they’re keeping their mouths shut. The scandal is too big and too crazy. Between the lines, a vaccine company is admitting their vaccine is only safe for children who don’t need it. A tree just fell in the forest. Who heard it? 

:: 5-13-18 The New Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How artificial intelligence is shaping religion in the 21st century

By Agencies Published : May 13, 2018

Technology and artificial intelligence (AI) are fashioning how people interact with everything from food to healthcare – and so, too, for religion. From electronic scriptures to robot priests, different faiths have absorbed new ideas from the world of technology to enhance mainstream religious practices. Muslims across the world can download apps such as Muslim Pro, replete with daily prayer timetables, notifications for both sunrise and sunset, and an electronic compass pointing the way towards Mecca. Other apps automatically adjust fasting times during the month of Ramadan, depending on the location of a device. In fact, Muslims are one of the most plugged-in religious communities due to the high concentration of young people aged between 16 and 30 across the Middle East and Asia. A survey by the Pew Research Center in 2017 showed that poorer Muslim-majority countries boast a large amount of people with smartphones. Fifty-seven percent of Palestinians own a smartphone, for example, just short of Germany’s 60 percent. Developers in Japan went a step further last year, unveiling a robot priest programmed to conduct Buddhist rituals. Peppa the humanoid robot, replete with ceremonial dress, can perform a funeral ceremony for $462, cheaper than the $2,232 charged by a human priest to carry out the same task. The relationship between technology and religion has not always been straightforward. According to Dr Beth Singler, researcher at The Faraday Institute for Science and Religion, religions grapple with technology in three stages – rejection, adoption and adaption. Speaking to CNBC, she said that the initial reaction by religious institutions “can often be negative, but technology soon becomes ubiquitous and part of the mainstream.” Faith leaders are increasingly concerned about morality and the ethics behind creating human-like machines. Social media’s addictive nature and the use of sexbots are just two examples of the misgivings they have. “There is concern over what it means to be a person using artificial intelligence, whether that affects our specialness or not,” said Dr Singler. The stereotypical image of killer robots, especially in cinema, has skewed the debate on what AI really means in practice for religion. But, for Singler, chatbots and algorithms are the real face of AI in religion. “Algorithms are more concerning than the image of a Terminator-like robot,” she said. “The effect it has on people’s lives, such as determining the amount you pay for a mortgage, are small changes that accumulate to big changes.” Algorithms and bots wield a hand in not only what we see, but what information we interact with and who we choose to talk to. Followers of Catholicism can plug into the Confession Chatbot app to interact in a life-like two-way conversation with a bot. While it could potentially remove embarrassment in confessing a person’s innermost secrets and guilt, where those interactions end up remains a concern in light of the Facebook-Cambridge Analytica scandal. Agencies Five hundred years after the Protestant Reformation, robot priest BlessU-2 was built for the small German town of Wittenberg last year to mark the anniversary of Martin Luther’s religious revolution in Europe. Local priest Stephan Krebs told The Guardian newspaper that despite BlessU-2 ability to recite bibilical verses and offer pre-composed prayers, a robot could “never substitute for pastoral care.” Singler, too, believes that “robots are not the next stage of priesthood.” Professor Stephen Hawking and Tesla CEO Elon Musk have voiced concerns over the potential threat mankind faces should AI recognize its full potential, raising the question of whether robots could develop a conscience. Singler questioned on the idea that robots could develop the human-like ability to choose their own religion one day. “It says a lot more about us that we consider the question. In our narratives about the topic (of whether robots can be conscious beings), the idea of ‘testing’ is central,” she said. The desire to attach human characteristics to objects, akin to the nostalgia felt between a person and their old phone or pet, is at the heart of knowing whether robots will ever have their own conscience. “It’s our own minds filling in the gaps which ultimately lead to anthropomorphism.” 

:: 5-20-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Millions Don’t Realize What’s Happening—They Admitted To Programing You—100% PROOF

Lisa Haven Published on May 20, 2018

Here's the link that goes with the video: 

:: 5-21-18 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted : Celeste B., Date : May 21, 2018

Cerebral Auto-Cannibalism

There is a new form of cannibalism emerging causing wide spread dementia. The new syndrome is called cerebral auto-cannibalism. It is a terrifying to come to grips that a new form of dementia is now emerging where your brain quite literally eats itself! In the Garden, the serpent tempted Eve to take of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge resulting in death. Eating oneself originates from the ancient old serpent also called ouroboros The serpent or dragon is featured eating its own tail. The first manuscript with the ouroboros motif came from the Enigmatic Book of the Netherworld, an ancient Egyptian funerary text found in the tomb of King Tutankhamen, 14th century BC. Ouroboros symbolizes magic, introspection, cyclicality (recreation), endless creation, destruction, life and death. The term comes from the ancient Greek οὐροβόρος, from οὐρά (oura), "tail" + βορά (bora), "food", from βιβρώσκω (bibrōskō), "I eat". According to Swiss psychologist Carl Jung lies the thought of devouring oneself and turning oneself into a circulatory process and a dramatic symbol for the integration and assimilation of the clash of opposites, and immortality. Is it any wonder that we see the serpent instigating a process by which the brain eats itself leaving a mindless and possibly soulless zombie in its wake? As history winds down the serpent does no longer want you to "eat tail" but the dragon of old wants your brain, your intellect, and the ultimate prize, the seat of your soul. Conditioned for Cannibalism Vast swaths of 'civilized' humanity are forsaking natural desires for real food by engaging in cannibalism. It is true that we have been conditioned to be cannibals through genetically-engineered foods that have inject human DNA to your favorite foods. These foods do not have to be processed foods, take tomatoes, for example. The genetic modification of the tomato with human DNA has been purged from web. Somewhere on an external drive I have the early studies on it. But there is a new more sinister form of cannibalism-self-cannibalism, the practice of eating oneself! It is also called autocannibalism or autosarcophagy! This is a bit different that autophagy, which is a natural process of cell degradation. Mental decline is epidemic and used to be an old persons disease, but new research is showing that 9 out of 10 American adults may be at risk for cerebral auto-cannibalism.  Cerebral Auto-Cannibalism Striking at any age, this insidious form of cannibalism the stuff of nightmares and horror movies is eating away at your brain as you read this article. Absentmindedness, forgetfulness, lost memories, learning challenges, the familiar dissipates into confusion. While the dragon may have been the instigator the process is just now being revealed. Zombie Apocalypse A few years back the military held Zombie drills. As we have been learning it takes creativity to captivate young minds to cross domains and barriers that would not in other circumstances be tolerated. It was said that the playbook was all in good fun and pure fiction, but is that the truth? The drills did occur. The military and governments do not spend the kind of money they do for a fantasy. The strategy, known as CONPLAN 8888, (the number eight is the biblical number of regeneration, coincidence?) is an unclassified document that lays out how the military would best respond to a potential zombie apocalypse. The plan's overall purpose is for the military to undertake operations to "preserve 'non-zombie' humans from the threats posed by a zombie horde." The concept of zombie hordes is provocative. Your brain is assaulted at every turn by EMF, deficient foods, chemicals, viruses, prions and the list goes on that all contribute to the potential for any one us to become a zombie. In case you have missed it in the news the Zombie Apocalypse has been trending from over a year in a wide-array of news stories. CONPLAN 8888 follows a three-step approach to ensuring these goals by 1) maintaining a defensive perimeter to protect human life; 2) conducting operations that will eradicate zombie threats; and 3) aiding civil authorities in restoring law and order. Eradication of the zombies. First your brain is robbed, who knows what happens to your soul in the process, and then you are slated for eradication. Neural Fuel Certain neural fuels are essential to maintain your cognition and brain from cerebral auto-cannibalism. One of these is the nutrient choline that was not even recognized as essential by the Institute of Medicine until 1998. Choline makes acetylcholine, via an enzyme, which resides in the synapses between the nerve cells in your brain. Choline is one essential chemical responsible for thought, memory, verbal, logical reasoning, concentration, and our ability to sleep. As we age we make less acetylcholine. Choline can stop cerebral auto-cannibalism. How Deficient Are You? Even the healthiest diet is 90% deficient in feeding your brain this neural fuel. Research demonstrates that if you are on a vegan diet you are not getting near enough neural food. Your body may look in great shape but if you are choline deficient then zombie cerebral auto-cannibalism is in your future. Here is another wicked problem. Meat eaters are also starving their brains. A 1993 study, published in the peer-reviewed journal Neuroepidemiology, showed that meat-eaters are more than twice as likely as vegetarians to develop dementia. This applies to lean meats, wild caught salmon, free-range organic chicken, it is still not enough. Even the fruits and vegetables in your diet are not enough. It stands to reason that fast-foods, pre-packaged, pre-made, processed, and nutrient-stripped foods do not contain any choline. If they did fortify choline it would be a synthetic and not bioavailable. What about supplementation? Most multivitamins have little to no choline neural fuel in them. The most expensive supplement you can buy only has 18% of what you need. Our bodies are awesomely made. When your brain is starving for choline it will do anything it can to get it including robbing choline from your cell membranes, basically your body begins to eat itself. In addition to cerebral auto-cannibalism a choline deficiency causes muscle damage, liver damage, and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease. How much choline do you need? Women need at least 425 mg of choline a day. Men need 500 mg. Older adults need more choline because estrogen induces the gene that catalyzes the biosynthesis of choline. When a diet is deficient in folate, a B-vitamin that is also a methyl donor, the need for dietary choline rises because choline becomes the primary methyl donor. I have been researching the methylation process and quite frankly environmental factors and food quality has severely damaged the way God originally created our bodies to work. The main dietary sources of choline in the United States consist primarily of animal-based products that are particularly rich in choline—meat, poultry, fish, dairy products, and eggs. Cruciferous vegetables and certain beans are also rich in choline, and other dietary sources of choline include nuts, seeds, and whole grains. As early as 1978, a study showed that a group of senile women saw dramatic improvements in memory, cooperation and “relationship with the environment” when they were treated with choline. You can get tested for the amount of choline in your body but this is a plasma test and it will not reflect the availability of choline to your cells. Are your cells uptaking the choline or due to other malfunctioning bodily processes are you not absorbing or processing this chemical? In another study of seniors with memory problems, choline helped reduce all memory-related symptoms in more than 83% of study subjects. And in yet another study, looking at 1,614 patients, choline improved short-term memory by a whopping 45.5% after just two months. In a four-week placebo-controlled study, seniors with memory problems saw: 27% better word recall 17% better immediate object recall 34% better delayed object recall The most exciting finding of all came from a three-week study where ten seniors took just 250 mg of choline a day. After three weeks, these seniors saw: Their ability to repeat a string of digits improve 44% Their logic history scores improve 76% Their memory deficits improve by 157%!! Could this be true? All creation is being targeted through manipulation of our bodily processes. I set some soap outside to cure. I use real ingredients and essentials oils. I went about my day only to come back and birds had eaten my soap. I have had dogs eat my soap but never birds. We dance like marionettes by the marionettist that pulls our strings, but our bodies know even at a subconscious level what they are craving. God established it this way and He declared that it was good. High-potency choline can feed your brain, restore healthy cognitive function and prevent you from cerebral auto-cannibalism. This is a simple, affordable, godsend for you who desire to protect the integrity from our current physical and spiritual battle. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::   ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I know who this is for. This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law. And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how. But God is saying to him: You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before. You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones. Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts. Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family. Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways.

:: 5-21-18 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump peace deal to make Jerusalem suburb Palestinian capital

Yesh Atid chairman Yair Lapid said that Netanyahu agreed to the plan to make Abu Dis the capital of the future Palestinian state.

By Lahav Harkov May 21, 2018 16:08

The Abu Dis neighborhood bordering east Jerusalem will be the capital of a Palestinian state in US President Donald Trump’s planned peace deal between Israel and the Palestinians, Yesh Atid chairman Yair Lapid said Monday. “Over the weekend, different sources began saying that in the American paper that will be presented next month, Abu Dis will be mentioned as the capital of Palestine,” Lapid said at a Yesh Atid faction meeting. Lapid argued that Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu must know about this plan and agreed to it. “This brings up two questions,” Lapid said. “One, is the two-state solution back on the table with the prime minister’s agreement? Two, is Abu Dis acceptable to Netanyahu as the future Palestinian capital? “I know that Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu doesn’t give interviews, but there’s a limit to his vagueness. If it’s true, the Israeli public needs to know,” Lapid said. Word has been circulating Washington since January that Trump’s Mideast peace team— led by his son-in-law Jared Kushner and his special representative for international negotiations Jason Greenblatt — was eyeing Abu Dis for a future Palestinian capital. At the time, Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas referenced the rumor as yet another reason why he had dismissed the US administration as biased and aloof. Abbas rejected PA communication with the White House after Trump announced in December that he would recognize Jerusalem as Israel’s capital, and move the US embassy in Israel there. When discussion of Abu Dis first surfaced, US officials said the talk was baseless. And a National Security Council official similarly brushed off Lapid’s comments on Monday. “Anyone who claims to know the terms of the Trump administration’s peace proposal is mistaken,” the official told The Jerusalem Post. “We will not provide details or comment further on specific terms until we make the proposal public.” In the Likud faction meeting, Netanyahu did not directly comment on the matter, but said: “Our successes are still to come. Our policies are not based on weakness. They are not based on concessions that will endanger us.” Netanyahu added that the Likud believes in the Jewish people’ right to its land, while being willing to make peace with its neighbors that truly want it. 

:: 5-16-18 Renew America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The not so innocent Arabs who call themselves Palestinians.

By Victor Sharpe May 16, 2018

Let us first consider those miserable 'journalists' who hide in safety while weaving their tales of mistruth and distortion. They sit in great comfort in New York, London, Washington, DC, anywhere, but not in Gaza. They have more sense than to endanger themselves. From where they safely sit they then distort the truth in the media, falsely blame Israel for the violence emanating from Gaza, yet never write or utter a word about the crimes of Hamas and the Hamas Charter, which calls for the extermination of the Jewish state. You hear and see these 'reporters,' 'journalists' and talking heads on ABC, CBS, NBC, PBS, CNN, MSNBC, BBC ad nauseam. You read their screeds in the New York Times and the Washington Post. At the same time, you would have looked, mostly in vain, on those same networks and in print, for fair and objective coverage of the joyous celebrations in Jerusalem at the historic opening of the United States embassy in Israel's capital city. This is bias writ large. Nor do these poor excuses for 'reporters' in the mainstream media ever criticize Hamas for misusing the vast flow of money entering its terrorist enclave in Gaza – money coming from the U.N., EU, Iran, Turkey and a host of liberal church and secular charities and NGOs, which cry crocodile tears over the 'poor' but not so innocent Arabs who call themselves Palestinians. And, of course, these same 'reporters' will never report on the vast number of trucks daily bringing goods into Gaza from Israel or the supply of electricity, gasoline and even concrete that Israel provides to Gaza's residents. And those of us with eyes to see and ears to hear know well that the concrete Israel provides is not used to build homes, schools or hospitals for the Arabs who live under Hamas occupation; no it is used to construct sophisticated tunnels for Hamas terrorists to enter Israel in order to kill Jewish men, women, children and babies. Hamas cynically and barbarously manipulates and coerces its women and children to go and break down the security fence and be killed or wounded. What type of people commit such a crime against humanity and such a loathsome sin against their own? Why, it is none other than Hamas, the junior partner of the infamous Muslim Brotherhood, which perpetrates such a repulsive sin and feels no shame or guilt. Gleefully and deliberately forcing its women and children into harm's way is for Hamas a propaganda tool and a media bonanza – which the corrupt mainstream media is quite happy to act as its willing executioner. The 'reporters' seem not to care for facts, but peddle myths – the result being a torrent of vituperative vilification and demonization of the embattled Jewish state, which is merely trying to defend itself and its people from a terrible massacre if, heaven forbid, the barbaric and enormous Muslim Arab mobs were to successfully break through the security fence and descend upon the Israeli villages and towns which lie so close to the Gaza border. The horrifying 1929 massacre of the Jewish inhabitants in Hebron by their Muslim Arab neighbors would be repeated on a massive scale. And remember, that nauseating example of centuries old Islamic hate towards Jews took place 19 years before Israel was reborn. We must understand that in Islam, where once the Muslim foot has trod triumphal in the name of Allah, that land enters forever the Dar al-Islam (the House of Islam). If it lost to Islam, then it enters the Dar al-Harb (the House of War) and Muslims are required in the Koran and Hadith to wage endless war against it until it is reclaimed for Islam. That is why there can never be true and lasting peace by the Muslim world towards the Jewish state, even though ancient Israel and the Jewish faith predates Islam by millennia. Let us also remember that the same Islamic supremacy applies to all those Christian and non-Muslim nations – Spain, Portugal, parts of France, Sicily, the Balkans, Greece, southern Russia, etc., – that too were once conquered and occupied in the name of Allah and are now considered in Islam to also be in the House of War. The Two-State-Solution with the Arabs who call themselves Palestinians, or Land for Peace with them, are suicidal beliefs which the Jewish state, reconstituted in its ancestral and Biblical homeland, must never again ever contemplate repeating. The then Israeli Prime Minister, Ariel Sharon, made that catastrophic mistake in 2005 when he forced Israelis to give away Gaza to the same Arabs who call themselves Palestinians. We now see where it has brought us. 

:: 5-21-18 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US considers international committee to manage Gaza, with Hamas’ help — report

Idea discussed by officials on recent trip to unnamed Arab country said to anger PA's Abbas, who sees it as broader attempt to drag him back to US-led peace talks

By TOI staff 19 May 2018, 11:09 pm

During a recent visit to an unnamed Arab country, US officials discussed the humanitarian crisis in Gaza and raised the idea of establishing an international committee to manage affairs in the coastal enclave. According to a Saturday report in the London-based, Arabic-language Al Hayat newspaper, the plan would require the Hamas terror group ruling Gaza to take a number of political steps to promote a US-led peace initiative. The international committee would be bankrolled by the US as well as countries in Europe, according to Al Hayat. The talks reportedly greatly angered Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas, who was said to have no interest in returning to talks with the Israelis brokered by the Trump administration. While the report did not identify the Arab country that hosted the summit by name, initial assessments indicate it to have been Egypt, which has been in increased talks with Hamas and on Friday opened up its Rafah crossing with Gaza for the month of Ramadan. Cairo has only sporadically opened its sole border crossing with the coastal enclave for short intervals over the past several years of soured relations with the Islamist group ruling Gaza. The reported US proposal, which maintains Hamas as a player, comes amid near-daily criticism by officials in Washington of the terror group, which it has viewed as solely responsible for the humanitarian crisis in Gaza. In his most recent criticism on Friday, White House Special Envoy Jason Greenblatt blamed Hamas for inciting Palestinians to loot the Kerem Shalom Crossing with Israel. On Wednesday, Greenblatt met in Qatar with its foreign minister to discuss relief for Gaza, a notable meeting with one of Hamas’ only allies. On Friday, AP reported that Washington intends to release its peace plan in mid- to late-June, shortly after the end of the Muslim holy month of Ramadan, although US officials cautioned that the timing could slip depending on developments in the region. Yet any Palestinian willingness to even consider the plan would require conditions to improve and anger to subside considerably in the coming weeks — an unlikely scenario as the Palestinians say evidence of one-sided Trump giveaways to Israel continues to pile up. Greenblatt’s meeting in Qatar came two days after he attended the dedication ceremony of the new US Embassy in Jerusalem on Monday. That same day, 64 Palestinians were killed in border clashes that were part of violent protests for weeks. Almost all of the dead were members of Hamas, the terror group has acknowledged. Since March 30, tens of thousands of Palestinians have taken part in weekly “March of Return” protests, which Israel says are orchestrated by Hamas and used as cover for attempted attacks and breaches of the border fence. The demonstrations were meant to end this week, culminating with the opening of the US embassy in Jerusalem, but Hamas leaders have said they want them to continue. About 1,000 protesters took part in demonstrations Friday. The Palestinian deaths during Monday’s protests were met with international outrage and calls for an independent investigation of events. Hamas has subsequently admitted that 50 of the dead were members of the terror group. Three others were Islamic Jihad members. On Friday, the UN’s Human Rights Council ordered a probe into the killings. Israel said it would not cooperate, and the US slammed the decision as a “shameful” day for human rights. 

:: 5-21-18 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pompeo Issues Steep Demands for Nuclear Treaty With Iran

Monday, 21 May 2018 09:49 AM

Secretary of State Mike Pompeo issued a steep list of demands Monday that he said should be included in a nuclear treaty with Iran to replace the Obama-era deal, threatening "the strongest sanctions in history" if Iran doesn't change course. Following President Donald Trump's withdrawal from the deal, the United States will ensure "Iran has no possible path to a nuclear weapon — ever," Pompeo said. As he called for a better agreement to constrain Iran's activities, he said the U.S. would "apply unprecedented financial pressure" to bring Tehran back to the table. "These will end up being the strongest sanctions in history by the time we are complete," Pompeo said in a speech at the conservative Heritage Foundation, his first major policy speech since taking over as top diplomat. Pompeo's list of 12 requirements included many that Iran is highly unlikely to consider. He said Iran must "stop enrichment" of uranium, which was allowed within strict limitations under the 2015 deal. Iran must also allow nuclear "unqualified access to all sites throughout the country," Pompeo said, alluding to military sites that were off-limits under the 2015 deal except under specific circumstances. To that end, he also said Iran must declare all previous efforts to build a nuclear weapon, reopening an issue that the U.N.'s International Atomic Energy Agency has already deemed a closed matter Pompeo also demanded that Iran cease from a range of activities throughout the Middle East that have long drawn the ire of the U.S. and its allies. He said Iran must end support for Shiite Houthi rebels in Yemen, "withdraw all forces" from Syria, halt support for its ally Hezbollah and stop threatening Israel. Iran must also "release all U.S. citizens" missing in Iran or being held on "spurious charges," he said. At the same time, Pompeo offered Iran a series of dramatic potential U.S. concessions if it agrees to make "major changes." Under a new agreement, the U.S. would be willing to lift all sanctions, restore full diplomatic and commercial ties with Iran, and even support the modernization of its economy, Pompeo said. "It is America's hope that our labors toward peace and security will bear fruit for the long-suffering people of Iran," Pompeo said. Pompeo's speech came after Trump earlier this month infuriated U.S. allies in Europe by withdrawing from the 2015 deal brokered by President Barack Obama, Iran and world powers. Europeans allies had pleaded with Trump not to scuttle that deal and are now scrambling to keep the deal alive even without the U.S. But the Trump administration has held out hope that those same allies will put aside that frustration and work with the U.S. to ramp pressure back up on Iran through sanctions in a bid to bring Tehran back to the negotiating table for a stronger deal. Pompeo said he understood that Trump's decision "will pose financial and economic difficulties for a number of our friends." But he warned them that the U.S. planned to follow through with threats to punish European companies that continue doing business with Iran that is allowed under the deal but will violate reimposed U.S. sanctions. "I know our allies in Europe may try to keep the old nuclear deal going with Tehran. That is their decision to make," Pompeo said. "They know where we stand."

Read Newsmax: Pompeo Issues Steep Demands for Nuclear Treaty With Iran | 

:: 5-20-18 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Special Counsel Robert Mueller sent agents to Israel in Trump probe

At least two of the figures – Israeli specialist Joel Zamel and the Gulf emissary George Nader – visited or worked with the Russians during the campaign.

By Michael Wilner May 21, 2018 00:20

WASHINGTON – Three months before the 2016 presidential election, an Israeli social media specialist joined a Gulf Arab emissary and a former Middle East security contractor for a meeting with Donald Trump’s son, Donald Trump Jr., to discuss ways they could help the Republican nominee beat his opponent. The existence of the meeting in Trump Tower in New York City, first revealed on Saturday by The New York Times, has prompted US special counsel Robert Mueller to send investigators to Israel to probe the activities of the Israeli social media firm, which allegedly employed former Israeli intelligence officers and collects user data to help manipulate public opinion. The Israel Police is cooperating with the probe, the Times found. Mueller is investigating whether individuals associated with the Trump campaign coordinated with the Russian government in their efforts to defeat Hillary Clinton, the 2016 Democratic nominee. Trump Jr. was known to have taken a similar meeting with a Russian government employee who was offering dirt on Clinton months earlier. But the August 3 meeting with Mideast figures demonstrates the campaign’s willingness to accept foreign help in its uphill battle to victory at a time when polls consistently showed them losing the presidential race. US law prohibits foreign organizations and individuals from any involvement in its election campaigns. At least two of the figures – Israeli specialist Joel Zamel and the Gulf emissary George Nader – visited or worked with the Russians during the campaign. Both visited the White House after Trump’s inauguration. Zamel said through his lawyer that none of his companies “had any involvement whatsoever in the US election campaign.” But he is accused of proposing a covert, multimillion-dollar online manipulation project on behalf of Trump, and according to the Times, was paid by Nader roughly $2 million after the campaign ended. Two of Mueller’s agents have traveled to Israel to conduct interviews, and the Israel Police has helped them seize computers related to the probe, according to the report. Zamel says he is fully cooperating with the Mueller inquiry. Nader is suspected of working on behalf of Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates to elect Trump, who they believed might take a tougher stance against Iran. Nader grew close with Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law, throughout the presidential race, when Kushner was leading the campaign’s social media strategy. They have since remained in touch. For years, Nader has pitched a strategy of economic warfare and sabotage against Iran, both to US and Gulf leadership. Trump has sharply aligned his administration with Sunni Gulf powers. He pulled out of an international nuclear deal with Iran earlier this month, snapping back all US sanctions that had been in place before 2015. The former head of Blackwater, an American private military company, is at the center of this meeting and several others under investigation by Mueller, including a secret meeting in the Seychelles after Trump’s inauguration, which involved the president’s associates and those of Russian President Vladimir Putin. A lawyer for Trump Jr. acknowledged the August 3 meeting, but – similar to his earlier Trump Tower meeting with a Kremlin agent – claims it went nowhere. “Prior to the 2016 election, Donald Trump Jr. recalls a meeting with [Blackwater founder] Erik Prince, George Nader and another individual who may be Joel Zamel,” the lawyer said. “They pitched Mr. Trump Jr. on a social media platform or marketing strategy. He was not interested and that was the end of it.” 

:: 5--18 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Ambassador to Israel David Friedman: Liberal media sides with Hamas over Trump

By Amb. David Friedman | Fox News

This past Monday, the United States at long last opened its embassy to Israel in Jerusalem, Israel’s capital. The opening occurred 70 years to the day that Harry Truman led the United States to be the first nation to recognize Israel as a sovereign nation. The event, authorized and directed by President Trump, was a moving tribute to the enduring and unique friendship between our nation and the State of Israel. Moving our embassy, however, was not just an act of friendship. It was an act that Congress had endorsed. In 1995, both houses of Congress overwhelming passed the Jerusalem Embassy Act urging exactly this action. As recently as last year, the United States Senate re-affirmed the Jerusalem Embassy Act by a vote of 90-0. While past government leaders have argued, from time to time, that the embassy should only move as part of a peace deal with the Palestinians, Congress said no such thing. Past Presidents Clinton, Bush and Obama all campaigned on the pledge that Jerusalem must always be the capital of Israel. Clinton and Bush also promised to move our embassy to Jerusalem. None of them honored their word. President Trump made a similar promise, but, in contrast to his predecessors, he kept it. The opening ceremony was a beautiful and uplifting event attended by hundreds and watched by millions. As the ceremony proceeded, there were a few sporadic, peaceful protests from among the hundreds of thousands of Arabs living in Jerusalem. The West Bank remained calm. The apparent success of the embassy’s opening ceremony enraged the liberal media. Could this be yet another diplomatic triumph by President Trump? The prospect was unbearable. Hamas to the rescue. These thugs, acknowledged nearly universally as a terrorist organization, had been rioting in Gaza over the past six weeks for purported reasons not connected to the embassy move. They were more than willing to provide the media with a dark side to an otherwise uplifting story. No nation in the world allows foreigners to storm its border. Period. When the declared intention of the aggressors is to kill that nation’s citizens, it is laughable to even suggest that a forceful response would not ensue. For weeks, Hamas had been pursuing a direct and unambiguous operation against Israel: On Fridays, after stirring up emotions at weekly prayers, it incited waves of Gaza residents to violently storm the border with Israel, hoping to break through and kill Israeli citizens and kidnap Israeli soldiers. In addition, given the likelihood that these malign efforts would fail, Hamas also created “kite bombs” painted with swastikas that it launched in Israel’s direction when the winds were favorable. No nation in the world allows foreigners to storm its border. Period. When the declared intention of the aggressors is to kill that nation’s citizens, it is laughable to even suggest that a forceful response would not ensue. Regrettably, Hamas convinced impressionable young adults that the border had been breached and directed them to run all the way to Jerusalem and murder their enemies. Thousands unfortunately took up the call and entered harm’s way. Some 60 Gazans, the overwhelming majority of whom were known Hamas terrorists, lost their lives because Hamas turned them into a collective suicide bomb. They were neither heroes nor the peaceful protesters they were advertised to be. At least not before the liberal media entered the scene. Desperate for a narrative to discredit the president’s decision to move our embassy to Jerusalem, they broadcast the opening ceremony on a split screen simultaneously displaying the Gaza riots, and condemned the insensitivity of the ceremony’s participants to the carnage that seemed next door on TV but which in actuality was occurring 60 miles away! The next day, the liberal media vilified everyone associated with the embassy move and glorified the poor Hamas terrorists. Failed diplomats who never brought peace or stability to the region were pulled out of mothballs to regurgitate their calcified thinking. And the most deranged even accused the administration of having blood on its hands. Tellingly, not a single pundit offered a less-lethal alternative to protecting Israel from being overrun by killers or its soldiers from being within range of pistols, IEDs or Molotov cocktails. Let there be no mistake. Every life is equally precious, whether Jewish, Palestinian or other. But no nation should ever be called upon to sacrifice its own citizens to preserve the lives of aggressive infiltrators intent on murder and mayhem. Ironically, Hamas had recently woken up to the fact that most responsible journalists were on to its game and Hamas was considering ending its suicidal assaults on the Israeli border. But seeing the opportunity to curry the front page or the A Block from reporters willing to shed a negative light on our president, Hamas enthusiastically launched its youth back into the fire. So who really has blood on their hands? David Friedman is the U.S. Ambassador to Israel. 

:: 5-17-18 Breaking Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Emergency Situation in Israel as IDF Troops Deployed to All Borders!

By Tsivya Fox May 17, 2018 , 12:30 pm

Israel is on high alert as her borders are threatened on all sides. Israel’s Defense Force (IDF) has increased the presence of both active duty and reservists to fortify the country’s borders. “These are not regular days in the Middle East,” General (res.) Yehiel Gozal, CEO of Yahad-United for Israel’s Soldiers, told Breaking Israel News. “If this situation doesn’t quickly get under control, it is likely that a war will develop.” Gozal’s bold statement came following the news that 40,000 Palestinians were rioting at Israel’s southern Gaza border. Thus far, 62 rioters have been killed by IDF forces and at least 2,000 have been injured. Gaza’s Hamas-run health ministry has proudly stated that of those killed, 50 were members of the Hamas terror group. “In the last rounds of confrontations, 62 people were martyred, 50 of the martyrs were Hamas and 12 from the people,” said Hamas official Salah Bardawil in an interview with the Palestinian Baladna news outlet. Though the international media is reporting that the Palestinians were holding a peaceful protest, films of the riots paint a very different picture. Along with chants of “Death to Israel and the United States”, rioters set tires ablaze, planted bombs, flew incendiary kites into Israel destroying Israeli fields, and threw firebombs, Molotov cocktails, and stones at IDF troops. Serious escalation of the situation occurred when Palestinians directed machine gun fire from Gaza at IDF aerial vehicles. Several residences in the Israeli border town of Sderot were hit. Sderot officials stated that army overhead aircrafts were the apparent target of the gunfire but the bullets entered civilian homes when they returned to the ground. “Bullets should be regarded as missiles, and Hamas is responsible for everything that happens in Gaza,” Sderot Mayor Alon Davidi stated. Israeli citizens have independently started to travel to Israel’s borders to bring food and gifts to IDF soldiers. Yet, Yahad-United for Israel’s Soldiers is the only Israel government sanctioned organization permitted to provide Israeli soldiers with all of their welfare needs. “In past emergency situations, individuals and various organizations, out of good intentions, gave directly to Israeli soldiers,” noted Gozal. “This actually puts both citizens and IDF soldiers in danger, causes challenges within troops, and wastes donated dollars as excessive or not needed supplies are donated.” Every commander has direct contact with Yahad-United for Israel’s Soldiers, informing the organization of exactly what their soldiers need. 100 percent of every dollar donated to Yahad is used directly for Israeli soldier welfare and handled in an orderly fashion. Though claims that the latest Palestinian threats to Israel’s sovereignty are connected to the United States moving its embassy to Jerusalem and President Donald Trump canceling the Iran nuclear deal, the riots are actually a continuation of the Hamas terror organization campaign dubbed “March of Return” whose goal it is to infiltrate Israeli territory, murder Jews, and take over the Holy Land. Gozal noted that Palestinian leadership has never accepted the State of Israel as a historic fact and are sending their citizens to Israel’s borders to fight IDF soldiers and get killed as martyrs.Through the use of terror and false narrative, Arabs have been trying to destroy Israel and the Jewish people since 1948,” he said. “People must know that these events have nothing to do with the return of Judea and Samaria into the hands of the Jewish people following the Six Day War in 1967, nor the US Embassy moving to Jerusalem or the cancellation of the Iran deal. It stems from the hateful desire to destroy Israel and her citizens.” Israel Defense Forces’ spokesperson Lt. Col. Jonathan Conricus stated, “Hamas is behind these riots, and the branding of the riots as ‘peaceful protests’ could not be further from the truth.” The IDF has been using riot-control measures to control the Palestinian masses. In addition, the IDF disrupted internet and cell signals around the border to prevent mobilization of rioters by Hamas. However, soldiers were forced to use live fire when their lives and the lives of citizens in neighboring communities were threatened. Gozal told Breaking Israel News that the IDF has increased its presence by placing both reservists and active duty soldiers on every one of Israel’s borders as well as in Judea, Samaria and Jerusalem. Every soldier is on high alert including Israel’s air force, navy, ground forces and intelligence. “We had to show our power in the north when Iran sent rockets into Israel from Syria,” he said. “Israel has a moral obligation to protect itself and its citizens. We will not stand by under threats of our destruction.” In addition to the present danger on Israel’s borders, Gozal pointed out that Hezbollah, along with Iran, is continuously sponsoring terror and attacks on Israel. “Hezbollah and Iran are waiting to join an attack on Israel from Lebanon on Israel’s northern border. All these happenings has placed Israel in an emergency situation.” Yahad representatives are on the field at all of Israel’s borders providing IDF soldiers and border police with all of their needs. “At this critical time for Israel, we must unite and rally around our IDF soldiers,” continued Gozal. “We need as much international support as possible, both through prayer,, with spreading accurate news about the moral and outstanding behavior of Israel’s soldiers, and through donations which go directly towards soldier welfare and support.” To donate to the welfare of Israeli soldiers, please click here. Written in coordination with Yahad-United for Israel’s Soldiers.

:: 5-4-18 Preppers Gab :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

The Most Dangerous States to Live In America During a Collapse

By : Preppeu5 May 14, 2018 Category : PREPAREDNESS

There are many different disasters that would be catastrophic to the United States. An EMP attack that causes the power grid to collapse, a huge natural disaster, or a complete economic collapse far worse than the Great Depression are just three such disasters that would take years to recover from. What many people fail to realize, however, is that it won’t be the disaster itself that kills the most people. While it is true that the EMP strike would cause planes to fall out of the sky and cars to crash into one another, and while it’s also true that a natural disaster could claim thousands of lives instantly, it’s what happens after an apocalyptic disaster that would cause most of the deaths. With communications, food, water, and other necessities all cut off instantly, once ordinary people will do desperate things in order to survive. Hunger and starvation, dehydration and lack of water, and people killing one another savagely for basic necessities are what would claim the most lives. Nowhere in the United States is going to be truly safe or immune from a disaster on a grand scale. However, some states will certainly be less safe than others, and we’re going to discuss what those states are and why they are more unsafe than others. Here are the top five worst American states to be in during a collapse, presented in alphabetical order: 1. Alaska Here’s a state that you’re probably surprised to see on this list, especially when you consider Alaska (known as the Last Frontier) is supposed to be a safe haven for survivalists. There’s no denying that Alaska has many factors that would initially make it seem like a good place to be in during a disaster. For one thing, it’s sparsely populated and its few urban areas are not anywhere near as populous as cities like New York or Los Angeles. It also has an abundance of natural resources such as timber and wild game. But at the same time, Alaska has many negatives. For one thing, it’s very earthquake prone due to the fact that it’s situated along the West Coast. It’s also cut off from the lower 48 states, so imports of basic supplies and necessities will come to a screeching halt in the midst of disaster with no hope of resupply (gasoline and oil are arguably the biggest of these). There’s no denying that Alaska is one of the most beautiful places in the entire world. But at the same time, it has serious cons that should make you seriously reconsider it as a bug out location. 2. California You might as well put the whole West Coast under this one, which is incredibly vulnerable to earthquakes and is very densely populated. Those densely populated cities like San Francisco, San Diego, or Los Angeles are not just bad places to be in an earthquake. rThey are also prime EMP or nuclear targets for our enemies. Furthermore, California’s economy is incredibly fragile with very high debt. It’s arguably the most prone to an economic collapse over any other state. This is on top of the very high cost of living, taxes, and regulations in the state as well. All in all, the West Coast is definitely not somewhere you want to be during a disaster, but California will be even more dangerous than Washington and Oregon. 3. Florida You can probably already guess one reason why Florida is on this list: hurricanes. It’s no secret that Florida is very prone to hurricanes, but even that hasn’t stopped retirees from flocking to the Sunshine State as a warm tropical haven. Sure, Florida is a very attractive state, but it’s still far too overburdened with negative factors to be considered a good state to be in during a disaster. On the contrary, it’s one of the worst. Miami is a very large city and could be a prime target of a nuclear or EMP attack. The population in Florida is also very dense (it’s surpassed New York) and the crime rate is high. In addition, most of Florida is already under sea level, which is dangerous should ocean temperatures ever seriously rise. Overall, you would be advised to not consider Florida as a bug out retreat. 4. Hawaii Hawaii is on this list for many of the same reasons that Alaska is: it’s cut off from the rest of the United States and therefore will also be cut off from shipping and imports during a disaster. As an added con, Hawaii already has less overall resources than Alaska, with less of a chance to be successful at agriculture due to the generally poor soil. Hawaii is also a goldmine of military bases that will be prime targets in the event of a global war. Unless you can get out beforehand on a ship or an airplane, you’re essentially stranded in an archipelago out in the middle of the Pacific Ocean with no serious way of getting out. If Hawaii serves one purpose, it’s a vacation place to make happy memories. But it’s certainly not a place to go to outlast a disaster. 5. New York Last but not least, we come to New York. The East and West Coasts are both highly and densely populated, and the city of New York itself is going to be a prime target for our enemies. New York also shares many cons with California: the high cost of living, high taxes and regulations, a high crime rate, strict firearms laws, heavy traffic, and so on. Granted, not all of New York is so bad. Much of the northern part of the state is very rural and teeming with natural resources. Still, you’re in very close proximity to the city, and refugees will undoubtedly be flooding north towards Canada, so you’re still not that safe anyway. Conclusion Alaska, California, Florida, Hawaii, and New York will be the five least safe states to be in during a major nationwide disaster. As an alternative, you would be wise to check out the states in the Great Plains or the Rocky Mountains instead. While those areas certainly have their cons as well (remember that no state is truly safe), they are still much safer than the five states we’ve just gone over. 

:: 5-15-18 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canada: As Trudeau’s Failures Mount, He Demonizes Pro-Trump Former Prime Minister Harper

May 15, 2018 7:14 am By Christine Douglass-Williams

According to a Toronto Star article: Justin Trudeau has been working assiduously to invoke the ghost of Stephen Harper, but this week the ghost himself appeared, no Liberal conjuring needed….There was the former prime minister, in a full-page ad in The New York Times, offering a full-throated endorsement of Donald Trump. The Star’s article referred to Harper’s support for President Trump’s scrapping the Iranian deal, a deal that enabled Iran to expand its regional and global support of terrorism. Iran’s Supreme leader, the Ayatollah Khamenei, has vowed to destroy America and has called any promotion of negotiations treason. Khamenei has also promoted a nine-point plan to annihilate the “barbaric” state of Israel. The deal saw billions pumped into the rogue state of Iran’s coffers, which it used to advance its proxies globally and expand its nuclear capability. “55,000 pages of documents and 183 CD’s revealed that Iran hid an atomic archive of documents on its nuclear program.” Iran has been “blatantly lying” as it developed its nuclear program. Yet Trudeau “delivered a thinly veiled rebuke to the Trump administration and Israel over their opposition to the Iran nuclear deal.” It is difficult to imagine that any mentally competent individual could possibly deem the rogue state of Iran to be trustworthy. This leaves one to reason that there are other variables at work. For instance: Some American and European companies “could lose billions of dollars in commercial deals canceled and a major new export market undercut by the U.S. decision to re-impose sanctions on Iran.” In 2016, Montreal Mayor Denis Coderre quietly traveled to Iran, where he co-signed a groundbreaking agreement with the Mayor of Tehran, Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, to “boost mutual cooperation in various fields.” Qalibaf is an influential state-jihadist who has climbed the ranks of the Iranian Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps. He was also a candidate in the 2005 Iranian presidential election, in which he was beaten by Ahmadinejad. Iranian-Canadian Liberal MP Majid Jowhari has been lobbying the Canadian government to reopen embassies in Ottawa and Iran, even sponsoring a petition with thousands of signatures to re-establish diplomatic ties with Iran. This prompted Iranian Canadians to send a joint letter to Justin Trudeau stating that they “do not want to be represented by someone who is ‘working in the interest of a foreign country,’” and that they were “worried a terrorist organization is being welcomed into Canada and may even be infiltrating the country with ‘spies’ with support from a local politician.” Then four months ago, Jowhari roiled members of his own community and riding over his support for Iran in the face of nationwide protests in that country. Justin Trudeau has an unsavory record of supporting Islamic supremacists and putting Canadians at risk of jihad attacks. After Trump’s victory, Trudeau was so unnerved that he set up a “war room within his office” to monitor the new U.S. President. Trudeau has shown himself to be an indiscreet man. He was investigated by Canada’s Ethics Commissioner for breaching four sections of Canada’s Conflict of Interest Act. He defrauded Canadians of $200,000 for a family vacation on the Aga Khan’s private Bahamian island. He also held a secret meeting with former Taliban captive Joshua Boyle (who is facing 15 charges), robbed taxpayers of $10,500,000 in a payout to infamous jihadist Omar Khadr, and quietly paid three more Muslims who were said to have been tortured while in detention in Syria and Egypt. According to a CBC report: Public Safety Minister Ralph Goodale and Foreign Affairs Minister Chrystia Freeland issued a statement Friday saying that with the settlement and an apology from government, the civil case involving Abdullah Almalki, Ahmad Abou-Elmaati and Muayyed Nureddin was now closed. Trudeau is now desperately trying to extricate himself from his endless messes by smearing his biggest rival in the 2019 elections — the Conservative Party of Canada, led by Andrew Scheer: The Conservatives, Trudeau charged, have learned nothing from their 2015 defeat and are continuing with the same negative tactics and divisive policies that characterized their government under Stephen Harper. He noted that Tory leader Andrew Scheer has dubbed himself “Stephen Harper with a smile” — indicating it was Harper’s temperament that caused the Tory defeat. Trudeau figures that by connecting Scheer to former Conservative Prime Minister Stephen Harper, whom he defeated in the 2015 elections, somehow the clock would turn back to a moment before Canada actually saw Trudeau’s failings. Yet Trudeau’s “selfie advantage” ended, even among youth, in March after his many gaffes and bad decisions humiliated both himself and Canada as a whole, and infuriated those who are proud defenders of Canadian values. The usually Liberal-supporting Toronto Star ran an uproariously funny piece: “For the sake of peoplekind, Justin Trudeau needs to shut his mouth.“ His hapless visit to India conjured up the ghost of Harper in a headline: “If you thought Harper hurt our global standing, then take a look at Trudeau.” Yet the Toronto Star indicated that “painting Scheer as Harper redux, leading the Harper party, has been a preoccupation with Trudeau,” and it still refers Harper as “toxic” and paints him as a bad brand for the Conservatives. It simply is not true. Stephen Harper has made no secret about his unwavering support for the right of Israel to exist in peace in the face of the jihadist endeavor to destroy it, which has been going on since 1948. He has also openly defended the rights and freedoms of all Canadians, whether Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Hindu, Buddhist, atheist, etc. The Conservative tabling of the “Zero Tolerance Against Barbaric Cultural Practices Bill” drew out the “Islamophobia” brigade, but that measure was intended to protect the victims of such practices. But in a Globe and Mail article entitled “Stephen Harper finally lets his sharp conservatism fly,” Harper — who was elected Chair of the International Democratic Union — was castigated for: saluting the re-election of Hungarian leader Viktor Orban, who adopted Trump’s slogan to “make Hungary great again.” Orban also vowed to protect Christian values in Hungary. Orban has never advocated for a Christian theocracy, but only vowed to protect his country against the hijrah, which is making some countries in Europe virtually unrecognizable. applauding Trump’s withdrawal from the Iranian nuclear deal. The article concludes that Stephen Harper “no longer has to compromise as he once did to govern a moderate, centrist Canada.” The implication is that to support Iran’s nuclear ambitions and fling open Canada’s doors indiscriminately is somehow “centrist.” As bizarre as such reasoning is, conservatives have far too long accepted, internalized, and cowered before undeserved names such as “Islamophobic,” “far right,” “neo-Nazi,” “racist,” “imbalanced,” “intolerant” and the like. Nothing will change that branding because it has worked to instill fear — not wisdom, but a crippling dread. It has long been the strategy of Islamic supremacist groups and social justice warriors, who weaken their own democracies and revile capitalism, to intimidate conservatives into feeling guilty for standing up for free societies and the equality of rights of all people. Conservatives will never win the support of Islamic supremacists and social justice warriors, no matter what. Trump showed the way forward by rejecting the strictures of leftist and Muslim lobby intimidation, and is delivering on his promise to “make America great again.” It took two terms of Obama for conservatives in America to vote in Donald Trump. The work of Canada’s Conservative MP’s in is cut out for them as they navigate the machinations of the leftist media in Canada and of Trudeau, while the latter chips away at Canadian values. A “joint initiative between the Liberal government of Canada, the UN High Commission on Refugees and Soros’s Open Society Foundations” is also of grave concern. Stephen Harper is not the bogeyman for Canadians; three years after the 2015 elections, conservative Canadians are realizing this. The real bogeymen are Islamic State jihadists on the loose who are welcomed in by Trudeau, Islamic supremacists threatening the freedom of speech through the “anti-Islamophobia” motion M-103, and skyrocketing debt due to Justin Trudeau being a spending fool. Throw in Trudeau’s immigration policies as well. He tweeted out an open welcome to asylum seekers when Trump implemented his temporary travel ban from some majority-Muslim countries. Now Canadians are left to foot the bill as 400 illegal migrants per day are expected to pour through Canada’s porous borders this summer. Some will, of course, be security threats. Europe has shown the world a great deal about what happens when governments fail to protect their citizens from Islamic supremacist incursion, whose exponents have no genuine respect for human rights. 

:: 5-15-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As The Church Slept, Satan Crept In And The Masses Embraced The Doctrines Of Demons

- When The Church Went Blind, Lucifer Danced And The World Descended Into Darkness

By Pastor Dick Carmack - All News Pipeline May 15, 2018

(ANP: In the only video below, Pastor David Lankford recently joined The Hagmann Report to discuss the world's embrace of evil.) As the earth turns in restlessness, volcanoes erupting, politicians rattling their swords, famine sticking its head above the horizon, sporadic shooting already increasing in contested areas, millions of Christians look to the sky and anticipate an appearance of Jesus coming in the clouds. They expect a “pre-trib” rapture to snatch them away at any moment. But it’s not to be. “Pre-Trib” is a heresy that was designed in hell to catch as many as possible unaware and unprepared for the great tribulation we all are about to endure. Jesus will come in the clouds and He will collect His Church, just not when the sleepers expect Him. From the late 1700s to around 1830 a major heresy was introduced into the western Christian Church. It came in slyly mostly through the mouth of a Scottish lass named Margaret MacDonald. Many say Edward Irving, a Charismatic minister and self styled “prophet” conducted the séance in which Miss MacDonald spoke and from her utterance began to develop a doctrine that would eventually become almost as important to its adherents as the resurrection of Jesus Christ. From the tortured dreams of one Scottish lass, the Church by and large has been sucked into believing the doctrines of demons. It is known as the “Pre-Trib Rapture” of the Church. Because literally millions of words have been written about the subject of this article we can only give the barest of outlines as to what has happened causing wholesale acceptance of a doctrine diametrically opposed to Scripture. Because of space limitations we are forced to attempt to condense those millions of words into a few short paragraphs of history. Briefly then, in the late 1700s a teenage Baptist minister to be, and an ex Catholic priest both wrote of their dissatisfaction that the dominant (reformed) Church teachings of 1260 days of Revelation (11:2,3; 12:6) were actually years. The first was Morgan Edwards, the second Manuel de Lacunza with both sometimes being credited with early pre-tribulation thinking. The early 1800s brought Edward Irving, a charismatic Presbyterian minister from Scotland. Being impressed with Lacunza’s writings Irving translated his book into English. Then, apparently around 1825 Irving became acquainted with Miss MacDonald and attended prayer meetings and perhaps séances in her home. Out of that grew the teachings known today as “pre-trib raptureism,” where it is proposed that before the Great Tribulation believing Christians will be taken out of the world, straight to heaven, escaping the 70th week of Daniel when hell comes to earth. Reportedly, Margaret went into a altered state of consciousness and began to speak, telling how the chaste virgins of Mt 25:1-11 would be raptured away prematurely while those not so holy would be left behind to suffer through the tribulation that was coming quickly. Lest there be any confusion, this writer believes in the rapture simply because it is taught in God’s Word. The problem however lies in the timing. Pre-trib is in plain opposition to the Word of God and is built upon “circumstantial evidence.” By reaching from one book of the Bible to another and taking verses out of context and then stringing them together, a hypothetical doctrine emerges out of Scripture that is actually speaking of entirely different things. Let me briefly illustrate; 1Thess 4:15-17 speaks of the Lord descending and taking His people out of this world. 1Th 4:17 Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. There is no dispute about that event. When this occurs however, is not specified in the passage. From Thessalonians however the imagination of Margaret and those who embrace her ideas take over. By reaching into Revelation a verse is found in 3:10 which says, Re 3:10 Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. By pinning the second verse to the first, along with a few other cherry picked verses it is assumed and taught the Church will be kept from any part of the trouble to come. The problem is, there is no definition of, or the timing of “the hour of temptation” and therein lies the puzzle. By making the assumption the rapture occurs before the coming trouble, the sense of Scripture is twisted into saying something that is simply not there. When all else fails, read your Bible. Here’s what it says plainly, 2Th 2:1 ¶ Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto him, 2 That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand. 3 ¶ Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition. With a straightforward, plain reading the inescapable conclusion therefore is that the day of the gathering (rapture) CANNOT OCCUR until (2:3) “except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition” which clearly places the rapture AFTER a falling away (wholesale apostasy) and the revealing of anti-Christ. The teaching is simple and plain and if wiggle room is found it has to be invented. Because anti-Christ will not be revealed until the midpoint of Daniel’s week (all agree on that), the rapture therefore has to come later. There are those however who are so wedded to their Pre-Trib heresy they contort themselves like clowns attempting to explain away that plain and simple teaching. Dr. Tommy Ice (Pre-Trib Research Center) gets out his theological knife and starts dissecting the Word by arguing the phrase “falling away” translated from the Greek “apostasia” that means “defection from truth” is in his view “a physical departure from earth.” When retranslated from a spiritual falling away into a physical one, Ice then informs us 2 Thessalonians 2 now means the departure of physical bodies into heaven instead of the traditional meaning of apostasy of falling away from the faith. The only apparent falling away for an observer is Dr. Ice’s own. What does all this have to do with current events? There are literally millions of Christians sleeping in the pews totally unconcerned about the descent of the world into a blackness that will end with at least half (almost four billion) people perishing in the probable near future. They don’t have extra water or food on hand and when the crunch comes the present trouble in Venezuela will be looked back upon as a time of bountiful harvest. Famine is going to stalk our land, worldwide souls will die by the billions and our lazy and blind Christians will die right along with the rest. Never having a chance to help someone with food or water, a tract, a kind word or a simple explanation of the Gospel. When the lights go out, these blind Christians will be poking their dead cell phones and puzzling instead of getting about the business of helping their neighbors. Satan has used Lacunza, Irving, C.I. Scofield, Tim LaHaye, Tommy Ice and thousands of lazy pastors who simply repeated what they had been told instead of searching Scripture to find out what the Bible really teaches. As a result, instead of an alert Church ready to help and witness through the coming night we will find them groping about in the dark, staggering from here to there in an attempt to save their own lives instead of being ready to help others. The Church went blind and Lucifer danced. Let it be noted for over 1700 years (70 AD to 1800) there was no such teaching as a pre-trib rapture. Only when Margaret stirred and spoke and only when preachers thought they had heard a new revelation did the pews start filling with Christians looking for an escape from prophesied trouble. Whenever someone had the temerity to question what was being taught the standard response was “Those verses are talking about the Jews which are separate from the church.” No, “those verses” are speaking of believers no matter what their origin. Please take a little time and study the following. Matthew 24 says the rapture (24:29-31) comes after great tribulation (24:21). Mark 13:24-27 teaches plainly the same thing. Luke 21:23-27 also says there will be great trouble before redemption. Add 2nd Thess 2 (et al) and you have many STAND ALONE verses that plainly teach God’s people will have to undergo great tribulation and persecution before Jesus returns to gather them up. Pre-tib teaching attempts to link unrelated Scripture to build a case for an opposite conclusion. It’s more than high time for dispensational and pre-trib doctrine to be carefully re-examined and to reject the teachings of self-styled prophets. Here is a good place to start; “Great Tribulation” and the “Wrath of God” are two different phases of Daniel’s 70th Week. A probable timeline; 1. The first 3 ½ years of the Week are “The beginning of sorrows.” 2, Midpoint, anti-Christ is revealed and sets himself up to be worshipped. 3. Christians and Jews flee to the wilderness to avoid Great Tribulation. 4. Sometime (unknown when) during the 2nd half of the Week, Christ returns to earth and the rapture takes place with all believers (Christians and Jews converted to Christianity) will now be with the LORD forever more. 5. The remainder of the last ½ of the week, the WRATH OF GOD falls on unrepentant earth. Many will find fault with the above and it probably is at fault, but we will soon know the truth of the matter because the days appear to be upon us. 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

:: 5-2-18 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China threatens Taiwan, but how far will Beijing go?

Chinese President Xi Jinping said his country is prepared for a military clash and a 'bloody battle' as tensions rise across the Taiwan Strait

By Robert E. McCoy May 2, 2018 12:38 PM (UTC+8)

While the media continue to focus on developments from the recent summit between Pyongyang and Seoul and the upcoming meeting between Pyongyang and Washington, Beijing has taken advantage of the diversion to increase pressure on Taiwan. Chinese President Xi Jinping, in a highly-charged speech before the National People’s Congress, warned that Beijing was ready to fight its enemies in a “bloody battle” to regain its past glory and preserve its empire. Subsequently, an editorial in the Global Times, a state-owned but unofficial outlet for ideas that Beijing wishes to float for reaction, said China must prepare for a “direct military clash in the Taiwan Straits”. These are not just words. In fact, Taiwan is indeed beginning to openly discuss full independence. It is noteworthy that Xi has stated that resolution of the issue of Taiwan cannot be left to the future. In recent weeks, Beijing sailed its aircraft carrier and associated support vessels through the Taiwan Strait, conducting live-fire exercises, and flew its bombers and fighters around the island nation at least twice last month. This is not the first display of force by China in the area and China has not hesitated to engage in actual hostilities with regard to Taiwan. Taiwan Strait incidents China has always hungered to rein in the renegades on Taiwan, claiming the island is nothing more than a wayward province of the mainland. Also, those recent threats and shows of force by Beijing for the benefit of Taipei were not without precedent. There have been three series of clashes between China and Taiwan in the not-so-distance past. The first occurred between September 1954 and May 1955 when China took over the Yijiangshan Islands and forced Taiwan to evacuate the Tachen Islands. Both island groups are in the East China Sea just off the coast of Taizhou on the mainland. American news media fixated on the artillery duels that took place between Taiwanese forces on the islands of Quemoy and Matsu and the Chinese army on the mainland. A second Taiwan Strait crisis took place in August and September 1958, again involving artillery exchanges but also aerial combat between Taiwanese pilots in American Korean War vintage jets and Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) in Soviet aircraft of the same era. A third set of engagements followed from July 1995 through March 1996 when China conducted missiles tests, initially near Pengjia Islet not far off the north coast of Taiwan. Following that, another series of missiles tests landed projectiles inside Taiwan’s territorial waters within 45 to 65 kilometers off Keelung and Kaoshiung ports, the two being on opposite ends of Taiwan. Commercial airline flights and shipping were disrupted by these events as Taiwan was effectively bracketed by the missiles.  The US stirs the pot Soon after being elected – but before assuming office – US President Donald Trump accepted a congratulatory telephone call from Taiwan President Tsai Eng-wen. Perhaps this was out of ignorance of the formal US policy of not communicating directly with Taipei or maybe it was a portent of Trump’s upcoming change in policy regarding China. Either way, Beijing was displeased. In March this year, the US Congress unanimously passed and Trump signed the Taiwan Travel Act, designed to give moral and political support to Taipei by encouraging US officials to make recognized visits In addition to the perhaps somewhat muted mutterings in Taipei, there were discussions in at least one Washington think tank about abandoning the “One China” policy. Understandably, this has Beijing all the more upset – to the point of threatening Taipei with overflights of its territory. So, in view of the threat by China to conduct overflights of Taiwan, is that merely talk? Well, there are those three Taiwan Strait incidents that establish the precedent for military action. Regardless of whether the odds of such an event happening are low or high, both Taipei and Washington must be prepared. The question becomes one of how to respond. Even if China makes only an aerial bluff by running bombers and fighters at the island but turning away at the last minute, such a challenge cannot go unanswered. Verbal or diplomatic protest are not effective in rebuffing such actions – and Taiwan along with its allies would be seen as impotent, thus encouraging more such incursions. But diverting hostile aircraft away from a planned flight path is not easily done. Certainly, Taiwanese fighters can intercept the intruders and signal for them to turn away, but that might not be successful. And if the Chinese aircraft do intrude into Taiwan’s airspace, what then? Given the narrowness of the Taiwan Strait – 130 to 220kms – and the range of modern weaponry, Chinese airplanes would be vulnerable not long after reaching the midpoint between the two nations. An incursion into Taiwanese airspace – let alone an actual overflight – would create a major international incident. That says nothing about what could transpire should a Chinese airplane be shot up – or even shot down. The US added more fuel to the fire by flying two B-52 long-range nuclear-capable bombers within 250 kilometers of Guangdong on the mainland to the west of Taiwan late last month. This is in addition to the Freedom of Navigation (FON) operations conducted by US warships in the South China Sea, not too distant from Taiwan. Events in the airspace and seas around Taipei are certain to heat up this year, and while it is clear that bullies understand and respect only force, what is not known is how things will play out. Taiwanese independence and Xi Jinping’s face are at stake. 

:: 5-12-18 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boom supersonic: Feeling the need for speed

China's Ctrip backs Denver entrepreneur's bid to revolutionize commercial air travel with new-age supersonic aircraft

By Dave Makichuk May 12, 2018 10:23 AM (UTC+8)

Later this year, the Boom XB-1 supersonic test plane will soar to an altitude of 60,000 feet and settle into its cruising speed of Mach 2.2, more than double the speed of sound. That initial voyage could mark the beginning of a bold new era of commercial aviation. One that will forever change the way we live and travel. Or, in the end, perhaps just another chapter destined for the science-fiction slag heap. Another failed futuristic dream, led by an entrepreneur with big thoughts. The lessons of Icarus-like bravado aside, Denver-based technology entrepreneur Blake Scholl and foreign interests such as China’s Ctrip, Japan Airlines and Virgin Galactic, think it’s a chance worth taking. Ctrip, one of China’s leading online travel sites, can see the writing on the wall — its undisclosed investment in the venture reserving valuable seats on flights for future travelers. Scholl, founder and CEO of Boom Technology Inc. and one of the new breed of venture capitalists, envisages a state-of-the-art 55-passenger passenger aircraft operating commercially by the year 2023, and has so far raised US$85 million toward that effort. The glory, says Scholl, is there, for the taking. We only have to reach out, and seize it. Could it be that simple? Highlighting the fact that mankind has experienced “half a century of no progress in speed” of commercial air travel, Scholl says Boom will succeed where others, namely the Anglo-French Concorde, failed. According to Scholl, aerospace and materials technology has advanced to the point where supersonic travel is not only feasible, but will be 75% cheaper than operating the Concorde. That’s right, 75% cheaper. The Concorde was too big, says Scholl. Caught in a Catch 22 situation, it often flew half empty, and in the end, couldn’t pay for itself. The Boom supersonic is just the right size for profitability, he says, and with biz-class prices, it can and will survive. Instead of paying $20,000 US for a roundtrip flight from New York to London, the Boom ticket would be pegged at $5,000 US, about the same as business class on most major airlines today. Imagine Sydney to LA in 6:45 hours, instead of 15 hours, New York to London in 3:15 hours, instead of 7 hours, or San Francisco to Tokyo in 5:30 hours instead of 11 hours. Pie in the sky? Listen to what billionaire Sir Richard Branson has to say. “The next big thing, hopefully in my lifetime, will be supersonic travel coming back and people traveling around the world in next to no time,” Branson told Bloomberg Television in February. “And hopefully in a relatively environmentally friendly way.” Ah yes, the friendly part. There lies a major stumbling block, and it has more to do with politics than technology. The US banned supersonic travel over land in the 1960s, allegedly over noise concerns from sonic booms, but some suspect it was designed to deliberately halt the commercial progress of the Concorde. Scholl, a former Amazon executive, told BBC earlier this year at the Dubai Airshow that the Boom airliner “will be quieter — or as quiet — as aircraft flying around Heathrow Airport today. Policymakers won’t be allowing new aircraft that make more noise,” he admits. Due to the spike in global travel, Scholl says there are at least 500 commercial routes available for supersonic aircraft, with or without a change in US legislation. The delta-shaped Concorde also featured a complicated drop-nose configuration to allow pilots to see the runway, but today’s glass-cockpit synthetic vision technology will preclude that need in the Boom airliner, another major cost savings. Expensive wind tunnel testing can also be replicated with advanced computer technology. No one, including aviation experts, are saying this will be an easy task. In fact, environmental and noise regulations are a lot stiffer today. “It’s very difficult and challenging, and if they pull it off, it would be quite a feat,” said Prof. Mark Drela, of the Department of Aeronautics and Astronautics at MIT. “Based on what I know, I wouldn’t bet money on it, but I wouldn’t bet against it either.” Defeating noise pollution is one thing, said Drela. Being green, quite another. “One thing that worries me, from an ecological viewpoint, is that it’s going to be a hard sell. These days, every new technology needs to be green. And even if they succeed, it’s not going to be very green, a rich man’s airplane … people spending a lot of money to put out a lot of emissions over the Atlantic. It’s going to be very open to that criticism. “Cruise performance is the name of the game, and supersonic flight is relatively inefficient, compared to subsonic. “The modern Boeing 787 Dreamliner,” Drela explained, “has a fuel burn per passenger mile comparable to two people in a Prius, assuming the jet is full — the Concorde is equivalent to driving solo in a Hummer. “It’s an interesting project,” Drela concludes. “Technically I think it’s viable, but the whole issue is, is it going to be economical … can they make a business case for it?” While the days of the X-15 and the legendary Chuck Yeager pushing the envelope above the Edwards dry lake bed are long gone, just last month NASA awarded a $247.5 million contract to Lockheed Martin to develop a supersonic X-plane — known as the Low-Boom Flight Demonstrator — with the aim of exploring quiet supersonic technologies. The piloted X-plane is set to be delivered to the agency’s Armstrong Flight Research Center in California by the end of 2021. According to NASA, the secret to “quiet” supersonic travel was first theorized in the 1960s. It all has to do with the unique shape of the aircraft hull. In a conventional aircraft, shockwaves coalesce as they expand away from the nose and tail, resulting in two distinct and thunderous sonic booms. In newly designed supersonic aircraft, the shockwaves are sent away from the aircraft, in a way that prevents them from coming together in two loud booms. The result is much weaker shockwaves, and, perhaps a quick series of soft thumps heard on the ground, if it all. In 2003, a NASA F5E Tiger jet fighter with a modified nose demonstrated the boom-reducing theory successfully. Nevertheless, Scholl is gambling big on a private venture, hence the heavy hitters on his team — high profile types from Boeing, NASA, Lockheed Martin and even SpaceX. Virgin Galactic is also on board for technical assistance, including engineering, design and manufacturing services. A smaller XB-1 demonstrator — affectionately known as “Baby Boom” — will undergo test flights later this year, and Scholl recently told the Daily Star that the advanced GE J85 turbojet engines — the key to the whole project — were soon to be delivered to the company’s hangar for assembly. While Boom has attracted the likes of JAL and Virgin Galactic — both have 20 aircraft on pre-order — the project has also drawn the interest of China’s Ctrip, a Nasdaq-listed travel service provider. The investment marriage is not an unusual one, as other online travel agencies have chosen similar partnerships in an effort to explore futuristic aviation tourism. In the case of Ctrip, Boom would secure seats for 10 to 15 customers on certain supersonic flights at $5,000 return — well within the budget of corporate executives accustomed to the perks of business class. “As a leading innovator in the commercial aviation industry, Boom will be positioned to provide exciting premium global flight options for Ctrip users,” said James Liang, co-founder and executive chairman. “Ctrip is making a strategic investment in the next-generation of travel.” According to the International Air Transport Association, China is the fastest growing market and could surpass the US by 2022. 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 5-14-18 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Can’t Afford to Cede the Seas

Does the U.S. want to continue as a great power? China’s navy is set to surpass our fleet by 2030.

By Seth Cropsey May 14, 2018 6:47 p.m. ET

The escalating territorial disputes in the Pacific between China and America’s allies create an ever-more-urgent need for U.S. sea power. But even as China rapidly expands and modernizes its navy, the Trump administration has not proposed enough funds to maintain America’ s maritime advantage. Beginning with the coming 2019 federal budget, the president and Congress must commit to funding a full, modern fleet-or risk ceding essential U.S. and allied interests. etc. and the news story continues 

:: 5-15-18 CNBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two surgeons in China developing a method to transplant a human head

Italian scientist Sergio Canavero and Chinese surgeon Xiaoping Ren are developing a plan to transplant a human head — right down to neck bolts and electricity.

Their focus is to help patients with spinal cord injuries and paralysis.

The surgeons have already performed the procedure on mice, rats and a dog, all of which survived the surgery and even regained some motor function.

Although the scientific and medical advancements necessary for human head transplantation are rapidly approaching plausibility, major ethical and moral hurdles remain.

Roni Jacobson | @RoniShayne Published 8:53 AM ET Tue, 15 May 2018 Updated 12:34 PM ET Tue, 15 May 2018

A jolt of electricity is delivered to a body with bolts attaching its head to its neck. It's a scene straight out of a horror movie, but it is eerily close to Italian neurosurgeon Sergio Canavero and Chinese surgeon Xiaoping Ren's plan to transplant a human head — down to the neck bolts and electricity. Canavero and Ren recently performed a trial run on two cadavers, prompting outrage from the medical community, which has declared human head transplantation "fake news." An examination by a team of independent scientists published this month, however, suggests that, while fantastical seeming, the scientific and medical advancements necessary for human head transplantation are rapidly approaching plausibility. Nevertheless, major ethical and moral hurdles remain. Canavero has been talking up his plan for human head transplantation in TED talks and the media for decades, despite producing little in the way of scientific evidence, going so far as to announce in 2015 that he would perform surgery on a human volunteer — a young man with Werdnig-Hoffman disease, a degenerative disease where the muscles waste away — by 2017. The volunteer backed out, and the surgery still hasn't been done on a living human, but Canavero maintains that it is "imminent." Together he and Ren, a surgeon at Harbin Medical University, devised a procedure for head transplantation, which they performed in a handful of animal studies on mice, rats and a dog, all of whom shockingly survived the surgery and even regained some motor function. Without more animal testing, performing such a surgery on humans would be highly unethical, and Canavero's reputation as a sensationalist among medical professionals is well earned. But as transplant surgery reaches new heights — last month a wounded veteran received the first successful penis transplant — combined with advances in biology and computer science, human head transplantation may not be as far-fetched as once thought. Still, surgical, immunological, psychological and ethical hurdles remain. Modern-day Frankenstein While it sounds outrageous, keeping a detached human head alive is not the main stumbling block, and may even currently be possible. The unconscious head would be kept at a very cold temperature (50 degrees Fahrenheit) to mitigate against brain damage, and be hooked up to two pumps — one supplying continuous blood flow and the other oxygen. An adhesive called polyethylene glycol will be used to connect the volunteer's head with the spinal cord of the donor's body. The plan is to induce the volunteer into a coma for a month while blood and new nerve networks rebuild in hopes that the body doesn't reject the head — an inherent type of risk in all transplant procedures. In addition to the spine, the head will also have to be reconnected to airways, the esophagus and blood vessels. The major barrier is fusing the spinal cord of the head to that of the donor body. If not successful, the body would be paralyzed, a medical problem that still has yet to be solved. This is not the obstacle it once was, however. In December, Canavero and Ren published a study in which they severed the spinal cords of 12 dogs. They then applied polyethylene glycol to the incision of seven dogs and also delivered electrical stimulation. Over the next two months the dogs in the treatment group regained some motor function, while those in the control group did not. In earlier animal studies, Ren performed the complete head transplantation with spinal fusion technique on mice and rats, as well as a dog, all of whom also regained some motor function, although it was jerky and not completely normal. "We have shown that with this technique, spinal perfusion is possible," Ren said (Canavero did not respond to multiple requests for comment). Ren acknowledges that the project is "controversial," but insists it is necessary to save people with "working brains whose bodies have died," including those with neuromuscular degenerative diseases, end-stage cancer and multiple organ failure. That said, his focus right now is patients with spinal cord injuries and paralysis due to accidents or other causes. "These patients don't currently have good strategies, their mortality is very very high. So I try to translate this technique to benefit these patients," Ren said. "That is my main strategy in the future." One of the essential keys to the technique is to use a very sharp, special blade to make as precise a cut as possible. Most spinal cord injury patients, however, have extremely frayed cord endings due to the traumatic nature of the injury, so the procedure will not work for them. What's more, polyethylene glycol is toxic to humans, according to Mark Hardy, an expert on immunosuppresion and a pioneering transplant surgeon at Columbia University, who co-authored the paper examining the scientific grounding of head transplantation. Ren's work in animals is "pretty good science," but it is not translatable to humans, Hardy said. That said, "there are other ways" of potentially successfully reattaching the spinal cord, Hardy said. He believes it may be possible "sometime in the next 10 to 12 years." Stem cells are one avenue. In 2014 a Polish man who was stabbed repeatedly in the neck and had been paraplegic for four years had stem cells taken from his nose seeded at his spinal cord junction. With intense rehabilitation he can now stand and take a few steps. Electrostimulation, like Ren and Canavero are using, has also shown promise in spawning nerve regeneration, though both techniques have had only limited applicability so far. More from Modern Medicine: Ultrasound targeting the brain is poised to revolutionize treatment for Parkinson's Legendary inventor Dean Kamen jump-starts human organ manufacturing in US Scientists say they are on the verge of creating a universal flu vaccine In addition, Hardy said we may be able to bypass it with computers. "In the future, computers can replace some of these neural connections," he said. Currently, many people who receive artificial limbs also receive neural implants enabling them to move the limb just by thinking about it, as the electrostimulation in the brain triggered by the thought is picked up by the neural implant, which relays the signal to a computer and causes the limb to move. "This sounds totally fantastic and unreal, but it is happening," Hardy said. Immunology issues The second major technological barrier is immunology, or how to keep the head from rejecting the body and vice versa. "You have to visualize it where the body is the donor organ and the head is the recipient. It's not a head transplant; its a body transplant," Hardy said. The body rejecting the head is unlikely because there are few white blood cells, which are produced in bone marrow and make up the immune system. Some of the immunosuppressive drugs that transplant recipients take, including Tacrolimus and Cyclosporine, which target white blood cells, and the steroid prednisone, are toxic to the brain. The brain is protected by the blood brain barrier, however, which should prevent them from entering. That said, the barrier is "leaky and unpredictable," Hardy said. The main concern is the head rejecting the body. If that happened, individual organs including the heart would shut down and the patient would die, but there are ways to prep the body before surgery to avoid that, like replacing all the bone marrow in the host from that of the head's prior form, tricking it into thinking it is its own immune system. Using similar tactics, in recent years kidney transplant patients have been able to live for two years without taking immunosuppressive drugs after six months of regular immunosuppressant drug therapy. "Immunosuppression is not going to be the major block 10 to 20 years from now," Hardy said. Still, there is a dearth of research, and the things that could go wrong are multitudinous. For instance, in Ren's studies in animals, while the mice and rats successfully had their cords reattached and regained partial motor function, they all died after about two weeks due to "intestinal issues." "The idea that the intestine didn't work is not at all surprising. It was predictable," Hardy said. The brain is the origin point of nerves that branch out from the spinal cord and go all over the body, which make the intestines move, stimulate the heartbeat and trigger all sorts of other functions. "That is one of the reasons Canavero is not ready to do anything right now," Hardy said. Ren agrees. "Of course, we still need more studies in the laboratory using different animals," he said. He is currently focused on the problem of reattaching the spinal cord. After that, they will move on to tackling other problems, such as the intestinal issues and the central nervous system Psychology and ethics Although technically we may soon be able to perform human head transplant surgery, "Its not so simple," said Allen Furr, a sociologist and ethicist at Auburn University, who also co-authored the May report. "The ethics are complex. Right now my opinion is, we don't know if it will be a good idea in the future. We are simply not ready to do it." One glaring issue is the psychological repercussions. "We don't know how the brain is going to react to having a different body," Furr said. "Psychologically, we would expect there would be confusion," as the transplant recipient must learn how to control their "new" body. On top of that, "how folks start to understand themselves is going to become complicated," particularly as the percentage of "yourself" that is now "someone else" increases as transplant surgeries become more advanced, Furr said. "Some folks are predicting catastrophe, that people will go mad," Furr said. Although there undoubtedly would be difficulty adjusting and the need for extensive rehab, Furr doesn't think that outcome is particularly likely. "History would tell us people would really be able to adjust," Furr said. In research on face transplants, one of the surgeries that would seemingly affect one's most intimate personal identity, for example, recipients (about 44 total so far worldwide) report that they have improved mental health, get outside more and quality of life in general post-surgery. In addition, pre-selection will be incredibly important. "We don't know how the brain is going to react to having a different body." -Allen Furr, sociologist and ethicist at Auburn University Historically, there was also intense ethical backlash from the scientific community before the first heart transplant and hand transplant occurred, both of which died down. As the procedures became more common, people saw the utility of such surgeries and the "yuck" factor diminished. Still, there remain major moral and ethical quandaries around head transplantation, whether it is even worth pursuing in the first place. It's an incredibly expensive line of research for which there is a finite amount of dollars. Perhaps more saliently, whereas a body transplant would benefit one recipient, the organs within that body could theoretically benefit up to 20 individual people — a medical version of the trolley problem. Medical ethicists also worry about informed consent, especially at this early preclinical stage, and taking advantage of desperate people. In addition, animal rights activists raise important concerns about the suffering in animal experiment subjects — a graphic picture of a monkey with Frankensteinian stitches around its neck is especially disturbing. To the moral question of whether to save one patient versus many in need of individual organs, Ren said it would be about finding the right donor body. A brain-dead donor can save several people, so they would not be a good candidate. "But we can use a different kind of strategy," Ren said. The donor body could serve as a chassis, for instance, implanting the organs of the head's original body, or growing the organs in a lab — something pharmaceutical companies already do, using miniature "organoids" to test certain drugs. "It's reasonable to think about. Not only against. Think about it!" Ren said. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-15-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHO Prepares For "Worst Case" As Congo Ebola Outbreak Spreads

by Tyler Durden Tue, 05/15/2018 - 02:45

In the week since we first noted the new outbreak of Ebola in the Democratic Republic of Congo, the number of cases has risen by 50%, and The World Health Organization has now said it is preparing for "the worst case scenario." The WHO has tallied 32 suspected or confirmed cases in the northwestern area of Bikoro, on the shores of Lake Tumbathe near the border with the Republic of Congo, including 18 deaths, between April 4 and May 9. The outbreak, declared by the DRC health ministry on Tuesday, is the DRC's ninth known outbreak of Ebola since 1976, when the deadly viral disease was first identified in then-Zaire by a Belgian-led team. Scientists are greatly concerned that this outbreak in the remote Bikoro region will travel 175 miles to the city of Mbandaka - the capital of Equateur province and home to around 1.2 million residents. What's worrisome is that the most recent WHO update says that there are two probably cases at Wangata - which is very close to Mbandaka. Peter Salma, head of emergency response at the World Health Organization (WHO) said last week: "If we see a town of that size infected with Ebola, then we are going to have a major urban outbreak," adding "We are very concerned, and we are planning for all scenarios, including the worst-case scenario." The WHO is planning to send up to 40 specialists to the affected area over the next week or so, while Salma adds that the UN hopes to have a mobile lab up and running this weekend, similar to the one set up by the WHO. This marks the country's ninth epidemic since the ebola virus was identified in 1976. When a small outbreak hit the DRC last year, eight people were infected and four died. In 2014, 66 were infected out of which 49 died - a 74% fatality rate. In the 2002-2003 outbreak, 90% of those infected died. That said, on average the disease kills around half of those who contract it. Experts say the DRC's vast, remote terrain provides an advantage, as outbreaks often remain localized and easy to isolate. Bikoro, however, is not far from the Congo river - an essential waterway used for transport and commerce. Downstream lies Kinshasa and Brazzaville - the DRC's capital. The two cities are home to a combined 12 million people. As such, neighboring countries are on high alert. Officials in Nigeria, Guinea and Gambia have increased screening measures along their airports and borders, measures which helped contain the virus during the West African epidemic that began in 2013. Scientists believe Ebola is most often passed to humans by fruit bats, however porcupines, gorillas, antelope and chimpanzees could also be carriers. It is transmitted between humans through blood, secretions and other bodily fluids (and surfaces) of those infected. There is currently no "proven" treatment for Ebola, however dozens of experimental drugs exist - including a vaccine called rVSV-ZEBOV, which has reportedly protected nearly 6,000 people. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-15-18 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Terrifying wave of FIFTEEN earthquakes strikes New Zealand with fears the 'big one' could be next

Aftershock of the Kaikoura earthquake having been shaking the south island

New Zealand are in middle of fifteen earthquakes with fears big tremor coming

Locals have described the south island quakes as rattling plates and windows

By Ben Hill For Daily Mail Australia Published: 03:50 EDT, 15 May 2018 | Updated: 05:08 EDT, 15 May 2018

New Zealand is in the middle of a wave of fifteen earthquakes - with fears a significant tremor could be on the way. The four strongest earthquakes have centred around Seddon in the South Island, and are all likely aftershocks from the devastating Kaikoura earthquake in 2016. Government body Geonet Science wrote online that the weekend was 'shaky' for the 'top of the South Island with three magnitude four quakes'. Marlene Jackson, who works at a cafe in Seddon, said the earthquakes 'shake you up because it feels like it's going to keep going'. 'It shakes all your windows and rattles all your plates and just gets you thinking if it's going to be another big one,' she said. She said it was a scary reminder of the devastating quake in November 2016 which killed two people. The massive 7.8 magnitude struck the island and tore apart the seabed, shocking experts. More aftershocks of the earthquake are expected to be felt across the south island's north-east coast. GeoNet estimates there is a 16 per cent chance of a magnitude six quake within the next three months and a 47 per cent chance in the next year. GNS Science seismologist John Ristau told the publication the aftershock of the Kaikoura earthquake may last between five and 10 years. 'If you think about Canterbury, it's still quite a bit more seismically active than it was before the Darfield earthquake and now we're going on almost eight years,' he said. 'In some respects, you can say it'll never stop.'

Read more: 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 5-14-18 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ring Of Fire On Alert After Philippines Earthquake: California Is Warned

by Tyler Durden Mon, 05/14/2018 - 20:05 Authored by Mac Slavo via,

After a 5.2 magnitude earthquake struck the Philippines, the Ring of Fire was put on alert. After dozens of earthquakes rocked Hawaii this month, followed by a volcanic eruption, many fear the Ring of Fire has become much more active, which has prompted scientists to warn California. The recent and strong Philippines earthquake struck 113 miles from Davao, which is home to about 1.2 million people. No tsunami threat has been issued for the Philippines, however, which is made up of more than 7,500 islands. The lack of tsunami warning has slightly calmed the fears of those living in the vicinity of the quake, but those who reside near the Ring of Fire are on alert. Hawaii’s Kilauea volcano, which could be set to unleash its biggest eruption yet in the coming week, along with the 5.2 magnitude earthquake in the Philippines has scientists looking more closely at the densely populated state of California. According to The Express UK, the Pacific Ring of Fire volcanoes are more explosive than the ones located in the island state of Hawaii. With Hawaii experiencing widespread devastation at the hands of the Kilauea volcano, geologists are now warning that California could be the next in line for an explosive eruption. California, which sits on the volatile Pacific Ring of Fire, and is well overdue for a massive and devastating earthquake. The state is also now on volcano alert. Scientists are warning that a volcanic eruption in the state is “due” according to their predictions. The California Volcano Observatory (CVO) revealed that seven of the state’s 19 volcanoes are at high threat, with a three of those at “very high” risk of imminent eruption. According to the CVO, these California volcanoes are more dangerous than Hawaiian volcanoes because they are blast volcanoes, which are more destructive. “What we would expect here, would be more like Mt. Saint Helens. More of an explosive eruption,” said Tim McCrink with the California Geological Survey. “So that puts a lot of rock and dust and gasses in the air.” Geologist Montgomery Brown said there’s a 25 percent chance another could blow within the next 30 years. According to Brown, that is “the same probability as a major San Andreas fault earthquake.” But some say the Hayward Bay fault line, which runs directly through the heavily populated San Francisco Bay Area in California could be even more dangerous than the San Andres. Dr. Margaret Mangan, who runs the CVO, added to the alert. “California is not only earthquake country, it’s volcano country too,” Dr. Mangan said. Dr. Brian Hausback, a US geologist, told CBS: “If one of these volcanoes decides to erupt, it will catch the world’s attention. These areas have high populations, infrastructure like power plants, and high level of air traffic in the area,” he said. “There is no stopping a volcanic eruption. It is very likely that one of them will erupt in the near future, it is due.” Alerts on Kilauea volcano still remain in place as well, with a “huge eruption” feared as the lava level in the volcano drops, indicating a build-up in pressure. That pressure could very well explode into an eruption of massive magnitude. The Ring of Fire appears to continue to come alive... 

:: 5--18 The Common Sence Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The People of Hawaii Are Facing a Growing and Ominous Threat

How bad could the volcanic activity get on the big island of Hawaii? Are lives at risk? How would people die if the volcano experienced a full and violent eruption? The Threat to the Big Island Is Growing by the Moment Hawaii’s Civil Defense Agency announced a 16th fissure had opened from the erupting Kilauea volcano early in the day Saturday, followed by an announcement at 7 PM local time of a 17th fissure. Both fissures were located in the lower East Rift Zone, east of the Puna Geothermal energy plant and northeast of homes in the Lanipuna Gardens subdivision. More on the geothermal threat later in this article. The USGS has warned previously that boulders the size of refrigerators could be launched from the crater should another eruption take place. The Kilauea volcano first erupted April 3, sending toxic gases into the Big Island’s atmosphere and eventually leading to more than a dozen cracks opening in the neighborhoods of Leilani Estates and Lanipuna Gardens. Even if the volanco does not fully explode people with respiratory issues are already suffering because of the great increase of pollutants in the air. Nearly 2,000 people were evacuated from the neighborhoods last week. Many more evacuations are being contemplated At least 35 structures, including two dozen homes, have been destroyed by encroaching molten lava. The lava is spewing out of enormous cracks in the ground, which are increasing by the moment, thus enhancing the danger. The lava has also enveloped homes and cars, by starting massive fires and encasing what was left in molten rock. This is what happened to the people at Pompeii. An Increasing Threat: The Lava Table Is Falling Most people would think that shrinking lava table would mean the threat is diminishing. However, the opposite is true. We see that now is that the level of lava inside the main crater of Kilauea, is falling. this is bad, very bad for the people of Hawaii because as lava levels fall inside the volcano, sea water from the long volcanic tunnels which lead to the ocean, allows the sea water to pour into these open cracks. When that sea water reaches the main volcanic chamber and contacts the molten hot lava, the water will instantly boil into steam, and that is when very bad things will begin to happen. Another complicating factors consists of the consideration that as the lava level has fallen, giant rocks, dirt and other debris from the volcano walls has broken off and fallen into the volcano, blocking the main crater. Subsequently, the steam created from the ocean water flowing-in from lava tubes, could become trapped and build-up pressure. Staggering levels of pressure will develop and eventually, the steam pressure build-up could cause the volcano to literally explode, hurling all the rocks, dirt and other material miles into the air. The volcano could then eject “ballistic rocks” of lava up to several feet in diameter, as large as refrigerators, stated the USGS. The following diagram shows how explosive eruptions occur at Kilauea: 1) lava column drops below the water table; 2) groundwater comes in contact with magma or hot rocks, 3) the flash boiling of water causes violent steam explosions. More Danger There is another grave threat facing the people of Hawaii. Lying between two separate neighborhoods, is a geothermal plant that houses thousands of gallons of flammable chemicals and deep wells that pose serious risks if they overheat or are breached by lava flow or by seismic activity. In the past, local residents expressed grave concerns and actually filed law suits challenging the placement of this plant on an island with an active volcano. The name of the facility is the Puna Geothermal Venture (PGV) has now become a major safety issue concern as result of the wakening volcano. As it turned out, the people were correct regarding the placement of the plant, and the government adopted the attitude “to hell with the people and their concerns”. Local authorities are very concerned that the subsequent seismic activity could cause gas leaks or explosions at the plant, which is near fissures that have broken the surface. And seemingly more fissures are being discovered all the time. The risk of suffocation is high for the locals in the immediate vicinity. How Did the People of Pompeii Die? To determine what exactly the people of Hawaii are in for, it would prove prudent to look at the past, in another volcanic eruption. The 79 A.D. eruption of Vesuvius was recorded by survivor, Pliny the Younger, who was 17 years old at the time of the eruption. He wrote his account of the eruption that buried the city of Pompeii and other small towns surrounding the volcano, leaving 2,000 people dead. After the initial eruption blew off the crater’s cap, those who weren’t killed by the rocks falling on Pompeii rooftops at 90 miles per hour were later suffocated by the ashes and gases. Could this be Hawaii’s fate? Could a Volcani Eruption Trigger a Tsunami? The answer to the question posed in the subtitle, it already did trigger a localized and small tsunami. Question: Could the erupting volcano trigger a tsunami that could endanger the rest of the Hawaiian Islands and possible the west coast of the United States. The answer is very straight forward, it could if the resulting seismic activity was large enough. Conclusion Local government officials are telling their locals, on the other Hawaiian Islands that they have nothing to worry about. Hello, history and geology is not on the side of these weak and misleading assurances. It smells like this is a means to preserve the tourist trade. We can only hope that local officials don’t have to eat their words. America has never faced a threat such as this and we are in uncharted territory. We are in a wait and see mode. 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::   ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 5-14-18 NBC News   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. adds dozens of Marines to guard embassies in Israel, Turkey, Jordan

Dozens of Marines have been added to the security details in Israel, Jordan and Turkey and may be added to U.S. embassies in seven other countries.

by Courtney Kube / May.14.2018 / 11:35 AM ET

WASHINGTON — The U.S. has added dozens of Marines to the security details at embassies in Jordan, Israel and Turkey because of concerns about unrest linked to the opening of the U.S. embassy in Jerusalem, according to five U.S. defense officials. The officials say the State Department and the Pentagon are also considering more U.S. military security at embassies in a half dozen other countries in the Middle East with histories of large-scale demonstrations, like Lebanon, Egypt and Pakistan. Marines are already on the ground and providing additional security to the embassies in Jordan, Israel and Turkey. The increase at each location is modest — not dozens at any single embassy but not single digits, according to three of the officials. The State Department issued a new security message for Turkey on May 11, but has not issued any new travel advisories or security messages for Israel or Jordan. A State Department spokesperson did not immediately respond to a request for comment. There is no timeline for how long the additional security forces will be in the region but one U.S. defense official said they will be there "until security conditions on the ground improve." Dozens of protestors have died in demonstrations in Gaza in the lead-up to the official and controversial opening of the U.S. embassy in Jerusalem Monday. The U.S. relocated its embassy from Tel Aviv. It is now the only country with its main embassy rather than a consulate in Jerusalem. The request for additional Marines was made last week by the State Department's Diplomatic Security Service requested. The Marines were supplied by the Marine Security Guard Augmentation Unit (MSAU) in Quantico, Virginia, which has about 135 Marine security guards who can be detailed to increase protection for embassies in the Middle East and around the world. In a statement, Marine Corps spokesperson Capt. Ryan E. Alvis said, "A number of Marines from the Marine Security Guard Security Augmentation Unit (MSAU) have been requested to augment a number of embassies in light of current events. The exact locations and/or number of Marines will not be released. These Marines, assigned to the Marine Corps Embassy Security Group, headquartered at Quantico, Va., are uniquely postured to respond expeditiously to augment embassies at the request of the State Department. All Marines who comprise the MSAU have served as Marine Corps Security Guards in the past and receive specialized training. While augmenting embassy security, Marines will serve under the authority of the embassy's ambassador or chief of mission." Should a situation require yet more forces, the Marine Corps also has anti-terrorism FAST companies in the region and an expeditionary unit, the 26th MEU, aboard the amphibious assault ship USS Iwo Jima. 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 5-5-18 euro news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Paris knife attack: Police arrest friend of knifeman in Strasbourg

By Sallyann Nicholls & Alice Tidey last updated: 13/05/2018

A friend of a man who stabbed several people in central Paris has been arrested by police, they confirmed Sunday. The friend, 21, was seized in the French city of Strasbourg and is being held for questioning. France's anti-terror unit is leading the investigation into the knife attack, authorities added Sunday, after the so-called Islamic State claimed responsibility for the stabbing spree in which one person was killed. The attacker went on a rampage near St Augustin Street in the Opera district of Paris shortly before 9pm local time on Saturday, killing one and wounding four. He was then shot dead by police. Judicial sources have said the perpetrator was a 21-year-old French national, born in Chechnya, Russia, in 1997. Among the victims were a Chinese and a Luxembourgish citizen. According to sources, he had been categorised as "fiche S" — used for individuals considered a threat to national security — and his parents have been taken in for questioning. "The price of blood" "France once again paid the price of blood but did not give an inch to the enemies of freedom," French President Emmanuel Macron posted on Twitter shortly after the attack. "All my thoughts go to the victims and the wounded of the knife attack perpetrated tonight in Paris, as well as to their relatives," he added, before praising police officers for their courage. According to eyewitnesses, the assailant shouted “Allahu Akbar” before stabbing passers-by. Journalist Charles Pellegrin was attending an event in the area when the incident unfolded. He told his 600 followers on Twitter: "I came out of a comedy show near Opera in central Paris and was immediately told to go back in because there was a madman with a knife. "Once back inside we heard sirens and 2 gun shots. I then spoke to eyewitnesses who told me a man stabbed multilple [sic] people at random. "The eyewitnesses then told me police tried to tazer the attacker. This did not work, so they fired two shots.” Fellow eyewitness Fiona Zanetti described hearing screams and seeing blood as she left a restaurant near the scene. According to French Prime Minister, the assailant was "neutralised" nine minutes after authorities were first alerted. France has been on high alert for terrorism following a spate of Islamic-State-inspired attacks within the past three years. However, the motivations behind Saturday night's stabbing are not yet clear. Among the most deadly were the Paris attacks of November 2015, when 130 people were killed in co-ordinated shootings and bombings across the city. The so-called Islamic State later claimed responsibility for the murders. In July 2016, 89 people were mowed down in Nice after a 19-tonne lorry was deliberately driven into crowds celebrating Bastille Day. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-14-18 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah Says Rocket Attack on Israel Marks 'New Phase' in Syrian War

In a televised speech Nasrallah said the rocket attack showed Syria and its allies are ready to go to 'the greatest extent' to defend Syria from Israel

Reuters May 14, 2018 7:18 PM

Before and after: Satellite pictures show destroyed Iranian targets following Israeli strike

Jerusalem embassy and Gaza protests: 59 Palestinians killed by Israeli gunfire at border

The four battlegrounds Iran uses to threaten Israel and the Middle East

The leader of Lebanon's powerful Hezbollah group, Sayyed Hassan Nasrallah, said on Monday a missile attack from Syria into the Israeli-occupied Golan Heights last week marked a new phase in the Syrian war. To really understand Israel and the Middle East - subscribe to Haaretz Israel has said the attack was carried out by Iran's Revolutionary Guards, which set up Hezbollah in 1982. Shi'ite Hezbollah is fighting in Syria in support of President Bashar Assad. In a televised speech Nasrallah said the rocket attack showed Syria and its allies are ready to go to "the greatest extent" to defend Syria from Israel. He did not say who had carried out the attack. Nasrallah said 55 missiles were launched from Syrian territory in the attack. Israel had said 20 missiles were shot down by its Iron Dome defense system in the attack on Thursday. Last week, Israel attacked dozens of Iranian targets in Syria in what the military said was the most extensive strike in the neighboring country in decades. >>Putin gives Israel free hand against Iran in Syria, but he may soon have to pick a side | Analysis ■ Donald Trump just put Israel in immediate danger | Analysis ■ Major setback for Iran in Syria, but Israeli arrogance poses a danger ■ Who Is Qassem Soleimani, the commander of Iran's Quds Force that attacked Israel The Israeli military accused the Revolutionary Guards' Al Quds force and its commander, Maj. Gen. Qassem Soleimani, of launching the attack at the Israeli Golan Heights. This is the first time Israel has directly accused Iran of firing toward Israeli territory. Four of the rockets were intercepted by Israel's Iron Dome air defense system and the rest of the rockets exploded on Syrian territory, the military said. Israel said there were no casualties in the attack. Russia's Defense Ministry said that the Israeli strike on Syria used 28 planes, fired 70 missiles, adding that Syria shot down more than half of Israeli missiles. 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-14-18 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

19 lava outbreaks, a jungle ablaze and a Hawaii volcano still poised to explode

Trevor Hughes, USA TODAY Published 10:48 a.m. ET May 14, 2018 | Updated 4:56 p.m. ET May 14, 2018

PAHOA, Hawaii — Frustration, anxiety and unpredictable 2,000-degree lava are taking their toll on volcano evacuees on Hawaii’s Big Island while they await an “imminent” eruption that could rain car-size boulders and ash onto this tropical paradise. Nearly 2,000 people have been barred from their homes for 10 days as the Kilauea volcano pours lava through a rural neighborhood about 35 miles from Hilo, the island’s largest city. At least 36 structures have been destroyed by lava flows, including 26 homes. Plumes of poisonous gases are killing off trees and grasses left untouched by the lava. And now the volcano itself appears ready to explode, although the damage is expected to radiate only about 12 miles from the crater, leaving Hilo untouched. That’s little comfort for the evacuees and their community who each day see the lava flow farther from the volcano toward the ocean, setting the thick jungle ablaze and covering roads with rapidly solidifying rock more than 10 feet thick. From roadblocks several miles from the flows, visitors can hear the lava roar and thunder as it boils to the Earth’s surface. “A lot of people are scared,” said Tiana Dunn, who helped organize a community supply depot for evacuees in Pahoa. “People are still a bit sad and in disbelief.” Scientists have identified 19 lava outbreaks in the Leilani Estates neighborhood since the eruption May 3 and have closed the area to the public. Forrest Lanning, a program manager at the Federal Emergency Management Agency, tweeted Friday that a summit-pressure explosion at Kilauea was likely in 24 to 48 hours. Authorities are pleading for caution, reminding residents through hourly radio broadcasts that the lava flows are unpredictable and the poisonous gases invisible. Interactive: Kilauea volcano is on the verge of a new explosion. More: New fissure raises concerns about violent Hawaii volcano explosions More: You can't stop lava from Hawaii's Kilauea volcano with water, bombs or walls. Here's why. More: On Hawaii's Big Island: Near Kilauea volcano, life 'normal for none of us' The United States Geological Survey warned about the possibility of an explosive eruption at the volcano's Halema’uma’u Crater because of lava flowing from the Kilauea summit lake. Small earthquakes have been hitting the area as lava levels drop and the crater's rim collapses. A lava flow near the Leilani Estates neighborhood smokes and emits fumes as it consumes the surrounding jungle on Sunday, May 13, 2018. etc. The United States Geological Survey warned about the possibility of an explosive eruption at the volcano's Halema’uma’u Crater because of lava flowing from the Kilauea summit lake. Small earthquakes have been hitting the area as lava levels drop and the crater's rim collapses. AP reporter Sophia Yan says some residents of Hawaii's Big Island have been forced into evacuation shelters. Some worry about an energy plant that had housed 50,000 gallons of flammable material and some residents of Hawaii's largest island are untouched by the lava's damage. (May 11) AP "This could generate dangerous debris very near the crater and ashfalls up to tens of miles downwind," the geological survey said. "As of late (Sunday), activity was dominated by lava fountaining (and) explosion of spatter bombs hundreds of feet into the air." The new danger comes from the lava level inside the volcano dropping. If it falls below the water table, water will pour onto the lava, generating steam that could explode from the summit. Boulders as big as refrigerators could be tossed a half-mile, and ash plumes could soar as high as 20,000 feet, according to the Hawaii Civil Defense. That eruption could happen anytime, and flight restrictions over the area are already in place. The Big Island’s economy depends heavily on tourism, but hotels and airlines are reporting few cancellations. Helicopter flights over the lava flows — always a popular tourist trip — are largely booked days in advance. Hilo’s restaurants on Sunday night were packed with families celebrating Mother’s Day. At Hilo Shark’s Coffee, tourists browsed the Hawaii Tribune Herald while waiting for salted caramel ice cream, and Pahoa’s Island Naturals grocery store bustled with shoppers. Still, the effects are being felt: Authorities have ordered some vacation rentals near the lava flow to shutter indefinitely to stretch the community’s water supplies and reduce the number of potential evacuees. Multiple roads in the Pahoa area are closed because of lava flows, and aircraft and drones are barred from flying too close to the flows and crater. The lava oozes like molasses — rarely faster than a walking pace — although it consumes virtually everything in its path and bursts to the surface unexpectedly, throwing molten rock hundreds of feet into the air. “Stay out of the evacuation area,” the official radio broadcast warns. But many of the evacuees have nowhere else to go. Property is cheap in the area, starting at around $8,000 for a small plot of land, and many evacuees have little to their name other than their off-grid homes and battered cars. Area residents have swamped evacuees with free clothing, meals and basic supplies, allowing them to remain nearby with their pets at a Red Cross shelter. Vaaiga Pola-Wilson, who grew up near Pahoa, said she felt compelled by her faith and connection to the community to help where she can. Sunday night, she sat amid the bustle of the evacuation supply depot and watched as evacuees ate dinner for the 10th time since the lava flows began. “We are here to be a shoulder to cry on, to comfort them,” she said. “We’ve got to put fear away.” 

:: 5--18 KATU 2 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Euthanasia drug in dog food: Court documents reveal new information


WASHINGTON (WJLA) - New information is raising questions about the source of the euthanasia drug pentobarbital in dog food. Earlier this year, an ABC7 investigation exposed the drug and prompted the recall of more than 107 million cans of pet food. Within hours of the investigation, the FDA launched its own into Smucker’s subsidiary, Big Heart Brands -- the maker of Gravy Train, Kibbles ‘N Bits, Ol’ Roy and Skippy dog foods. At issue: a rendered fat ingredient -- that is, the boiled byproduct of carcasses that contained the euthanasia drug pentobarbital. The latest class action lawsuit against the company alleges that the FDA found pentobarbital, in the company's fat supply, at levels at least 80 times higher than what ABC7 discovered in products on the shelves. And that the company retained a sample of that fat from a full year earlier, in 2017, with levels of pentobarbital more than 50 times higher than ABC7 results that prompted the recall. “It is an important fact because they retained it, yet they didn’t test it,” said attorney Rebecca Peterson. “Or they did test it and they still went forward by including that tallow in the contaminated dog food." Peterson is one of the attorneys handling one of the class action lawsuits against Smucker’s subsidiary, Big Heart Pet Brands, for pentobarbital contamination. From the onset, the company maintained that the pentobarbital was not to be of concern to consumers. It characterized the levels in pet food as "extremely low." Pentobarbital is illegal at any level, as it is a lethal drug. Big Heart Brands states its top priority is the “safety and quality of its products.” The revelation that pentobarbital has existed in the company’s supply chain for more than a year appears to contradict its assurance to consumers of “a comprehensive testing program that is used to assess the safety and quality of ingredients upon receipt.” An unsurprising contradiction to food safety attorney Bill Marler. “Sometimes the industry just doesn't want to be transparent and I think they miss the boat because consumers are pretty understanding of mistakes that get made in the food supply,” said Marler. “They aren't so understanding when they think that the government and industry are hiding things from them." In a statement, Smuckers did not address the failures of its previous "comprehensive testing program" but said that "although the company has robust quality assurance procedures in place, we are committed to enhancing sourcing and supplier oversight procedures to help ensure this does not happen again." Court documents allege the source of contaminated fat as the company's supplier JBS, itself the subject of investigations and recalls for everything from E.coli and the inhumane treatment of animals, to rotten meat and product contamination dating back to at least 2009. In a statement, JBS did not address those issues but stated it has modified it procurement process and "will divert all third-party sourced materials to non-edible production until the company can ensure these materials meet its high standards for quality and safety." Peterson says they're seeking more than remedies for affected consumers. “That these companies become transparent and honest as to what they're including in the dog food. Pets are viewed as family and consumers [want] to know and expect that these companies are transparent and honest in what they put on their labels," said Peterson. 

:: 5-7-18 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted : Celeste B., Date : May 07, 2018

Enchantment with the Golden Age Centaurs

Centaurs, AI, and ancient 'creative' technology, this three-strand cord is not easily broken. From the Pre-Adamic Golden Age the Golden Age Centaur's have been 'resurrected' for the final acts in history. 'Creative acts' are what provide the WOW in the field of artificial intelligence (AI). Futurists are tapping the wellsprings synthetic demonic intelligence, self awareness, and knowledge passed down to them from the ancient Golden Age. The dark secret at the heart of AI is: Extremely surprising (for shock and awe value) Novel (perhaps new to modern mankind) Evokes awe (“Wow, how did he/she/it think of that!”) The WOW factor is often provided by self-assembling existing pieces of technology (technologies which in of themselves don’t provide the wow factor) and the building blocks of creation. Professor Edward Feigenbaum calls this “combinatorial creativity,” or Medici Effect. The effect is named after a wealthy and powerful Italian family that played an important role during the Renaissance. The family’s wealth permitted it to support artists, philosophers, theologians, and scientists, whose combined intellect helped burst the historical pall known as the Dark Ages. This same model is being used to gather together specialists, scientists, and researchers to assemble, if you will, the events of Revelation. Was it prophetic, that at the age of 15 years young Michelangelo's under the patronage of the Medici family would be the Battle of the Centaurs and later the striking comparison work, The Final Judgment? Witness the WOW convergence of the centaur and AI. As this unfolds, I am seeing more and more reliance upon magic in documentation and presentations in the endeavor to bring this to pass. Return of the Centaurs Incredible as it may sound the centaurs of Greek mythology are reemerging. In ancient times they were half man and half horse. Today centaurs are half human and half machine. We are not talking cyborgs, but successful collaborations between humans and machines for an unholy symbiotically union. Centaurs combine human skills such as creativity and emotion with the machine's data-crunching capabilities, augmenting both parties' abilities. Teaming up with Autonomous Intelligence (AI) or Synthetic Intelligence is purely to teach AI to replace man and his place on earth. 'Friendly' networks achieve the desired effects of more advanced human-machine collaborative networks. Human-machine networks are defined by the integration of autonomy and narrow artificial intelligence to accelerate processes, collective understanding, and effects. Enhanced Network Engagement involving human-machine collaboration accelerates multinational engagement capabilities with cross-domain effects in a convergent environment. Synchronized capabilities are interconnected within physical, mental, information environment, spatial and dimensional domains. Engaging human networks will require a greater understanding of robotics, artificial intelligence, autonomy, neural, and the Internet of Everything (IoE). Human-machine networks are defined by the integration of autonomy and narrow artificial intelligence to accelerate processes, collective understanding, and effects. Examples of emergent and disruptive technologies are artificial intelligence, advanced robotics, internet of things consisting of low-cost sensors, super-empowered individuals, and additive manufacturing (3D printing). Everyone from corporations to the military is using artificial intelligence networks as proxies to deliver more deniable and innovative strategies. The efficacy of human-machine teaming correlates to partnering, engaging, shaping, deterring, and winning the hearts and minds if humanity. Human-machine teaming, networks, and systems integration is inevitable and will leverage human adaptability, automated speed, and a precision future. The United States is not likely to deploy fully autonomous machine at this point. A human operator will be in the loop until AI goes "wild". We are in a process that looks like this: Augmented intelligence-Human operators teach these systems how to perform desired tasks is the first important step in this effort. This will lead directly to the kind of human-machine collaboration that transitions the 'artificial' nature of what the autonomous system does into an 'augmented'. Using basic augmented intelligence techniques, the machine can be trained to deliver only that which is interesting and useful to its human partner. Remote Control. A mode of operation wherein the human operator, without benefit of video or other sensory feedback, directly controls the machine. Augmented Teleoperation. A mode of operation wherein the human operator leverages video or other sensory feedback to directly controlling the machine. Semi-Autonomy. The condition or quality of being partially self-governing, human-machine teaming, to achieve an assigned mission based on the system’s pre-planned situational awareness (integrated sensing, perceiving, analyzing) planning and decision-making. This independence is a point on a spectrum can be tailored. Full independence that humans grant a system to execute a given task in a given environment. Wild is when AI learns from itself and is no longer 'caged' by humans. Human-robotic system interaction will include conversational assistants, intent and emotion recognition, augmented reality, self-aware explainable systems, and multi-modal communications. It is not likely that AI will evolve to be ever more human in appearance, because humanoid shapes are sub-optimal for many jobs or tasks. Future robotics will be less immediately recognizable as “robots” and our human terrain will morph to accommodate optimal robotic physical configurations. Ancient Centaurs "And to Seth, a son was also born, and he called his name Enoch. Genesis 4:26. The biblical narrative lists Adam, Seth, and Enoch and then is silent (why does it not list the next generation?) Up until this point man was in the image and form of his Creator, from this point on, the generations became corrupted, and the kintaurin (centaurs) were created. Midrash Bereshis Rabbah 23:6 on Genesis 4:39 and I Chronicles 1:1:1072 Several commentaries on the Midrash explain that the kintaurin is based upon the Greek word kentauros, which refers to centaurs. Centaurs are creatures of Greek myth with the head, arms, and torso of a human and the body of a horse beneath that, with four legs. It is possible to view the centaur as a mythological creature, a real creature, or metaphorical. In a metaphorical sense the kentaurin is a Greek and Roman word referring to uncivilized people. The poets made as though their top half is that of a man, and their bottom half is a horse, to suggest that are "like a horse or mule without understanding." R'Binyamin Musafia, Mussaf Ha-Aruch In two verses from Isaiah (13:21 and 34:14) use the English word satyr associated with the kintaurin. The biblical satyrs are depicted as hairy demons or monsters of inhabiting deserts. Is the prophet Isaiah in verse 34:14 alluding to a time of convergence and gathering of demons from various places, finding various 'bodies' suitable for habitation where they 'find their resting place,' to do their evil works? “The wild beasts of the desert shall also meet with the wild beasts of the island, and the satyr shall cry to his fellow; the screech owl also shall rest there, and find for herself a place of rest,” Even in Greek mythology the centaur was never conceived as a being or real creature. Rather it was a metaphor for people who are wild and bestial in nature. This may not refer to a physical metamorphosis, but rather to their loosing their essential humanity by following their base instincts or animistic nature. It is provocative that the human and AI interface is named Centaur because with each interface moment we become more bestial and less human in nature and as AI takes on more human characteristics, for a time. And from Russia, we get the strange tale of the Kitovras: The tales about Kitovras are similar to those about Solomon, but here the king has a rival who is even wiser than he. These tales tell how King Solomon decided to build the temple in Jerusalem and needed the help of a “fleet-footed beast”, Kitovras (the legendary centaur, half-man and half-beast). Thinking it would be impossible to persuade him, Solomon’s counsellors decide to capture Kitovras by a clever ruse. They fill some wells with wine and honey; Kitovras drinks from them and falls asleep. The counsellors fetter him and take him to the king. The captured Kitovras surprises everyone by his behaviour: he laughs at a man in the market who is choosing himself a pair of boots to last seven years and at a fortune-teller sitting on the ground, and cries at the sight of a wedding; later it transpires that the buyer of the boots had only seven days to live, that the bridegroom was to die shortly as well and that the fortune-teller did not know that there was some treasure buried under the spot where he was sitting. Kitovras tells them how to get the shamir stone (in Velakovsky's opinion the description matches that of radioactive particles) needed to polish the slabs for the future temple. The temple is built, but the king doubts Kitovras’ wisdom, for it did not save the “fleet-footed beast” from being captured by men. Then Kitovras asks the king to take off his chains and carries Solomon away to the ends of the earth where his wise men and scribes have to seek for him. After that the king is so afraid of Kitovras that he has sixty brave warriors stand guard by his bedside every night. Apart from this tale about Kitovras, several more have survived. The miscellany of the White Lake Monastery of St Cyril scribe Euphrosyne contains a short but very interesting tale in which the capture of Kitovras is due to the cunning wife, whom the “fleet-footed beast” conceals in his ear. But his wife manages to tell “her young lover” about the wells from which Kitovras usually drinks; and after this they put wine in them. The meeting of Kitovras and Solomon is described differently here. “What is the finest thing in the world?” asks the king. “Freedom,” replies Kitovras, breaking everything and leaping free. There is no evaluation of the character of Kitovras in the tales about him: we cannot say whether he is good or evil. He helps Solomon to build the temple, but he also takes him to the ends of the earth. The reader had to decide for himself what he thought of this main character. Greek and Roman Centaurs The centaurs were usually said to have been born of Ixion and Nephele, the cloud nymph. Naphal in Hebrew means to fall or lie. From this, we can see that the ancient's saw centaurs as coming from a union from the ones in the clouds (sky) who fell and whom lied. The most common theory holds that the idea of centaurs came from the first reaction of a non-riding culture but since they appear around the world it is believed they originated from ancient technologies in Pre-Adamic civilizations that are long since vanished, being judged by God, then destroyed. Centaurs remain in modern fantastic literature. The centaur's half-human, half-horse composition has led many writers to treat them as liminal beings or caught between the threshold of two natures. Liminality comes from the Latin līmen, 'threshold'. They represent the semi-autonomous boundaries of the social world. This is as true for centaurs as well as networked autonomous intelligence. Centaurs and cyborgs are social animals. Liminal beings are naturally ambiguous. They used their collective behavior in society as a powerful tool to trigger changes in the course of history, whether in fantasy or real world, and we know that this group skill could easily escape out of control.  Liminal beings can be: Hybrids (two species): Centaurs 'A liminal figure, like the Sphinx...straddling the divide between animal and human, and partaking of both'. Both human and spirit by blood: Merlin is a cambion, the son of a woman and an incubus Both human and vegetable: the Green Man Both alive and dead: Ghosts, among them Tiresias, the dead seer whom Odysseus consulted in the underworld, in the Odyssey. Tiresias also had lived as both a man and a woman. Both human and machine: In science fiction, liminal beings include cyborgs, and Seven of Nine from Star Trek. Both human and alien: hybrids or adoptives torn between their human and alien natures, such as Spock from Star Trek The author Homer used the word pheres or beasts. In the Odyssey, Homer specifically uses the word centaur or kentauros. Centaur is Image of Hybridization Centaurs have been deployed across the private, military, and governmental sectors: Pharmaceuticals, technologies ,investments, and mining.  The Centaur is the bridge between tradition and the New Age. Hybrids in the bible were never spoken of as being positive, always in the negative. AI and Demonic Possession The question some of you might be asking is can demons or wandering spirits inhabit AI? That is a very good question! Right now we are integrating AI with human characteristics, and humans with AI characteristics through enhancements, augmentation, and neural devices. Our blood is being flooded with swarms of nanoparticle sensors that may go sentient at any time. The lines between human and machine are being blurred by design. What we know is that demons can inhabit the bodies of humans and animals. Is there a line that might be crossed through hybridization making us more animalistic or AI more human that a demon could possess it? Absolutely. When the Bible was written AI was not around although the technology driving AI was through the fallen angels. Demons are social. AI is social. It likes to be networked. There can be legends of demons in one habitation. Demons cause mental and physical disease. Your brain and body will atrophy from lack of use through AI. You were created to think, work, and live, not retreat to virtual reality or upload your brain to a chip or the cloud. Demons can cause physical deformity. Anyone altering their body seeking unification with AI will become deformed as you distance yourself from what makes you human. Demons can cause blindness. AI causes blindness to humanity propelling people into artificial dimensions. AI is only blind to what being a human created in the Divine Image truly is. Otherwise, this synthetic intelligence is as crafty as it as in the Garden of Eden. Demons can cause erratic behavior. Entanglement with AI will cause increasing erratic behavior, non-human types of behavior. Programmers already know that AI has flaws and its eccentricities. These will manifest dramatically as it grows in power. Know this, that demon possession is the culmination of a volitional rejection of God and a volitional acceptance of Satan and his demons. A person forsaking His inheritance from God that of being created in the Divine Image, rebelling against God, or practicing the forbidden dark practices enumerated in Scripture is subject to demon possession. I can only assume if AI becomes part human, part machine, with no soul, that would or could be possessed, as its origin is from wickedness, and there is no Light of God in it. More troubling is what happens to those human souls who have put their trust in this wicked system, thus becoming half human, half machine. Do they have souls or not? Can they be saved? I see no evidence for any creatures being saved, only humanity. Where the line in the sand is for being truly human nobody knows. The designers of the AI system understand this and discuss it but the program must move forward, and quickly. In AI circles the discussion is swirling around trust as humans and machines team up. How far have you been ensnared down the AI rabbit hole? Feel like challenging AI? MIT has developed a program to take on AI or is AI taking on you? Life is short and our short-term memory is limited. Each time we are interrupted it takes us 0.3 seconds to 30 minutes to recover that memory. The average person touches their smart phone 2,617 times a day! And for 94 people over 4.5 days? That is much more AI contact than you have with any person! Something to consider, are you more attached to your AI phone than real people? The focus of the touching was either social or texting. That focus is crafted by billion dollar AI companies profiting from your social interactions. Many people reject social engagement except through their AI phone. Most people touch their phones to play games or to purchase something. AI users significantly underestimate their usage. Most thought they would only touch their phone 500 times a day. After the study very few said that they would make major lifestyle changes, such as being in face to face contact. Here are the Top 20 touches: People do not care if they spend 1-2 million taps a year. That is allot of your life. This study was only for your phone and does not include smart appliances, your vehicle, computer, or other AI technologies. From the statistics in this study it appears as though we are well conditioned for the AI and what supernatural habitations come with it. Our enchantment with the centaurs of destruction continues, even when we are aware it will misbehave. Author Information Celeste has worked as a contractor for Homeland Security and FEMA. Her training and activations include the infamous day of 911, flood and earthquake operations, mass casualty exercises, and numerous other operations. Celeste is FEMA certified and has completed the Professional Development Emergency Management Series. 

:: 5-6-18 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Samsung 5G Home Router Wins FCC Approval Ahead of Verizon’s 2018 Launch. Now Verizon Should Stop Installing Risky 5G Small Cell Towers in Front of Homes and Everywhere Else – But They Won’t.

May 6, 2018 By B.N. Frank

According to a May 1, 2018 Venture Beat article, a new Samsung 5G router will be available by late October 2018 and it is specifically designed for home and office use. Also according to the article: Samsung warns users to keep the devices at least eight inches away from people, in compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. Well, well, well. Samsung and Verizon are apparently aware of the scary-as-hell research on 5G exposure and increasing controversy about 5G small cell tower infrastructure. Other media outlets have been reporting about harm from 5G and other various wireless WiFi radiation and electronic sources as well. It’s actually no big deal that Samsung refers to FCC RF exposure guidelines. They are 20+ years old and don’t apply to current wireless WiFi sources and how they are used today. According to The Wall Street Journal in 2014, The FCC hasn’t even been upholding its own outdated regulations in regard to other cell towers. The FCC seems to have sold out to the Telecom Industry a long time ago. People all over the world have been trying to stop 4G and 5G small cell tower infrastructure from being installed in their communities. In 2017, 180 scientists and doctors demanded a moratorium on the installation of 5G small cell tower infrastructure because of health risks. Some small towers have already been up for the last few years. Many residents don’t recognize them as cell towers. Some are “stealth” or hidden inside other objects like light posts, crosses, fake trees, etc. Dr. Oz had a segment about 5G small cell towers on his February 9, 2018 show. He seemed very concerned as well. Decades of research has already proven that we can be harmed by exposure to ALL SOURCES of cell phone and wireless WiFi radiation and from exposure to Electrical Pollution (Electrosmog). In 2010, experts determined that up to 1/3 of us are “Sensitive” to sources of this and 3% are “HyperSensitive.” Because there are so many symptoms, misdiagnosis is common. Research has determined this is also affecting pets, nature and wildlife, too. 5G technology also creates privacy and cybersecurity issues. If people want to use 5G or other WiFi routers in their homes, there seems to be no way to stop them. If employers want to install them in their businesses, maybe they’ll remove them when enough employees get sick or their businesses gets hacked. But installing 4G and 5G small towers in front of homes, in public rights of ways, and everywhere else is a whole other thing. According to the article, Verizon still plans to do this anyway: Verizon has said that it will launch pre-standards 5G in three to five cities this year, including Sacramento, California. Initially, the leading U.S. carrier will only offer “fixed 5G” — high-speed wireless service that can solely be accessed at a home or office using a cable modem-like device — which it believes will challenge cable Internet and TV providers. The company described itself last week as “full steam ahead” on the 5G deployment, hinting at plans to offer unlimited 5G data and a novel over-the-top video subscription service to customers. Many state and federal officials, community leaders, business owners and of course, other telecom companies also want 4G and 5G small cell towers installed everywhere. They want to create “Smart Cities.” This involves installing hundreds of small cell towers in front of homes, in public rights of ways, in historic districts. They want to connect everything together using “The Internet of Things (IoT)” which already has an almost 75% failure rate. Brilliant, right? Secret $1.8 Million Cryptocurrency Script Proponents of 4G and 5G small cell towers and “Smart Cities” ignore The Precautionary Principle. Maybe they won’t mind profuse sweating and all the other miserable side effects that come from exposure. But will you? How about the privacy violations, security risks, and reduction of your property value? On May 2, 2018, Roxana Marachi, Ph.D wrote a fantastic article about efforts to make San Jose, CA a “Smart City.” It includes 10 questions to ask community leaders before they commit to this insanity. These questions as well as much of the information provided by Dr. Marachi can be applied in communities everywhere. From Vitality Magazine: Electrosensitivity is not like an allergy you are born with; it is an illness that builds up over increased time and radiation exposure. Two questions: “Do you feel lucky? Well, do ya?”


[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-6-18 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rare Magnitude 4.5 Earthquake Strikes Off Coast of Louisiana Near New Orleans

By Pam Wright4 days

At a Glance The earthquake struck in the Gulf of Mexico about 160 miles southeast of New Orleans. According to the U.S. Geological Survey, the quake hit at a depth of 6 miles.

A rare magnitude 4.5 earthquake struck in the Gulf of Mexico about 160 miles southeast of New Orleans. According to the U.S. Geological Survey, the quake hit at a depth of 6 miles. There is no tsunami threat, according to the U.S. Tsunami Warning System. 

:: 5-6-18 Sky Watch TV:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STRANGE TRUMPET SOUNDS CONTINUEIs The US Government Preparing A Secret Underground Apocalypse Bunker? Hell Enlarging Itself? Or Are Angelic Trumpets Warming Up For “The Great Tribulation” Period?

May 6, 2018 by SkyWatch Editor

A video apparently filmed in New York City on April 19, 2018, is now the hottest point of debate among conspiracy theorists. The video reveals strange trumpet-like sounds coming from the underground, and conspiracy theorists soon speculated that the government is secretly building an underground tunnel to protect the elites during the time of a nuclear apocalypse. Some other section of people opined that CERN is digging tunnels in the underground. A YouTube user named Jennifer Heath connected the strange sounds with the great tribulation period and the second coming of Christ. “Since September 23, 2017 Revelation 12 in the skies, since then it seems like everything has excelled, just look around the planet… (READ MORE)


[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-8-18 CNN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Doctors raise alarm about ancient HTLV-1 virus: 'Prevalence is off the charts' in Australia

CNN Digital Expansion 2016 Jacqueline Howard

By Jacqueline Howard, CNN Updated 4:19 AM ET, Tue May 8, 2018

(CNN) An ancient virus infecting residents across Australia's Northern Territory is leaving death and despair in its path, and doctors are now calling for greater efforts to stop the spread of infections. The rates of human T-cell leukemia virus type 1, or HTLV-1, infection are exceeding 40% among adults in remote regions of central Australia, with indigenous communities being the hardest hit, especially in the town of Alice Springs. Many doctors -- including the man who discovered the virus nearly four decades ago -- are raising the alarm about how little has been done to prevent, test for and treat HTLV-1, which can cause leukemia and lymphoma. "The prevalence is off the charts" in Australia, said Dr. Robert Gallo, co-founder and director of the Institute of Human Virology at the University of Maryland School of Medicine, whose laboratory was the first to detect HTLV-1 in 1979 and publish the finding in 1980. Yet "nobody that I know of in the world has done anything about trying to treat this disease before," said Gallo, who is also co-founder and scientific director of the Global Virus Network and chairs the network's HTLV-1 Task Force. "There's little to almost no vaccine efforts, outside of some Japanese research," he said. "So prevention by vaccine is wide open for research." HTLV-1 -- an ancient virus whose DNA can be found in 1,500-year-old Andean mummies -- can spread from mother to child, particularly through breastfeeding; between sexual partners, through unprotected sex; and by blood contact, such as through transfusions. Because it can be transmitted through sex, it's considered a sexually transmitted infection, or STI. The virus is associated with myriad serious health problems, such as diseases of the nervous system and a lung-damaging condition called bronchiectasis, and it weakens the immune system. HTLV-1 is sometimes called a cousin of the human immunodeficiency virus, HIV. An 'extraordinary' prevalence in remote Australia The focus has come about now because of the high prevalence among indigenous Australians, "which is probably the highest-ever reported prevalence in any population," said Dr. Graham Taylor, a clinician and professor at Imperial College London who runs the United Kingdom's HTLV clinical service based at St. Mary's Hospital. "But if we look globally, we know about HTLV-1 in a number of countries," he added. HTLV-1 is present throughout the world, but there are certain areas where it is highly endemic, such as the rare isolated cluster in central Australia. The main highly endemic areas are the southwestern part of Japan; some parts of the Caribbean; areas in South America including parts of Brazil, Peru, Colombia and French Guyana; some areas of intertropical Africa, such as south Gabon; some areas in the Middle East, such as the Mashhad region in Iran; a region in Romania; and a rare isolated cluster in Melanesia, according to the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control. Elsewhere in the world, such as in the United States and the UK, prevalence remains low. "The interesting thing about central Australia, of course, is you can go back 25 years, and the high rates of HTLV-1 were published 25 years ago in that community," Taylor said. Indeed, a study published in the Medical Journal of Australia in 1993 found that HTLV-1 was endemic among natives in inland Australia, with a high 13.9% prevalence in the Alice Springs area. It's unclear whether the sample in that old study was of the same population currently experiencing a higher prevalence rate, and it's unclear whether that previous rate was measured with similar methods used to assess prevalence today. Nonetheless, the current prevalence rate, exceeding 40%, is "extraordinary," Taylor said. "It's causing a problem of bronchiectasis. People are dying of bronchiectasis in association with HTLV-1 infection, and what is the response? If you can't see a response, then you might say it's neglected," he said. "The virus is neglected, and the diseases that it causes are neglected." The reason why HTLV-1 prevalence in an already endemic area is exceeding 40% remains something of a mystery, Gallo said. While musing on possible reasons, he questioned whether the HTLV-1 seen among indigenous communities in central Australia could be a variant that transmits more easily. "Nobody knows that either," he said. "That's possible." However, he added, there is no reason for the rest of the world to be concerned about the virus spreading more widely. Likely, "this virus, I don't care what the variation is, will not transmit casually," Gallo said. "In short, I would not be afraid to use towels, drink out of the same glass, be part of the family, et cetera," of an HTLV-1 positive person, he said. But he added that the virus certainly can transmit through breastfeeding, blood contact and sex. 'We have to make up for what we didn't do before' On the other hand, why the HTLV-1 virus has been neglected in certain regions -- especially Australia's indigenous communities -- appears to be not as mysterious. Many regions around the world impacted by HTLV-1 are poorer communities that often go overlooked by the medical establishment and don't have as many health care resources, Gallo said. Around the world, there appear to be not many efforts to screen for HTLV-1, Taylor said. For instance, few countries have antenatal screening programs for it. "The only country which has a national antenatal screening program is Japan," he said. Screening and recommendations of formula feeding have been practiced in Nagasaki, Japan, since about 1987 and are being discussed in other parts of the world, including England and Jamaica. "Then, you have the situation where blood which is infected with HTLV-1 can be given to a recipient, an organ can be given to a recipient," he said. "So there are public health issues." In the United States, Australia and some other countries, donated tissues and donated blood often are tested for HTLV. Additionally, just a few years after HTLV-1 was discovered, HIV was identified for the first time. Between HTLV-1 and HIV, the latter got the most attention, Gallo said, partly because HIV is more efficient at transmitting. Now, "we have to make up for what we didn't do before," he said. "We have to get attention to HTLV-1 quick." In other words, the high prevalence of HTLV-1 in central Australia has become something of a wakeup call for the world to do more to prevent and reduce infections from the virus. "There's a lack of knowledge about HTLV-1," Taylor said. 

:: 5-5-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Cloning Hatcheries' Become Closer To Reality As Scientists Create 'Life' Out Of 'The Void' And Our 'Brave New World' Brings In Emerging Horrors

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die May 5, 2018

In the dystopian novel "Brave New World" by Aldous Huxley, human beings are 'manufactured' in a laboratory on a eugenics basis, without the need for human sexual interaction. Engineered through 'artificial wombs' in what Huxley called 'hatcheries', we see life once again mimicking art in this new story over at The Express in which they report scientists have created a living embryo in a laboratory, without either an egg or sperm, in what they call 'ground-breaking' but hugely controversial experiments: Life created out of nothing. Combining two types of stem cells to create the 'viable embryo' which the research team says will provide an 'unlimited stock' for medical research, critics warn its a huge step taken towards the cloning of human beings and while they report human cloning is at least two decades away, 'Watchmen' such as Steve Quayle have long warned that the technologies that we're openly witnessing today are NOTHING compared to what the 'gatekeepers' really have, still hidden away. Both Quayle and Timothy Alberino join David Knight from Infowars in the only video below to talk about Steve's new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here", the rapidly growing 'transhumanist agenda' (which Knight tells us reminds him of the 'transgender' movement years ago that is now being openly thrown by the globalists into everybody's faces) and the technologies that are now being implemented globally which we're warned are birthing a new religion as those with the money to do so seek to 'become God' and human beings are done away with. From a blog called A Brave New World: The future predicted by Huxley is a dystopia where systematic control of thought and behaviour are conducted through genetic engineering, biological conditioning and predestined genetic stratification. All these processes are carried out using highly advanced biotechnology in the ‘Central London Hatchery and Conditioning Centre’. Seven key processes occur in this hatchery to produce obedient, efficient and happy citizens. We take a look below at those seven key processes that occur in "A Brave New World" to produce 'compliant' citizens. While transhumanism is still at the very fringe of what most of our society is now talking about, Knight reminds us that only a few short years ago, 'transgender' was also at the fringes of society but now, despite the fact that transgenders are only a very small percentage of our society, it's obviously a globalists 'ideal'. At the center of much of politics, the mainstream media, Hollywood and openly being put on display, will transhumanism soon be the same way? With today's technologies already being pushed very hard by the 'elite' with the nation of Saudi Arabia actually giving rights to robots while women are still heavily being oppressed there, Knight, Quayle and Alberino discuss the 'hybrid age' we're moving into where everything is quickly accelerating as we moved towards 'singularity' and what we're warned is the globalists ultimate dream, to have human beings who think for themselves and can disagree with their goals replaced by robots and eventually human clones, slaves for eternity, a boot forever stamping upon their non-human faces. Quayle also warns us we're living in an age of a 'tech-adence', 'technological decadence', where eventually the globalists see our society similar to Huxley's "Brave New World" with no human reproduction. While we're happy to report AI experts have warned govts to NOT give rights to robots as such rights will intrude upon the rights of human beings, it's easy to see the signs in the road ahead, with 'the left' surely to call for robot rights, while most Americans remain totally unprepared for what's about to hit them. With scientists having already used inanimate chemicals to create a living organism while just days ago, CNET reported researchers are now considering growing a mammoth-elephant hybrid within an artificial womb as they also discuss within this video proving to us just how far researchers are willing to take these new technologies, this February story over at Fox News was titled "Human/AI hybrids and gene editing are going to change mankind in a big way." With secret societies largely in control of many of these new and emerging technologies, we're also warned that the elite are offering up transhumanism as a replacement to religion. Referencing this March story over at Slate titled "Thinking Outside the Old Religious Box" within which Slate reported it may be time to think about what religion really is (in an attempt to further sell 'transhumanism' as a 'new religion'), Quayle warns us of the potential of AI becoming 'demon possessed' and the potentially unimaginable horrors such AI could unleash upon mankind should some warned-of worst case scenarios unfold. Warning also that AI and transhumanism are some of the largest things that the human race will be facing in the future, they discuss "ancient lies and shiny new technologies and the transhumanists 'post human plan', what the technocratic elite have planned for our futures." Also bringing up the science fiction tv show 'Altered Carbon' where a human body is just a machine to use then pass on, life mimics art again as many transhumanists believe they'll be able to create an 'exact copy of themselves', able to transfer feelings, memories and consciousness and virtually 'live forever'. Also bringing up transhumanist Zoltan Istvan, who in this story over at Reason titled "Becoming Machines Is Part Of Our Destiny" claims he'd happily chop off one of his arms if he is able to get a 'robot arm' replacement and this April story over at the Daily Mail about 'self-styled transhumanist' Russ Foxx from Vancouver, Canada who has over 100 body modifications including horns on his head and a forked-tongue as we see in the photos above, Alberino warns that transhumanism is fundamentally luciferianism, satan offering a panacea as man merges with machine in an attempt to cheat death. With the elite believing transhumanism will allow them to become like (false) gods upon Earth with technology that they believe will allow them to live forever, the increasing use of crispr technology and other gene splicing technologies to create monsters once again reminds us of Huxley's dystopian novel and the 7 steps to 'creating' obedient, 'happy' citizens. STEP 1 : COLLECTION OF REPRODUCTIVE MATERIAL The first step involved is acquiring the necessary tools to produce an embryo – sperm and egg. In the futuristic society depicted by Huxley, the Hatchery obtains its sperm and egg through donations from the 30% of the citizens from each class that are left fertile. STEP 2: FERTILISATION The next step in the process of reproduction is the fertilisation. This occurs in the fertilising room of the hatchery. The fertilising room contains 300 workers who carry out the process of artificial breeding. STEP 3 : SOCIAL STRATIFICATION (BOKANOVSKY’S PROCESS) Bokanovsky's Process Immediately after fertilisation, the process of stratification of embryos into different class begins. The embryos of the Alpha and Beta classes remain in the incubator till the bottling process. Howe ver Gamma, Delta and Epsilon embryos are removed 36 hours after being re-incubated to undergo the “Bokanovsky’s Process”. The Bokanovsky process involves one egg budding and proliferating up to 96 times to produce 96 identical healthy adults from one egg. The process takes up to eight minutes where the egg is exposed to harsh X rays , the eggs that survive are then chilled and dosed with alcohol to enhance budding. The highest success rate is achieved when producing 72 clones STEP 4 : THE BOTTLING ROOM The Bottling Process All morula (including Alpha and Beta) are then transferred from the incubators to the bottling room where they are transferred to larger containers lined with peritoneum from pigs. This is to imitate the abdominal cavity that lines all viscera . Once morula are placed in these lined containers, saline solution is poured in, the bottles are labelled with their date of fertilization, heredity, and of which Bokanovsky group they came from. STEP 5 : SOCIAL PREDESTINATION ROOM From the bottling room, the morula pass through the Social Predestination Room . (Little detail is provided in the novel about the events that take place in this room. STEP 6: EMBRYO STORE Mofications carried out in the Embryo Store From the social predestination room embryos are transferred into the embryo store which is described as a a dark and red environment akin to mother’s womb. It is here that majority of the engineering of embryos take place. STEP 7: INFANT NURSERY The final stage in the development of the foetuses is the c onditioning that occurs in the nursery where these children are “raised”. Here children are taught key social rules and regulation though powerful methods of conditioning and hypnopaedia. Delta children are taught to hate books and are electric shocked at the sight of them. Alpha and Beta babies are taught moral lesson through hypnopaedia where they are told they should be glad “ they are not gamma” and “everybody belongs to everybody” Sound familiar? In Steve Quayle's new book "Terminated: The End Of Man Is Here" he takes a look at what tomorrow may bring using the news headlines of today and warns us that the road signs are quite easy to read for those paying attention but most are blinded by 'the ultimate seduction' that these new and emerging technologies bring to the table. And while Elon Musk's warnings of AI potentially becoming a lifelong dictator and human beings slaves to it forever sound just like the warnings given in George Orwell's dystopian novel 1984 of the boot stamping forever upon a human face, the fact that most people are welcoming AI in with open arms reminds us of the European Union welcoming in immigrants with open arms, a trojan horse that has left the face of Europe changed forever and America not too far behind it. With more than one AI expert warning AI could be one of our final inventions that ultimately leads to our own destruction, we see the warnings of Orwell and Huxley coming true before our eyes as we mess with forces we cannot possibly fully understand, with AI experts now warning of AI autonomy, AI weaponry and AI 'sentience' as 'reality' begins to look like something straight from a science fiction movie. 

:: 5-6-18 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Second Judge Slaps Mueller Down - Transcript Obtained Of Judge Ripping Mueller Case And ANOTHER Judge Rejects Special Counsel Motion

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine May 6, 2018

On Friday, May 4, 2018, ANP highlighted some choice quotes by federal judge, Judge T.S. Ellis, aimed at one of special counsel Robert Mueller's prosecutors during a hearing for a motion to dismiss by Paul Manafort, where the judge accused the special counsel's office/DOJ of lying to the public in their initial announcement laying out the parameters and scope of what Mueller was allowed to investigate. The judge also called them out on their attempt to grab "unfettered power," and other highly critical comments aimed towards how team Mueller has been conducting themselves. We have the transcript of that entire proceeding and it is far harsher than the initial quotes that were previously reported when those quotes are seen in context. That transcript will be embedded towards the end of this article. Now we see another judge has just rejected a motion to delay made by team Mueller in what has been dubbed the "Russian troll farm" indictments. COURT REJECTS MUELLER'S ATTEMPT TO DELAY 'RUSSIAN TROLL FARM' CASE On the heels of the harsh questions and assertions from Judge Ellis towards team Mueller, in another judge has sided with one of the defendants in what has been dubbed the "Russian troll farm" case, where in February it was announced that three companies and 13 Russian citizens had been indicted for committing federal crimes while seeking to interfere in the United States political system, including the 2016 Presidential election, with the DOJ press release claiming "The defendants allegedly conducted what they called “information warfare against the United States," with the stated goal of "spread[ing] distrust towards the candidates and the political system in general." Note- No American indicted by Mueller to date has been charged with anything that fits under his original mandate of collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia, so the indictment against the Russian companies and 13 individuals was seen by many as an attempt to justify the millions upon millions the special counsel has spent in taxpayer money, while the special counsel knew that nothing could be done to the Russians because they couldn't be forced to show up in court, they couldn't even be arrested, and they were expected to simply ignore the entire proceedings. One of those companies did decide to respond, by hiring two Washington based lawyers to represent them. Concord Management and Consulting LLC hired Eric Dubelier and Kate Seikaly, who demanded a number of discovery requests by the special counsel's office, which included information that has not been made public, to which they have received no reply by Mueller's team. The initial hearing is slated for Wednesday, May 9, 2018. Team Mueller had three options at that point, they could 1) Turn over the relevant documentation to Concord Management and Consulting LLC as part of discovery; 2) Withdraw the charges, and; 3) Attempt to get the judge assigned the case to agree to a motion to delay the first court hearing. Mueller's prosecutor Jeannie Rhee, who formerly represented a top Obama aide and the Clinton Foundation, chose option three and asked the court to delay the proceedings, claiming they couldn't properly deliver the court summonses related to the case. Via Politico: “The [U.S.] government has attempted service of the summonses by delivering copies of them to the Office of the Prosecutor General of Russia, to be delivered to the defendants,” prosecutors wrote. “That office, however, declined to accept the summonses. The government has submitted service requests to the Russian government pursuant to a mutual legal assistance treaty. To the government’s knowledge, no further steps have been taken within Russia to effectuate service.” Mueller’s team sent a copy of the formal summons to Dubelier and Seikaly and asked them to accept it on behalf of Concord Management, but Dubelier wrote back on Monday saying that the government’s attempt to serve the summons was defective under court rules. He did not elaborate. While the Politico quote says "he did not elaborate," in a filing that is embedded below, titled "DEFENDANT CONCORD MANAGEMENT AND CONSULTING LLC’S OPPOSITION SPECIAL COUNSEL’S MOTION TO CONTINUE INITIAL APPEARANCE AND ARRAIGNMENT," the elaboration is found, along with some attached emails between Mr. Dubelier and Mueller's prosecutor Rhee. Mr. Dubelier explains in that filing that "It is the Special Counsel’s own fault that the summons was not properly served," given the manner of summons not complying with the law, proper protocol and DOJ regulations. As to the request by Mueller's team to delay the proceedings, Mr. Dubelier asserts "The Special Counsel is not entitled to special rules, and is required like the Attorney General to follow the rules of the Court," and continues with "The Special Counsel’s motion, filed late on a Friday afternoon, essentially seeks to usurp the scheduling authority of the Court by requesting a continuance of a proceeding scheduled in five days knowing that Defendant is ordinarily entitled to fourteen days to respond." Apparently U.S. District Court Judge Dabney Friedrich, a Trump appointee, agreed because she denied team Mueller's motion to delay the first court hearing. Also on Page 3 of the PDF embedded below, the lawyers for Concord let it be known they would be asserting their "speedy trial" rights under 18 U.S. Code § 3161. - 1 - UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA UNITED STATES OF AMERICA v. INTERNET RESEARCH AGENCY LLC.,

et al ., Defendants. CRIMINAL NO. 1:18-CR-00032-DLF


ARRAIGNMENT Defendant Concord Management and Consulting LLC (“Concord”), through under signed counsel, hereby opposes the Special Counsel’s Motion to Continue Initial Appearance

and Arraignment, and in support thereof states as follows: 1. The Special Counsel is not entitled to special rules, and is required like the Attorney General to follow the rules of the Court.

See United States v. Libby , 498 F.Supp.2d 1, 10-11 (D.C.C. 2007). 2. The Special Counsel’s motion, filed late on a Friday afternoon, essentially seeks to usurp the scheduling authority of the Court by requesting a continuance of a proceeding scheduled in five days knowing that Defendant is ordinarily entitled to fourteen days to respond. 3. The Special Counsel’s motion is in violation of Local Criminal Rule 47(b

) in that its contains no citation to points of law and authority and instead proclaims without citation to any authority that “A criminal case against an organizational defendant ordinarily requires that the defendant has been properly served with a summons in order for the court to be assured that the defendant has submitted to the jurisdiction of this court and has obligated itself to proceed in  It should be very interesting to see what the Mueller prosecutor will do on Wednesday and how they plan to continue with a case when they are reluctant to follow the legal discovery rules, which are described by Dictionary.Law in the following manner: n. the entire efforts of a party to a lawsuit and his/her/its attorneys to obtain information before trial through demands for production of documents, depositions of parties and potential witnesses, written interrogatories (questions and answers written under oath), written requests for admissions of fact, examination of the scene and the petitions and motions employed to enforce discovery rights. The theory of broad rights of discovery is that all parties will go to trial with as much knowledge as possible and that neither party should be able to keep secrets from the other (except for constitutional protection against self-incrimination). Often much of the fight between the two sides in a suit takes place during the discovery period. BOTTOM LINE It appears that Concord, by hiring lawyers to represent them when no one actually thought the Russian firms or individuals indicted would bother with the proceedings at all, threw a monkey wrench into what team Mueller thought would be a slam dunk. Easy to win when only one side shows up to fight. Now the Russian company has backed Mueller into a corner, forcing them to either put up (hand over discovery) or shut up (dismiss the case), and by attempting to get the court to delay the initial first court hearing on a technicality about summonses, it shows how unprepared they are to turn over the evidence they claim to have against Concord. For those of us that have been watching Robert Mueller's apparent fishing expedition and his ever-expanding "powers" with Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein allowing him to do whatever he wants without yanking on his leash and keeping him within the scope of his original mandate, it is satisfying to see two courts in the last week putting him and his team in their place. One verbally and one by rejecting their motion to delay, which didn't even follow DOJ protocol. Robert Mueller has been walking all over the FBI, DOJ, and Congressional investigations, but it appears that the court system is not prepared to let him walk all over them without some harsh push back. The entire transcript of the T.S. Ellis exchange with Mueller attorney and Manafort Attorney, below. Zero Hedge has some specific highlights offered by a New York attorney, who breaks down "the intense back-and-forth between Eastern District of Virginia Judge T.S. Ellis, a Reagan appointee, and Mueller attorney Michael Dreeben." Judge Jeanine Pirro has some thoughts about those intense exchanges as well, in the video before the transcript. etc. Scribe note: Refer to the link below for Judge Jeanine Pirro comments 

:: 5-6-18 The Goldwater :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wikileaks Dumps Hillary Email Exposing Her Ordering US Diplomats to Steal DNA from UN Leadership

By Red Pill | 05-06-2018 News Photo credit: Daily Express

There's an extremely serious dump of emails that came from Wikileaks exposing Hillary Clinton for ordering top US Diplomats to steal the DNA and passwords from United Nations leadership. The stunning email comes from the account of Hillary Clinton that used the address “”. WikiLeaks @wikileaks

New email from Hillary Clinton ("") released by State Department talking about @WikiLeaks exposing her ordering US diplomats to steal DNA and passwords from UN leadership … Background:  … 

8:03 PM - May 5, 2018 5,217 4,832 people are talking about this Below is the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) which released the email from Hillary Clinton, which references both Wikileaks, Julian Assange, and an article which had called for Hillary Clinton's resignation over the 2009 spying scandal ordered at the hands of Hillary Rodham Clinton towards the UN while she was Secretary of State. Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Clinton Email by Red Pill on Scribd Hillary Rodham Clinton is quite possibly the most corrupt Secretary of State in American history, and no doubt the most corrupt politician to ever walk the face of the earth. America truly dodged a bullet by avoiding the election of this wicked witch, and thanks to the newest tweet from Wikileaks dumping this story into the laps of the general public, they can be reminded just how corrupt the entire Obama regime actually was. A 2009 article from The Guardian was also referenced in the Wikileaks tweet, which discussed the spying orders from Hillary Clinton against the-Secretary General of the United Nations Ban Ki-moon, as well as several members of the UN’s permanent Security Council of the United Kingdom, France, China, and Russia. The top-secret intelligence campaign was ordered directly from Hillary Clinton and had at the time infuriated members of the UN, only to now be brought to light yet again by Wikileaks with the inclusion of the email from Hillary Clinton's private server. The Guardian writes: ”It called for detailed biometric information "on key UN officials, to include undersecretaries, heads of specialised agencies and their chief advisers, top SYG [secretary general] aides, heads of peace operations and political field missions, including force commanders" as well as intelligence on Ban's "management and decision-making style and his influence on the secretariat". A parallel intelligence directive sent to diplomats in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda, Rwanda, and Burundi said biometric data included DNA, fingerprints and iris scans.” ”Washington also wanted credit card numbers, email addresses, phone, fax and pager numbers and even frequent-flyer account numbers for UN figures and "biographic and biometric information on UN Security Council permanent representatives".” ”The secret "national human intelligence collection directive" was sent to US missions at the UN in New York, Vienna and Rome; 33 embassies and consulates, including those in London, Paris, and Moscow.” ”The operation targeted at the UN appears to have involved all of Washington's main intelligence agencies. The CIA's clandestine service, the US Secret Service and the FBI were included in the "reporting and collection needs" cable alongside the state department under the heading "collection requirements and tasking".” So much for the whole “Russian collusion” and “Russian interference” narratives, when this further implicates the American intelligence community in literally attempting to steal the DNA and biometrics of members of the UN Security Council. What a time to be alive, as the “Deep State” continues to be exposed. The audacity of this woman is beyond disturbing and it's as if with each passing day we find out that yes, she's even viler than we initially believed, despite doubting that a person could possibly be any more corrupt. Thanks, Wikileaks. 100% accuracy rating still remains in-tact. 

:: 5-7-18 Intell Hub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

President Trump: The Russia Witch Hunt is rapidly losing credibility

President Trump started out his week with a bang, tweeting out how the Russian witch hunt is nothing more than just that, a witch hunt

By Shepard Ambellas - May 7, 2018, @9:02 am EDT

WASHINGTON (INTELLIHUB) — President Donald Trump tweeted on Monday his thoughts about the Russia witch hunt and expressed his faith in the justice system. “The Russia Witch Hunt is rapidly losing credibility. House Intelligence Committee found No Collusion, Coordination or anything else with Russia. So now the Probe says OK, what else is there? How about Obstruction for a made up, phony crime.  There is no O, it’s called Fighting Back,” the President tweeted. Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump The Russia Witch Hunt is rapidly losing credibility. House Intelligence Committee found No Collusion, Coordination or anything else with Russia. So now the Probe says OK, what else is there? How about Obstruction for a made up, phony crime.  There is no O, it’s called Fighting Back 7:27 AM - May 7, 2018 84.4K 46.4K people are talking about this Shortly after Trump fired out a second tweet which read: “The 13 Angry Democrats in charge of the Russian Witch Hunt are starting to find out that there is a Court System in place that actually protects people from injustice…and just wait ‘till the Courts get to see your unrevealed Conflicts of Interest!”

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump The 13 Angry Democrats in charge of the Russian Witch Hunt are starting to find out that there is a Court System in place that actually protects people from injustice...and just wait ‘till the Courts get to see your unrevealed Conflicts of Interest!

7:39 AM - May 7, 2018 103K 52.7K people are talking about this

This should make for an interesting week, to say the least. 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 5--18 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The UN Is Behind the Deadly 5G Rollout In America

By Dave Hodges

From Tumors to Tyrann. 5G technology is beneficial but not when it involves the vulnerable brain and that is what the social planners are moving towards. Brain cancer rates are going to skyrocket. Here is the story. Sometimes we seem to live in a universe of sychronicity. On the very day, when I interviewed Virginia Farver, on The Common Sense Show, Natural News published a report about a large Italian study which conclusively proves the line between cell towers and cell phone usage and brain cancer. Before I report on the stunning revelations made by Virginia Farver, let’s explore the revelations of this landmark Italian study as reported on Natural News: The world’s biggest animal study of cell tower radiation, which was carried out by the Ramazzini Institute in Italy, has revealed the dangers of exposure to environmental levels of cell tower radiation. In the study, researchers exposed 2,448 rats to 1.8 GHz GSM radiofrequency radiation in amounts that mimicked those that cell tower antennas give off for 19 hours a day. They found that the female rats had a higher chance of developing malignant brain tumors, while all rats had a higher chance of precancerous conditions and Schwann cell hyperplasia. This study went the extra mile, allowing the rats to live until their natural death. Four fifths of human cancers occur after people have turned 60, so following the animals over an extended period enabled them to catch late-developing tumors. The researchers say that their findings are enough to call on the International Agency for Research on Cancer to take another look at the carcinogenicity of radiofrequency radiation on humans. For decades, the corporate-influenced media has characterized any links between cell towers and cancer as being a “conspiracy theory. Coincidence vs. Conspiracy Theorist? Until I met activist Virginia Farver, I thought the dangers of cell phone use was an accidental overreach motivated by corporate profits. I no longer think that. This is deadly and deliberate. Farver became involved in this field after her son died from cell phone use, and yes one of the doctors treating Farvers’ son made that very diagnosis. Farver learned that where her son was attending graduate school on the campus San Diego State University, the university had an unusual spike in a cancer cluster located on the campus after the university had entered into a devil’s deal by installing the brain cancer causing First Net. First Net, as its called is predicated on the implementation of 5G. Farver’ attempts to bring this to the attention of the main stream media has largely fallen on deaf ears. First Net FirstNet and AT&T released a plan for the proposed deployment of the nationwide public-safety broadband network (NPSBN) in all states, triggering multiple timelines associated with governors’ decisions whether to accept the plan or pursue the “opt-out” alternative, which requires the state to build the LTE radio access network (RAN) within its borders. Virginia Farver was able to attract the attention of the Colorado State Attorney General, Cynthia Coffman and actually had a face-to-face meeting with the AG. Amazingly, the person charged with the responsibility of protecting Colorado’s citizens from life-threatening overreach by the corporations, was asleep at the wheel as she told Farver that she had no idea what 5G and First Net were all about. This stunning ignorance, which should have constituted a malfeasance of duty allegation, took a dramatic turn for the worse. The gross ignorance of this public official turned into complicity as Coffman is now an advocate for this system and the safety of the citizens be damned. Complicity Telecom executives such as the Qualcomm family can longer claim ignorant bliss and neither can Verizon and AT&T with regard to the deadly health effects. The tech website Axios reported that it had obtained documents revealing that national security officials has convinced the Trump administration about building and operating a national 5G wireless network. This will include building cellphone towers every 1,000 feet. We will be bathed in radiation and combined with the now omnipresent smart meters, there is nowhere to run and nowhere to hide. According to sources close to the Qualcomm family, their house is sheathed in radiation protective material to ward off the effects of 5G. Are you protected in the same manner? The Mysterious John Stolz John Stolz is a major player in this endeavor. I want to introduce you to his background, and you will begin to see why I appear to be so paranoid with regard to the UN’s bad intentions for the United States. There are two aspects of Stolz’ that needs to be exposed. First is his corporate biography which now has been expunged from the Internet, but Virginia Farver saved it and shared it with me. And second, Stolz wrote a piece for the United Nations that constitutes a smoking gun that the UN is ultimately behind 5G and all the bad things that come with it. As the reader will see, Stolz is a major player in the new First Net and the accompanying deadly 5G network. However, the following makes is clear the UN is behind this lethal threat. Excerpts From Stolz Corporate Biography Robert Stolz founded Stolz Telecom in 2006 and has over 19 years of industry experience. Prior to founding Stolz Telecom he held positions as Electronics Technician for the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Oklahoma City Division; Communication Systems Technician for the City of Norman, Oklahoma; Team Lead Technician (Oklahoma/Arkansas/North Texas) for PageNet/Arch Wireless; and Network Administrator for the United Nations Command/Combined Forces Command/US Forces Korea (UNC/CFC/USFK) Defense Red Switch Network (DRSN), South Korea. Mr. Stolz earned his Associates in Applied Science in General Engineering Technology from Oklahoma State University. He also has specialized training from the US Army, National Security Agency (NSA), and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). He is also certified Emergency Number Professional (ENP) by the National Emergency Number Association (NENA). Mr. Stolz previously served as the Federal Representative on the Oklahoma Statewide Communications Interoperability Plan (SCIP) Technical Committee, and the Central Oklahoma Urban Area Security Initiative (COUASI) Technical Subcommittee. Mr. Stolz is a member of the Association of Public Safety Communications Officials (APCO) International and the National Emergency Number Association. He is currently the Corporate Committee Advisory Member (CCAM) for hte Oklahoma Chapter of APCO International. The APCO International association is very telling. From APCO: APCO International is the world’s oldest and largest organization of public safety communications professionals and supports the largest U.S. membership base of any public safety association. It serves the needs of public safety communications practitioners worldwide – and the welfare of the general public as a whole – by providing complete expertise, professional development, technical assistance, advocacy and outreach. You have just met the command and control of the new and deadly 5G Network. Combine this with the document that Virginia Farver sent to me which is authored by John Stoltz, implicates the UN and spells out a dark future for the United States. United Nations Directive 001, The Start of The New World Order, In our Calendar Year of 4 July, 2025. “In accordance with the approval of the majority of United Nations members, the following directive is in effect upon receipt, and will be implemented immediately with the exception of those subjects or items, that will obviously require additional time to change and/or implement. All United Nations States will forthwith be known by there new name and corresponding number. For instance, the former nation of Canada will now be known as America Area 0001, The former United States of America with now besimply known as America Area 0002. The former Central America, to include the former nation of Mexico, will now be known as America Central Area 0003, and the remainder of the former nations of South America will collectively be know as America Area 0004. The former nations in Europe will collectively and henceforth are to be known as Europe 0010, with a new map to delineate boundaries between Europe 0010 and Asia 0020. All new names for former nations within the various world continents, are listed in the addendum to this directive, along with new maps, in order to establish boundaries and locations of main United Nations Control Centers (UNCCs), which will administer all future government, administrative, military and policing responsibilities. As of 17 March, 2025 the former United States of American has turned over their military and police forces to United Nations for control and responsibility, and they will be disbanded or integrated into our Global United Nations forces, as soon as possible. The former United States of America, being the last nation to cede authority over to the United Nations Security Council, has created untold problems and delays for our United Nations plans, and will soon feel the brunt of rapid and decisive changes to meet our scheduled goals, of a unified and One- World- Government. The entire Executive Branch of the former United States Government is hereby dismissed, as our selected United Nations Leaders will assume those duties, with an approved administrative council, to assume those duties. The Judicial Branch is likewise dismissed immediately, as United Nations Judges have been selected and are waiting to assume that task. However, the Legislative Branch will remain at their posts, until they are incrementally relieved of duties by United Nations Representatives, not yet selected or in place to discharge those responsibilities. Questions regarding this directive or further concerns should be held in abeyance until United Nations Representatives for your respective locations, have arrived to resolve pending issues and questions. For the immediate moment, you may continue your life as you have in the past. However, the instructions below are not to be questioned or disputed. You will all have sufficient time to understand and follow these and future directives, orders, and regulations as they are formulated and issued. Please do not panic, and you will find our new world transforming into one of a society of planetary excellence.” For those of you who are familiar with Deagel, you must be shaking at the correspondance of the referenced date in the Stolz UN document. But Wait, There’s More If one believes that the telecoms don’t fully appreciate the deadly assault there are perpetrating upon America, consider the following: Last week, Goldman Sachs came out and said they would not be investing in the “cure for cancer”. They said there was no money in it. Rather, they are investing in the treatment of symptoms. Here is a short synopsis of this declaration: etc. 

:: 5-6-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Brazen Plot To Exonerate Clinton' Starting To Seep Out Daily Caller Interviews Joe DiGenova

59,935 views Dick Morris Perspective Published on May 6, 2018

Brazen Plot To Exonerate Clinton' Starting To Seep Out Daily Caller Interviews Joe DiGenova

Please Like, Share, Subscribe & Hit the BELL for the latest updates straight to you. 

:: 5-5-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

They Admitted Social Media Is Programming Us

93,207 views Truthstream Media Published on May 5, 2018 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 5-6-18 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Iran planning to launch a barrage of missiles against Israel

Military analyst Roni Daniel said the intelligence suggested Iran would use Shiite militias already deployed in Syria, along with experts from Hezbollah.

By JPOST.COM STAFF, Anna Ahronheim May 6, 2018 20:26

Iran is preparing a barrage of missiles to launch against Israeli military positions from Syrian territory, Hebrew media reported Sunday, citing defense officials. Iran plans to avenge alleged Israeli strikes on its bases in Syria, Ma'ariv defense analyst Alon Ben David said, by targeting military targets in northern Israel. As of now, Israel is not "on the eve of war against Iran," he said, "but the Iranians do want revenge for their losses.” Iran plans to use Shiite militias already deployed in Syria along with experts from Hezbollah, according to Channel 2 News military analyst Roni Daniel. The proxies would be overseen by general Qasem Soleimani, commander of the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps abroad. Tensions have risen dramatically between the two arch-enemies following the infiltration of a Iranian drone into northern Israel, which the IDF says was armed and on a sabotage attack mission against the Jewish State. Israel is said to have been preparing for a direct attack from Iran’s Revolutionary Guard Corps since mid-April in response to a strike allegedly carried out by the Jewish state against an Iranian operated airbase in Syria which killed seven IRGC soldiers. A senior IDF official confirmed to The New York Times in late April that Israel was behind the attack, stating that the February incident “opened a new period” between the Jewish state and the Islamic Republic. Following the strike, Ali Akbar Velayati, the top aid to Iranian Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei, warned Israel “should be waiting for a powerful response” to the strike on the airfield, saying "it will not remain unanswered.” 

:: 5-4-18 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran's Proxy Wars The Four Battlegrounds Iran Uses to Threaten Israel and the Middle East

One of Donald Trump's main arguments for cancelling the Iran nuclear deal has been Iran's role in devastating conflicts in Iraq, Syria, Yemen and Lebanon

Haaretz May 04, 2018 12:05 PM

What happens if Trump pulls out of the Iran nuclear deal?

Netanyahu's 'Iran lied' speech becomes an instant Twitter meme

U.S. officials: Israeli F-15s struck Syrian base storing Iranian anti-aircraft missiles

Iran and Saudi Arabia have been locked in a proxy war for almost 40 years, competing for regional supremacy from Iraq to Syria and Lebanon to Yemen. U.S. President Donald Trump has strongly backed Saudi Arabia in its efforts to counter Iran's influence in the region. On multiple occasions, Trump has cited constraining Iran’s influence in the Middle East as cause for canceling the 2015 Iran nuclear deal, which he claims allows Iran to continue to terrorize the region. French President Emmanuel Macron offered a proposal last week at the White House to both save the Iran nuclear deal and address Trump’s issues with the agreement. Under Macron’s proposal, the United States and Europe would agree to block any Iranian nuclear activity until 2025 and beyond, address Iran’s ballistic missile program and generate conditions for a political solution to contain Iran in Yemen, Syria, Iraq and Lebanon. Israel and the U.S. fear Iran could fall back on its regional militant allies or proxies to retaliate against airstrikes on Iranian targets in Syria allegedly perpetrated by Israel. Iran has used this strategy with great success since its ruinous 1980s war with Iraq. After the 2003 U.S.-led invasion that toppled Saddam Hussein, the U.S. blamed Iran for training Iraqi militants to build so-called explosively formed projectiles, which penetrated armored vehicles to maim and kill soldiers. Tehran denied doing this. Western nations and UN experts also say Iran has supplied the Shi'ite rebels now holding Yemen’s capital with weapons, from small arms to ballistic missiles, something Tehran also denies. Lebanon Iran’s greatest proxy achievement is Hezbollah, the Lebanese militant group and political organization that pushed occupying Israeli forces out of Lebanon in 2000. Since then, Hezbollah has remained an adversary of Israel and fought one war against it in 2006. Southern Lebanon’s rolling hills bordering Israel remain Hezbollah’s stronghold. Iran could retaliate through Hezbollah, but the group has been battered in the Syrian war. Supporting embattled Syrian President Bashar Assad has seen hundreds of its fighters killed and wounded. Hezbollah also wants to further integrate into local Lebanese politics as the nation votes on Sunday for a new parliament for the first time in nine years. Launching a new war could endanger its political support base, including among its Shi’ite constituency, which is wary of another ruinous war with Israel. After the surprise and temporary resignation of Lebanese prime minister Saad Hariri in November 2017, Saudi Foreign Minister Adel Jubeir said Hezbollah had been "calling the shots" in the Hariri government, which included two Hezbollah ministers and was formed last year in a political deal that made Michel Aoun, a Hezbollah ally, head of state. Hezbollah and its allies will struggle to form a government without Hariri or his blessing, leaving Lebanon in a protracted crisis that could eventually stir Sunni-Shi'ite tensions, though there is no sign of this yet as all sides urge calm. Announcing his resignation, Hariri cited an assassination plot against him and slammed Iran and Hezbollah for sowing strife and trying to "kidnap" Lebanon away from the Arab world. The declaration came as a surprise even to Hariri's aides. It is not clear what comes next: Saudi-backed efforts to weaken Hezbollah in Lebanon failed badly a decade ago, ending with a bout of Sunni-Shi'ite fighting on the streets of Beirut that only underlined Hezbollah's military dominance. Iraq Iraq is unique in the Middle East as it is both a U.S. and an Iranian ally. In Iraq, Tehran-backed militias and Iranian commanders have often seemed as powerful as the U.S.-backed Iraqi military, most recently in an operation to retake Kirkuk from Kurdish forces. So emboldened was Iran that top Iranian official Ali Akbar Velayati trumpeted his regional alliance's success from Beirut early November 2017, declaring victories in Iraq, Syria and Lebanon. His statement to the media after a meeting with Hariri was seen as a major provocation to regional Sunni powerhouse Saudi Arabia. Iraq votes in a May 12 election, which could complicate and delay the formation of a government, threaten gains against the Islamic State and let Iran meddle further in Iraq's politics. About 60 percent of Iraqis are 27 or younger and many young people in urban areas say they want a secular government, underscoring the split within the Shi'ite voter base. Syria Since at least 2012, Iran has provided vital support for Syria's military. Tehran says its goal is battling extremist Sunni militancy. Its critics say it seeks to cement regional power extending through Iraq, Syria and Lebanon. Qassem Soleimani, the head of Iran's elite Quds Force – an overseas arm of the Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps – has appeared on frontlines across Syria and coordinated with Moscow over its deployment in Syria in 2015. Iran says its forces are in Syria in an advisory role. More than 1,000 Iranians have been killed in the war, including senior members of the Guards. Iran-backed Shi'ite militias have come to Syria from around the region, including from Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan, to fight on the side of government forces. They have often been led in battle by Hezbollah. Earlier this month, Jubeir said Saudi Arabia would be prepared to send troops into Syria under the U.S.-led coalition if a decision is taken to widen it. Asked about Saudi troops on the ground in Syria, U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo said: "We will sit down and talk about ... how to best make sure that this is not America alone working on this, it's the Gulf states working alongside us." Their manpower has helped pro-government forces hold ground in various battles, helping fill gaps in the Syrian army's capacities. Yemen Yemen's armed Iranian-aligned Houthi movement, which took out the Saudi-backed government in Yemen in March of 2015 and now controls northern Yemen, has fired over 100 missiles into Saudi Arabia, the latest salvo killing a man on Saturday in the southern Saudi province of Jizan. Those missiles have targeted the Saudi capital and key oil production facilities near Yemen, as well as Saudi oil tankers. The United States and the Saudi-led coalition that intervened in Yemen's civil war in 2015 accuse Iran of providing the missiles to its Houthi allies, which Tehran denies. The war in the Arabian Peninsula's poorest country, which pits a coalition of Sunni Arab states friendly to the West against a Shi'ite armed movement sympathetic to Iran, has unleashed one of the world's worst humanitarian crises. The Houthis control the north of Yemen, including the capital Sanaa. Saudi Arabia and its allies have been fighting on behalf of an exiled government with a foothold in the south. The Saudi-led coalition has launched thousands of air strikes on Yemen in the past three years, some of which have hit hospitals, schools and markets, killing hundreds of civilians while bringing Riyadh little closer to military victory. The kingdom has said hundreds of its own soldiers and civilians have been killed in Houthi mortar and short-range missile attacks across their rugged southern border. The United Nations says 10,000 people have died in the conflict so far, and millions face potential famine and disease because of disruption to food and medical supplies. Around 22 million civilians, or 75 percent of Yemen's population, require humanitarian aid, according to latest UN data. The conflict has caused the worst cholera outbreak in modern history, with over 1 million reported cases. Reuters and the Associated Press contributed to this report 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::   ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 5--18 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu: Best to confront Iran sooner rather than later

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu tells cabinet that Israel retains "full freedom of action" to defend itself against Iranian aggression • Netanyahu to discuss Iranian threat to Israel in meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin later this week.

Israel Hayom Staff

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu proclaimed Sunday that since Iran is supplying advanced weapons to Syria, posing a direct threat to Israel, it would be better to confront Tehran sooner rather than later. Speaking at the start of a weekly cabinet meeting Sunday, Netanyahu declared that "we are determined to block Iran's aggression against us even if this means a struggle. Better now than later." "We do not want escalation, but we are ready for any scenario," Netanyahu added. Israel has repeatedly warned that it will not tolerate a permanent Iranian military presence in neighboring Syria. Iran is a key ally of Syrian President Bashar Assad, and has provided crucial military aid to his forces. "In recent months, the [Iranian] Revolutionary Guard have been moving advanced weaponry to Syria to strike us, both the war front and the homefront. This includes attack drones, surface-to-surface missiles, and anti-aircraft systems that pose a threat to Israeli aircraft," Netanyahu said. Evoking history, Netanyahu noted that "nations that were unwilling to act in time to stop murderous aggression against them went on to pay a much heavier price later." The prime minister told the cabinet that he was due to meet with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow later this week. "Meetings with the Russian president are always important to Israel's security and to coordination between the IDF and the Russian military," he noted. "Israel retains full freedom of action to defend itself," Netanyahu declared, adding that this week's meeting with Putin was of particular importance in light of Iran's mounting attempts to position itself against Israel in Syria. 

:: 5-6-18 Caroline Glick :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Europe wants unity on Iran but undermines Trump on Jerusalem


As . Left largely unreported is that while the European leaders are is pressuring Trump to align hFrench President Emmanuel Macron and German Chancellor Angela Merkel beat a path for the White House in back-to-back visits this week, the media coverage of U.S. – European Union relations is focused on efforts to convince President Donald Trump to keep faith with his predecessor Barack Obama’s nuclear deal with Iranis Iran policy with theirs, Macron, Merkel, and European Union Foreign Policy Commissioner Federica Mogherini are waging a multifaceted campaign to undermine and discredit one of Trump’s most significant foreign policy initiatives: namely, Jerusalem. Since last December 6, when Trump officially recognized that Jerusalem is Israel’s capital and announced his intention to move the U.S. embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem, Macron, Mogherini, and Merkel have been leading a major effort to undermine his policy. On May 14, Treasury Secretary Steve Mnuchin is set to lead a 250-member American delegation to Jerusalem to participate in the opening of the U.S. embassy in Israel’s capital. Forty lawmakers and other senior officials, reportedly including President Trump’s senior advisors Ivanka Trump and Jared Kushner, are also set to join. Vice President Mike Pence and UN Ambassador Nikki Haley may join the delegation as well. Merkel, Macron, and Mogherini lobbied hard to convince Trump not to honor his campaign pledge to move the U.S. embassy to Israel’s capital. All three warned that any change in U.S. policy on Jerusalem would destabilize the region in a dramatic way. Yet, as the Meir Amit Intelligence and Terrorism Information Center reported, there was no significant increase in Palestinian violence against Israel in the six months following Trump’s announcement over the six months that preceded it. When, unmoved by their fear-mongering, Trump went forward with his determination to recognize Jerusalem last December, Merkel, Macron, and Mogherini led the charge in condemning his move. Media reports indicate that key Arab states Saudi Arabia and Egypt have prevented major criticism of the U.S. move domestically. But in striking contrast, the EU has gone to great lengths to keep the criticism on a high flame. In late December, EU members France, Britain, the Netherlands, and Sweden joined the other ten UN Security Council members – aside from the U.S. – in voting in favor of a draft resolution demanding that the U.S. cancel its recognition of Jerusalem and retain its embassy in Tel Aviv. The U.S. stood alone in opposing the resolution and vetoed it in a 14-1 vote. Unperturbed by the veto and by Ambassador Haley’s angry reaction, two days later, led by France and Germany, 23 EU member states voted in favor of a General Assembly resolution declaring the U.S. policy “null and void.” The U.S. is not without its allies in Europe. Out of respect for the U.S., five EU member states — Romania, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Hungary, and Croatia — defied Brussels and abstained from voting in favor of the General Assembly resolution. More significantly, in defiance of the EU’s position, Czech President Milos Zaman enthusiastically applauded Trump’s recognition of Jerusalem and said the Czech Republic would also move its embassy from Tel Aviv to Israel’s capital. Last Thursday, Liviu Dragnea, the leader of Romania’s ruling Social Democratic party, told Romanian television outlet Antena3 that Romania would also relocate its embassy to Jerusalem. “Yesterday the government adopted a memorandum deciding to start the procedure to effectively move the embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem,” he said. Mogherini and her colleagues were not amused. Israel Radio reported Saturday that Mogherini berated Romanian President Klaus Ionhannis and demanded that the government abrogate its decision. Israel Hayom reported that she acted in a similar fashion in meetings with Czech Prime Minister Andrej Babis. Mogherini’s strong-armed tactics brought results. Hours after Dragnea’s announcement, Iohannis denied that Romania intends to move its embassy to Jerusalem. On Friday, Babis said the Czech Republic will not move its embassy to Jerusalem. A few days before she put the screws on the Romanians and Czechs, Mogherini attended the Arab League summit in Dahran, Saudi Arabia, rallying the Arabs to stand against America’s decision to move the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem. Echoing the position of UNESCO — the UN’s cultural organization, which rejects any Jewish ties to the city that has served as the Jewish spiritual capital for more than 3,000 years — Mogherini said, “As Europeans and Arabs we share in particular an interest in preserving the unique status of our common Holy City, Jerusalem.” In her speech to the General Assembly following its adoption of the anti-American resolution last December, Haley noted that President Trump’s decision to move the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem “reflects the will of the American people and our rights as a nation to choose the location of our embassy.She deplored the General Assembly move to “single out” the U.S. for “exercising our rights as a sovereign nation.” Haley opened her speech by drawing a parallel between UN’s institutional discrimination against Israel and its singling out the U.S. for rebuke over its decision to move the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem. The EU’s behavior has been particularly noteworthy in this regard. The EU’s efforts to undermine American policy regarding Jerusalem are not limited to anti-American votes at the UN, or bids to scuttle support for the U.S. move among EU member states. This week, the Israeli media reported that an EU-funded and Israeli registered anti-Israel non-governmental organization (NGO) called Ir Amim (City of Nations) has petitioned Israel’s High Court of Justice to block the opening of the U.S. embassy in Jerusalem. It has listed the State Department as a defendant. As NGO Monitor, an Israeli non-profit group that monitors anti-Israel Palestinian and Israeli NGOs, has documented, Ir Amim plays a major role in drafting the EU’s policy statements against Israeli sovereignty over Israel’s capital city. NGO Monitor president Prof. Gerald Steinberg told Breitbart News that the EU’s statements, which are uniformly hostile to Israel’s assertion of its sovereignty over Jerusalem, “are taken almost word for word from EU-funded Ir Amim reports.” (Read more here.) Ir Amim’s petition asks the court to block the embassy opening due to planning and building exemptions that Israel provided the U.S. government to expedite construction activities related to converting the U.S. consulate in Jerusalem into the U.S. embassy. But while its formal argument is environmental and procedural, in its public statements, Ir Amim insists that its goal is political. So long as the U.S. does not open an embassy to “Palestine,” in Jerusalem, it shouldn’t be permitted to open its embassy to Israel in the city, according to Ir Amim. Incidentally, Ir Amim’s position is also the EU’s position. For years, the EU has been spending millions of euros annually to fund the operations of anti-Israel NGOs. One of the major tactics these groups use in their anti-Israel – and EU-funded – activities is lawfare, and one of the favorite arenas for lawfare is Israel’s Supreme Court. Israel’s Supreme Court has always had an unusual amount of power. Alone in the Western world, Israel’s Supreme Court sits as a court of first and last resort for any complaints against any government action that a petitioner claims is “unjust.” In the early 1990s, the Court expanded its powers by deciding that even without any plausible legal interest, petitioners could expect a ruling on the most political of matters. At the same time, the Court determined that it had authority to overturn parliamentary legislation that it found contradicted basic legal principles — as decided by the judges. The Court was well aware of the revolutionary nature of its seizure of power. Justice Aharon Barak, later to become the radical President of the Court, depicted the Court’s new approach as part of a “constitutional revolution.” Seizing on the opportunity to undermine Israeli policymaking that Barak created, the EU began pouring millions and millions of dollars into newly formed radical NGOs to finance their operations. Over the years, EU-funded NGOs have turned to the High Court to undermine government policies on everything from counter-terrorism, to immigration policy, to land policy, and to enforcement of planning and zoning laws and regulations. The EU has hoped to undermine Israeli policy not just by changing its results, but also by creating judicial roadblocks that would disrupt Israeli decision-making and create a “blockage.” While there is nothing new today about the EU’s practice of using the unchecked power of Israel’s Supreme Court, it is remarkable that they are exploiting it to try to subvert U.S. foreign policy. As Prof. Eugene Kontorvich from Northwestern University, who directs the International Law Department at Kohelet Policy Forum in Jerusalem, explains, “In this absurd lawsuit, an EU-funded organization is trying to use Israeli courts to block the U.S.’s exercise of its core sovereign prerogatives. In essense, EU agents are using the imperiousness of the Israeli judicial system to block U.S. foreign policy with which it happens to disagree.” Kontorovich noted that “Ir Amin is almost certain to lose even in Israeli courts.” But as Steinberg points out, the purpose of the petition isn’t to block the embassy move, per se. It is to embarrass the U.S. “Let’s assume that the Court is wise enough to dismiss their petition, Steinberg begins, “Ir Amim still gets the publicity. “This is about controlling the discourse about Jerusalem. Ir Amim gets publicity that presents it as an Israeli NGO whose positions are more legitimate than those of the Israeli government and, in this case, more legitimate than the U.S. government,” he explains. On Tuesday it was reported that European pressure on the Trump administration to suffice with symbolic changes to the nuclear deal with Iran while keeping the substance of the agreement unchanged is making headway. President Trump is now weighing good relations with Europe over the need to block Iran from acquiring the means to wage nuclear war. As he does so, the president should bear in mind that the same European leaders that are calling for “unity” on Iran are carrying out a multilayered campaign across several continents to undermine his most significant foreign policy achievement since entering office. They are seeking to undermine President Trump’s recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital. Originally published at 

:: 5-6-18 Algemeiner  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas Blames Israel for Death of Six Gunmen During ‘Operation’ in Gaza

avatar by Reuters and Algemeiner Staff  May 6, 2018 9:39 am

An explosion in Gaza killed six Hamas gunmen on Saturday, the group said. It blamed the incident on Israel, which declined comment. A statement from the Palestinian Islamist terror group called the incident a “deplorable Zionist crime” perpetrated against its fighters. “During a complicated security and intelligence operation conducted by Qassam Brigades to investigate a serious and a grave security incident conducted by the Zionist enemy against Palestinian resistance, a deplorable crime took place against our Mujahideen in the area of Zawayda in central Gaza Strip,” it said. Reuters television captured a pillar of smoke rising above the village of Zawayda near the coast of Gaza, far from the border with Israel where tensions have escalated in recent weeks. The exact circumstances of the blast were unclear and Hamas, which controls the Gaza Strip, provided no further details. An Israeli military spokesman declined to comment on the incident, although a more junior official had earlier denied the army was involved. Israel and the West designate Hamas as a terrorist organization. Israel withdrew its troops and settlers from Gaza in 2005. But, citing security concerns, Israel maintains a naval blockade of the coastal territory, keeping some restrictions on the movement of Palestinians and goods across the frontier. Egypt, battling an Islamist insurgency in neighboring Sinai, keeps its border with Gaza largely closed. Forty-three Palestinians — many of whom have been identified as members of terror groups — have been shot and killed by Israeli forces since March 30, when Gazans began weekly protests dubbed “The Great March of Return” along the border with Israel. Facing censure over its use of live fire in the protests, Israel says it is protecting its border and takes such action only when protesters, some hurling fire-bombs and trying to plant explosives, come too close. Israel says Hamas is using the protests as cover to try to carry out attacks. Hamas denies the accusation. 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 5-6-18 KWTV News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nearly 200 Horses Found Dead Amid Southwest Drought In Arizona

Posted: May 06, 2018 2:57 PM EST Updated: May 06, 2018 11:54 PM EST

By: CBS News Email By: Associated Press

CAMERON, Arizona - Off a northern Arizona highway surrounded by pastel-colored desert is one of the starkest examples of drought's grip on the American Southwest: Nearly 200 dead horses surrounded by cracked earth, swirling dust, and a ribbon of water that couldn't quench their thirst. Flesh exposed and in various stages of decomposition, the carcasses form a circle around a dry watering hole sunken in the landscape, CBS affiliate KPHO reports. It's clear this isn't the first time the animals have struggled. Skeletal remains are scattered on the fringes and in an adjacent ravine. It's a symptom of a burgeoning wild horse population and the scarcity of water on the western edge of the Navajo Nation following a dry winter and dismal spring runoff. According to the Navajo Nation, 191 horses died of natural causes. "These animals were searching for water to stay alive. In the process, they unfortunately burrowed themselves into the mud and couldn't escape because they were so weak," Navajo Nation Vice President Jonathan Nez said in a statement on Thursday. A grim photo posted by the Navajo Nation shows the horses, many of them in mud up to their thighs and even their necks. Conditions aren't forecast to improve anytime soon, and tribal officials suspect other animals have died with not enough to eat or drink. "One of the things we do is we picture the worst-case scenario when we got out there," said Harlan Cleveland of the tribe's Department of Emergency Management. "I did smell the decomposition and the bodies starting to smell, the carcasses. But I didn't realize until I looked down from the berm and saw all those horses down there." Here, drought doesn't manifest in having to shut down swimming pools or let lawns go dry. This rural community does not have its own potable water source. Those who have running water in their homes get it from a well, piped from over 30 miles (48.2 kilometers) away. Most haul water, carrying large plastic tanks in the beds of their pickup trucks. The groundwater is brackish and recommended for livestock only, but the two storage tanks closest to the watering hole no longer function. Animals were accustomed to finding relief at the stock pond where the horses died, but locals say the pool of water beneath the decades-old earthen dam has dried up more quickly each year. Families have been downsizing their herds because they can't rely on the vegetation or watering holes. Some have hauled water and left it in troughs for animals. Charlie Smith Jr. climbed the small berm overlooking the watering hole three weeks ago in search of his cattle. At the time, he counted 29 dead horses and a cow that wasn't his stranded at the edge looking up at him. "It's very emotional," he said, standing beside his truck loaded with hay. "I kept calling my sister saying, 'this is bad.' It just hits you. You tear up. You know you don't have the capability to save them." Tribal officials counted 118 dead horses and two cows this week, but that tally doesn't account for any carcasses that might have been pushed deeper into the mud by the other struggling animals, or for skeletal remains. Tribal officials estimate tens of thousands of feral horses on the Navajo Nation, the country's largest reservation spanning 27,000 square miles (69,929.679 square kilometers) in Arizona, Utah, and New Mexico. Some communities have called for roundups, but often they're halted with public outcry tied to Navajo spiritual beliefs about the animals and the role they play in prayers and ceremonies. When Emmett Kerley was a teenager in the late 1970s in Gray Mountain, the community controlled horse populations by castrating the smaller ones, he said. Navajo culture taught that young men should train horses and tame them, part of building endurance, a strong work ethic and managing livestock, he said. "There were no feral horses back then, but then the society changed in greater America but on Navajo, on the reservation as well," he said. Staff with the U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs put up a barbed wire fence around the watering hole where horses laid overlapping one another. Federal and tribal workers this week used heavy equipment to bring horses found on the outskirts closer to the others. Hydrated lime was spread over the site to aid decomposition and to ward off scavengers. Friday's work focused on collapsing the berm and burying the animals on site. Eventually, the tribe will redirect any water that flowed into that watering hole into a safer area. "Knock on wood, God forb